summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorraywu <raywu@aaeon.com.tw>2018-09-13 16:11:56 +0800
committerraywu <raywu@aaeon.com.tw>2018-09-13 16:11:56 +0800
commit31bb486c913795c8b67d1c4dbaae2bdec4943fc9 (patch)
treef0e04ad6fe983d8aa11f0f8a808518e39ab408f1 /EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced
parent465bdc2f8b32bb4cc1ac2c420086ec79ccbd5f78 (diff)
downloadzprj-31bb486c913795c8b67d1c4dbaae2bdec4943fc9.tar.xz
SLP1.0 / SLP2.0 / Default Password / Logo / Fix Boot Order
Diffstat (limited to 'EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced')
-rw-r--r--EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/Bbs.c946
-rw-r--r--EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/Jpeg6.h123
-rw-r--r--EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/Logo.c282
-rw-r--r--EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/MyDefs.h103
-rw-r--r--EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/TseAdvanced.c3962
-rw-r--r--EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/TseAdvanced.cif28
-rw-r--r--EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/TseAdvanced.mak160
-rw-r--r--EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/TseAdvanced.sdl42
-rw-r--r--EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/bootflowLib.c199
-rw-r--r--EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/dogif.c1197
-rw-r--r--EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/dogifmgr.c486
-rw-r--r--EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/iJpeg.c253
-rw-r--r--EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/ipcx.c188
-rw-r--r--EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/jpeg.h106
-rw-r--r--EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/jpeg6.c1320
-rw-r--r--EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/pcx.h138
-rw-r--r--EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/pcxc.c321
-rw-r--r--EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/png.c1353
-rw-r--r--EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/png.h136
-rw-r--r--EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/pnguncmp.c879
-rw-r--r--EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/special.c1898
-rw-r--r--EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/special.h196
22 files changed, 14316 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/Bbs.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/Bbs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe46455
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/Bbs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,946 @@
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//** **//
+//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **//
+//** **//
+//** All Rights Reserved. **//
+//** **//
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **//
+//** **//
+//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **//
+//** **//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/Bbs.c $
+//
+// $Author: Arunsb $
+//
+// $Revision: 13 $
+//
+// $Date: 10/18/12 5:53a $
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// Revision History
+// ----------------
+// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/Bbs.c $
+//
+// 13 10/18/12 5:53a Arunsb
+// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission
+//
+// 13 10/10/12 12:35p Arunsb
+// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio
+//
+// 12 5/29/12 3:44a Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP91109
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Sync the Aptio IV source for AptioV
+//
+// 11 11/13/11 12:33p Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP70421
+// [Category] New Feature
+// [Description] Support for driver order in TSE
+// [Files] AMITSE.SDL, CommonHelper.c, setup.ini, uefisetup.ini,
+// boot.c,
+// minisetup.h, bbs.c, special.c, special.h, tseadvanced.c,
+// addbootoption.c,
+// callback.c, minisetupext.c, minisetupext.h, popupsel.c, popupsel.h,
+// TseLitehelper.c, variable.c, Uefi21Wapper.c, AMIVfr.h, boot.h,
+// TseElink.h, variable.h,
+// setup.h, Boot.vfr and Setup.uni
+//
+// 10 2/04/11 4:43p Mallikarjunanv
+// added the UpdateBootVariables() fucntion to update BOOT and BBS order
+// variables
+//
+// 9 12/21/10 11:48a Mallikarjunanv
+//
+// 9 9/21/10 11:26a Madhans
+// EIP44542 changes
+//
+// 7 9/20/10 6:47p Madhans
+// [TAG] EIP44542
+// [Category] BUILD ISSUE FIX
+// [Symptom] Build issues with TSE label (INT)4.6.2_TSE_2_10_1207_TEST
+// when IdeSecurity and FastBoot modules added to the project
+// [RootCause] -
+// [Solution] Build issues resolved
+// [Files] CommonHelper.c, Tsecommon.h, Hiilib.h, Boot.h, minisetup.h,
+// bbs.c, special.c, Bds.c TseLitehelp
+//
+// 6 9/16/10 8:38p Madhans
+// Update for TSE 2.10. Refer Changelog.log for more details.
+//
+// 8 9/16/10 3:14p Madhans
+// To Avoid build issues with TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY Building.
+//
+// 7 9/13/10 4:35p Madhans
+// To avoid build issue when EDK Build Support is turned off. Aptio 4.6.x
+// does not define I2O_DEVICE_PATH structure.
+//
+// 6 7/28/10 4:46a Mallikarjunanv
+// EIP-29951: TSE Device Path Name support updated
+//
+// 5 2/19/10 8:11a Mallikarjunanv
+// updated year in copyright message
+//
+// 4 1/09/10 4:47a Mallikarjunanv
+// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards
+//
+// 3 6/23/09 7:09p Blaines
+// Coding standard update,
+// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list
+// creation.
+//
+// 2 6/12/09 7:43p Presannar
+// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0
+//
+// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 11:16p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 10:27p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+
+//<AMI_FHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: bds.c
+//
+// Description: This file contains code for legacy boot device handling
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_FHDR_END>
+
+#include "minisetup.h"
+
+
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: GetDevStr
+//
+// Description: function to get the device strings
+//
+// Input: UINT16 DevType
+//
+// Output: device string
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+CHAR16 *GetDevStr(UINT16 DevType)
+{
+ CHAR16 *DevText=NULL;
+
+ switch ( DevType )
+ {
+ case BBS_TYPE_FLOPPY:
+ DevText = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_FDD));
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_TYPE_HARDDRIVE:
+ DevText = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_HDD));
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_TYPE_CDROM:
+ DevText = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_CDROM));
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_TYPE_USB:
+ DevText = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_USB));
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_TYPE_EMBEDDED_NETWORK:
+ DevText = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_NETWORK));
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_TYPE_DEV:
+ DevText = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_BEV));
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return DevText;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: IsSATADevice
+//
+// Description: function to check for SATA Devices
+//
+// Input: UINT16 *IdentifyDriveData - 512 bytes of device information
+//
+// Output: TRUE/FALSE
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+BOOLEAN IsSATADevice(UINT16 *IdentifyDriveData)
+{
+ UINT16 data16;
+
+ if(NULL == IdentifyDriveData)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ // Check Word76 for BIT1 and BIT2; set for SATA drives
+ data16 = IdentifyDriveData[76];
+ if ((data16 != 0xFFFF) && (data16 & 6))
+ {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: GetBusStr
+//
+// Description: function to get the bus type string
+//
+// Input: EFI_HANDLE Handle, UINTN index, HDD_INFO *HDDInfo
+//
+// Output: Bus string
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+CHAR16 *GetBusStr(EFI_HANDLE Handle, UINTN index, HDD_INFO *HDDInfo)
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevPath = NULL;
+ UINT8 PortNo;
+ CHAR16 *Format = NULL;
+ CHAR16 *BusText = NULL;
+
+ //Right now generate names only for internal devices (index 1 to
+ //16). Devices reported by option ROMs will show string provided
+ //by Option ROMs. Later this may be extended for all devices.
+// if((index<1) || (index>16))
+// return NULL;
+
+ if (!Handle)
+ return NULL;
+
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol(Handle, &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, &DevPath);
+
+ if(EFI_ERROR(Status))
+ return NULL;
+
+ while( !(IsDevicePathEnd(DevPath)) )
+ {
+ if(MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH == DevPath->Type)
+ {
+ switch(DevPath->SubType)
+ {
+ case MSG_ATAPI_DP:
+ PortNo = (((ATAPI_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->PrimarySecondary<<1)|((ATAPI_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->SlaveMaster;
+ if(IsSATADevice(HDDInfo[(index-1)/2].IdentifyDrive[(index-1)%2].Raw))
+ {
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_SATA_X));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, PortNo);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ switch(PortNo)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ BusText = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_PRI_MAS));
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ BusText = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_PRI_SLA));
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ BusText = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_SEC_MAS));
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ BusText = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_SEC_SLA));
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ //EIP-29951: extended for all devices.
+ case MSG_SCSI_DP:
+ { //Showing the SCSI device with Physical and Logical unit numbers
+ UINT16 PhyUnitNum, LogclUnitNum;
+ PhyUnitNum = ((SCSI_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->Pun;
+ LogclUnitNum = ((SCSI_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->Lun;
+
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_SCSI_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, PhyUnitNum, LogclUnitNum);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_FIBRECHANNEL_DP:
+ {// showing Fibre channel with Logical unit number and WWN
+ UINT64 WWN,Lun;
+ WWN = ((FIBRECHANNEL_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->WWN;
+ Lun = ((FIBRECHANNEL_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->Lun;
+
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_FIBRE_CHANNEL_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, Lun, WWN);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_1394_DP:
+ //For 1394 device support
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_1394_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format);
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_USB_DP:
+ {
+ // usb device with port number
+ PortNo = ((USB_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->ParentPortNumber;
+
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_USB_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, PortNo);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_I2O_DP:
+ { // I2O device with Tid
+ UINT32 Tid;
+
+ Tid = ((AMITSE_I2O_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->Tid;
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_I20_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, Tid);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_INFINIBAND_DP: //Need to know what type of device is this..
+ { // InfiniBand device with Device Id
+ UINT64 DeviceId;
+
+ DeviceId = ((INFINIBAND_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->DeviceId;
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_INFINIBAND_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, DeviceId);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_VENDOR_DP:
+ // for vendor specific device
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_VENDOR_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format);
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_MAC_ADDR_DP:
+ { // network device with mac address
+ UINT8 Mac[32];
+
+ MemCopy( Mac, (UINT8*)&(((AMITSE_MAC_ADDR_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->MacAddress),32*sizeof(UINT8));
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_MAC_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, Mac);
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_IPv4_DP:
+ { //IPv4 Device with Logical Port number
+ UINT16 LocalPort;
+
+ LocalPort = ((IPv4_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->LocalPort;
+
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_NETWORK_IPV4_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, LocalPort);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_IPv6_DP:
+ { //IPv6 Device with Logical Port number
+ UINT16 LocalPort;
+
+ LocalPort = ((IPv6_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->LocalPort;
+
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_NETWORK_IPV6_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, LocalPort);
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_UART_DP:
+ { //UART device with Baud Rate
+ UINT64 BaudRate;
+
+ BaudRate = ((UART_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->BaudRate;
+
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_UART_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, BaudRate);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_USB_CLASS_DP:
+ { ////for UBS Class id specific devices.
+ UINT8 DeviceClass;
+
+ DeviceClass = ((USB_CLASS_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->DeviceClass;
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ switch(DeviceClass)
+ { //To show the type of device based on the class
+ case USB_PHY_DEV_CLASS:
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_USB_CLASS_PHY_DP));
+ break;
+
+ case USB_MASS_DEV_CLASS:
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_USB_CLASS_MASS_DP));
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_USB_CLASS_DP));
+
+ }
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, DeviceClass);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_USB_WWID_CLASS_DP:
+ //need the info about USB WWID devices...
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_USB_LOGICAL_UNIT_CLASS_DP:
+ { //for USB logical unit class devices with Logical Unit Numnber
+ UINT8 Lun;
+
+#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY
+ Lun = ((DEVICE_LOGICAL_UNIT_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->Lun;
+#else
+ Lun = ((LOGICAL_UNIT_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->Lun;
+#endif
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_USB_LOGICAL_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, Lun);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_USB_SATA_DP:
+ { // for USB SATA devices with Port Number
+ UINT16 PortNumber;
+ PortNumber = ((AMITSE_SATA_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->HBAPortNumber;
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_USB_SATA_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, PortNumber);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_USB_ISCSI_DP:
+ { // for USB iSCSI devices with Logical Unit Number
+ UINT64 Lun;
+ Lun = ((AMITSE_ISCSI_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->Lun;
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_USB_ISCSI_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, Lun);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ DevPath = NextDevicePathNode(DevPath);
+ }
+
+ MemFreePointer((VOID **) &Format);
+ return BusText;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: BBSBuildDevicePathName
+//
+// Description: function to build the bbs device path
+//
+// Input: CHAR16 *String, BBS_TABLE *info, UINTN index, HDD_INFO *HDDInfo
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID BBSBuildDevicePathName( CHAR16 *String, BBS_TABLE *info, UINTN index, HDD_INFO *HDDInfo )
+{
+ EFI_HANDLE Handle;
+ CHAR16 *BusText, *DevText;
+ UINT8 *StringDesc;
+ UINTN i;
+
+ Handle = *(VOID**)(&info->IBV1);
+
+ BusText = GetBusStr(Handle, index, HDDInfo);
+ DevText = GetDevStr(info->DeviceType);
+
+ if(BusText && DevText)
+ {
+ SPrint(String, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, L"%s %s", BusText, DevText);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ StringDesc = (UINT8*)(UINTN)((info->DescStringSegment << 4) +
+ info->DescStringOffset);
+ if ( StringDesc != NULL )
+ {
+ for ( i = 0; (i < (MAX_DRIVE_NAME - 1)) && (StringDesc[i] != '\0'); i++ )
+ String[i] = (CHAR16)StringDesc[i];
+ String[i] = L'\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SPrint(String, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, L"%s %s", BusText ? BusText : L"Unknown", DevText ? DevText : L"Unknown");
+ }
+ }
+
+ MemFreePointer((VOID **)&BusText);
+ MemFreePointer((VOID **)&DevText);
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: UpdateLegacyDevVariable
+//
+// Description:
+//
+// Input: UINT16 NoOfLegacyGroups
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID UpdateLegacyDevVariable(UINT16 NoOfLegacyGroups)
+{
+ VarSetNvramName( L"LegacyDev", &gLegacyDevGuid, EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS, &NoOfLegacyGroups, sizeof(NoOfLegacyGroups) );
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: BBSUpdateOrder
+//
+// Description: function to update Bbs device order
+//
+// Input: UINT16 *newOption,UINT32 *offset,UINTN *size, VOID **buffer
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID BBSUpdateOrder(UINT16 *newOption,UINT32 *offset,UINTN *size, VOID **buffer)
+{
+ UINT8 *pDevOrder;
+ UINT16 count = 0, *optionList = NULL, oldOption;
+ UINTN i,j,optionNumber;
+
+ *size = 0;
+
+ pDevOrder = VarGetVariable( VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER, size );
+
+ *offset -= (sizeof(UINT32) + sizeof(UINT16));
+
+ count = gCurrLegacyBootData->LegacyDevCount;
+ *offset -= (UINT32)gCurrLegacyBootData->LegacyEntryOffset;
+ optionList = (UINT16 *)(pDevOrder + gCurrLegacyBootData->LegacyEntryOffset + sizeof(UINT32) + sizeof(UINT16));
+ optionNumber = *offset / sizeof(UINT16);
+
+ *offset = 0;
+ *buffer = (VOID *)pDevOrder;
+
+ oldOption = optionList[optionNumber];
+
+ if ( *newOption == oldOption )
+ return;
+
+ if(DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION == *newOption)
+ {
+ for(i = optionNumber; i < count; i++)
+ {
+ if((i+1) < count)
+ optionList[i] = optionList[i + 1];
+ else
+ optionList[i] = *newOption; // or DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION
+ }
+ }
+ else if(DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION == oldOption)
+ {
+ //Find newOption's position
+ for(i=0;i<count;i++)
+ {
+ if(*newOption == optionList[i])
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if(i < count)//New option found
+ {
+ //Move new option to the last of enabled devices
+ for(j=i; j<count; j++)
+ {
+ if( DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION != optionList[j+1])
+ optionList[j] = optionList[j+1];
+ else
+ {
+ optionList[j] = *newOption;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else//New option not enabled
+ {
+ //Replace first disabled with new one
+ for(i=0;i<count;i++)
+ {
+ if(DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION == optionList[i])
+ break;
+ }
+ optionList[i] = *newOption;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ optionList[optionNumber] = *newOption;
+ for(i=0;i<count;i++)
+ {
+ if(i == optionNumber)
+ continue;
+ if(*newOption == optionList[i])
+ {
+ optionList[i] = oldOption;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: GetUefiDevPathString
+//
+// Description: function to get the device string using device path for UEFI options.
+//
+// Input: EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevPath
+//
+// Output: Device string.
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+CHAR16 *GetUefiDevPathString(EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevPath)
+{
+ UINT8 PortNo;
+ CHAR16 *Format = NULL;
+ CHAR16 *BusText = NULL;
+ CHAR16 *DevText = NULL;
+ CHAR16 *String = NULL;
+
+ while( !(IsDevicePathEnd(DevPath)) )
+ {
+ if(MESSAGING_DEVICE_PATH == DevPath->Type)
+ {
+ switch(DevPath->SubType)
+ {
+ case MSG_ATAPI_DP:
+ PortNo = (((ATAPI_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->PrimarySecondary<<1)|((ATAPI_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->SlaveMaster;
+ switch(PortNo)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ BusText = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_PRI_MAS));
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ BusText = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_PRI_SLA));
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ BusText = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_SEC_MAS));
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ BusText = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_SEC_SLA));
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ //Later this may be extended for all devices.
+ case MSG_SCSI_DP:
+ { //Showing the SCSI device with Physical and Logical unit numbers
+ UINT16 PhyUnitNum, LogclUnitNum;
+ PhyUnitNum = ((SCSI_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->Pun;
+ LogclUnitNum = ((SCSI_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->Lun;
+
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_SCSI_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, PhyUnitNum, LogclUnitNum);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_FIBRECHANNEL_DP:
+ {// showing Fibre channel with Logical unit number and WWN
+ UINT64 WWN,Lun;
+ WWN = ((FIBRECHANNEL_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->WWN;
+ Lun = ((FIBRECHANNEL_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->Lun;
+
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_FIBRE_CHANNEL_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, Lun, WWN);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_1394_DP:
+ //For 1394 device support
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_1394_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format);
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_USB_DP:
+ {
+ // usb device with port number
+ PortNo = ((USB_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->ParentPortNumber;
+
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_USB_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, PortNo);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_I2O_DP:
+ { // I2O device with Tid
+ UINT32 Tid;
+
+ Tid = ((AMITSE_I2O_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->Tid;
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_I20_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, Tid);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_INFINIBAND_DP: //Need to know what type of device is this..
+ { // InfiniBand device with Device Id
+ UINT64 DeviceId;
+
+ DeviceId = ((INFINIBAND_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->DeviceId;
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_INFINIBAND_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, DeviceId);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_VENDOR_DP:
+ // for vendor specific device
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_VENDOR_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format);
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_MAC_ADDR_DP:
+ { // network device with mac address
+ UINT8 Mac[32];
+
+ MemCopy( Mac, (UINT8*)&(((AMITSE_MAC_ADDR_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->MacAddress),32*sizeof(UINT8));
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_MAC_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, Mac);
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_IPv4_DP:
+ { //IPv4 Device with Logical Port number
+ UINT16 LocalPort;
+
+ LocalPort = ((IPv4_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->LocalPort;
+
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_NETWORK_IPV4_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, LocalPort);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_IPv6_DP:
+ { //IPv6 Device with Logical Port number
+ UINT16 LocalPort;
+
+ LocalPort = ((IPv6_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->LocalPort;
+
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_NETWORK_IPV6_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, LocalPort);
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_UART_DP:
+ { //UART device with Baud Rate
+ UINT64 BaudRate;
+
+ BaudRate = ((UART_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->BaudRate;
+
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_UART_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, BaudRate);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_USB_CLASS_DP:
+ { ////for UBS Class id specific devices.
+ UINT8 DeviceClass;
+
+ DeviceClass = ((USB_CLASS_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->DeviceClass;
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ switch(DeviceClass)
+ { //To show the type of device based on the class
+ case USB_PHY_DEV_CLASS:
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_USB_CLASS_PHY_DP));
+ break;
+
+ case USB_MASS_DEV_CLASS:
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_USB_CLASS_MASS_DP));
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_USB_CLASS_DP));
+
+ }
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, DeviceClass);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_USB_LOGICAL_UNIT_CLASS_DP:
+ { //for USB logical unit class devices with Logical Unit Numnber
+ UINT8 Lun;
+
+#if TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY
+ Lun = ((DEVICE_LOGICAL_UNIT_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->Lun;
+#else
+ Lun = ((LOGICAL_UNIT_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->Lun;
+#endif
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_USB_LOGICAL_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, Lun);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_USB_SATA_DP:
+ { // for USB SATA devices with Port Number
+ UINT16 PortNumber;
+ PortNumber = ((AMITSE_SATA_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->HBAPortNumber;
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_USB_SATA_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, PortNumber);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case MSG_USB_ISCSI_DP:
+ { // for USB iSCSI devices with Logical Unit Number
+ UINT64 Lun;
+ Lun = ((AMITSE_ISCSI_DEVICE_PATH*)DevPath)->Lun;
+ BusText = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool(MAX_DRIVE_NAME * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ Format = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_USB_ISCSI_DP));
+ SPrint(BusText, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, Format, Lun);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(MEDIA_DEVICE_PATH == DevPath->Type)
+ {
+ switch(DevPath->SubType)
+ {
+ case MEDIA_HARDDRIVE_DP:
+ DevText = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_HDD));
+ break;
+
+ case MEDIA_CDROM_DP:
+ DevText = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_CDROM));
+ break;
+
+ case MEDIA_VENDOR_DP:
+ DevText = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_VENDOR));
+ break;
+
+ case MEDIA_FILEPATH_DP:
+ DevText = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_FILEPATH));
+ break;
+
+ case MEDIA_PROTOCOL_DP:
+ DevText = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_PROTOCOL));
+ break;
+
+ case MEDIA_FV_FILEPATH_DP:
+ DevText = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_FV_FILEPATH));
+ break;
+
+ }
+ }
+
+ DevPath = NextDevicePathNode(DevPath);
+ }
+
+ if(BusText && DevText)
+ {
+ String = (CHAR16 *)EfiLibAllocatePool((MAX_DRIVE_NAME+10) * sizeof(CHAR16));
+ SPrint(String, MAX_DRIVE_NAME, L"%s %s", BusText, DevText);
+
+ MemFreePointer((VOID **) &BusText);
+ MemFreePointer((VOID **) &DevText);
+ }
+
+ MemFreePointer((VOID **) &Format);
+
+ return String;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: UpdateBootVariables
+//
+// Description: Update the BootOrder,BBSOrder Cache From the NVRAM.
+//
+// Input: VOID
+//
+// Output: VOID
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID UpdateBootVariables ()
+{
+ VarUpdateVariable(VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER);
+ VarUpdateVariable(VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER);
+}
+
+//EIP70421 starts
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: UpdateDriverVariables
+//
+// Description: Update the DriverOrder Cache From the NVRAM.
+//
+// Input: VOID
+//
+// Output: VOID
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID UpdateDriverVariables()
+{
+ VarUpdateVariable (VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER);
+}
+//EIP70421 ends
+
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
+//** **
+//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **
+//** **
+//** All Rights Reserved. **
+//** **
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **
+//** **
+//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **
+//** **
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/Jpeg6.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/Jpeg6.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f873ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/Jpeg6.h
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//** **//
+//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **//
+//** **//
+//** All Rights Reserved. **//
+//** **//
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **//
+//** **//
+//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **//
+//** **//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/Jpeg6.h $
+//
+// $Author: Arunsb $
+//
+// $Revision: 5 $
+//
+// $Date: 10/18/12 5:53a $
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// Revision History
+// ----------------
+// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/Jpeg6.h $
+//
+// 5 10/18/12 5:53a Arunsb
+// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission
+//
+// 7 10/10/12 12:35p Arunsb
+// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio
+//
+// 4 2/19/10 1:02p Madhans
+// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history.
+//
+// 5 2/19/10 8:11a Mallikarjunanv
+// updated year in copyright message
+//
+// 4 1/09/10 4:43a Mallikarjunanv
+// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards
+//
+// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar
+// Added File Headers for Header Files
+//
+// 2 6/12/09 7:43p Presannar
+// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0
+//
+// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 11:16p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 10:27p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 1 9/26/06 4:03p Madhans
+// JpegC Implimentation
+//
+// 1 8/01/06 8:03a Shirinmd
+// Files for JPEG decoding (C version)
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//<AMI_FHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: jpeg6.h
+//
+// Description: Header file for jpeg6 image format related code
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_FHDR_END>
+
+#ifndef _JPEG_6_H_
+#define _JPEG_6_H_
+
+#include "Mydefs.h"
+
+
+
+#pragma pack(1)
+
+typedef struct _AMI_TRUECOLOR_PIXEL_JPEG{
+ UINT8 Red;
+ UINT8 Green;
+ UINT8 Blue;
+ UINT8 Reserved;
+}AMI_TRUECOLOR_PIXEL_JPEG, *PAMI_TRUECOLOR_PIXEL_JPEG;
+
+#pragma pack()
+
+#define MKF_JPEG_YUV111_SUPPORT 1
+#define c_g_cb 5638 //; 0.34414 * 16384
+#define c_g_cr 11700 //; 0.71417 * 16384
+
+
+#define c1_16 8352 //;0.509795
+#define c3_16 9852 //;0.601344
+#define c5_16 14745 //;0.899976
+#define c7_16 41990 //;2.562915
+#define c1_8 8867 //;0.541196
+#define c3_8 21407 //;1.306562
+#define c1_4 11585 //;0.707196
+#define c1_sqrt2 11585 //;0.707106
+
+
+#endif //#ifndef _JPEG_6_H_
+
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
+//** **
+//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **
+//** **
+//** All Rights Reserved. **
+//** **
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **
+//** **
+//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **
+//** **
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/Logo.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/Logo.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49920a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/Logo.c
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//** **//
+//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **//
+//** **//
+//** All Rights Reserved. **//
+//** **//
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **//
+//** **//
+//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **//
+//** **//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/Logo.c $
+//
+// $Author: Arunsb $
+//
+// $Revision: 6 $
+//
+// $Date: 10/18/12 5:53a $
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// Revision History
+// ----------------
+// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/Logo.c $
+//
+// 6 10/18/12 5:53a Arunsb
+// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission
+//
+// 8 10/10/12 12:35p Arunsb
+// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio
+//
+// 5 6/13/11 12:32p Rajashakerg
+// [TAG] EIP60910
+// [Category] New Feature
+// [Description] PNG image support in TSE.
+// [Files] LogoLib.h, AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, logo.c, png.c, png.h,
+// pnguncmp.c, TseAdvanced.cif
+//
+// 4 2/19/10 1:02p Madhans
+// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history.
+//
+// 6 2/19/10 8:11a Mallikarjunanv
+// updated year in copyright message
+//
+// 5 8/17/09 10:46a Presannar
+// Use proper tycasting for the parameters of fn ConvertGifToUgaBltWrapper
+// to avoid compiler warnings.
+//
+// 4 8/13/09 12:16p Blaines
+// Move Image support to binary module
+//
+// 3 6/23/09 7:09p Blaines
+// Coding standard update,
+// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list
+// creation.
+//
+// 2 6/12/09 7:43p Presannar
+// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0
+//
+// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 11:16p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 10:27p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+
+//<AMI_FHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: logo.c
+//
+// Description: This file contains code for advanced logo support
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_FHDR_END>
+
+#include "minisetup.h"
+
+extern LOGO_TYPE GetGifLogoType(UINT8 *ImageData);
+extern LOGO_TYPE GetJPEGLogoType(UINT8 *ImageData);
+extern LOGO_TYPE GetPCXLogoType(UINT8 *ImageData);
+extern LOGO_TYPE GetPNGLogoType(UINT8 *ImageData);
+LOGO_TYPE GetOEMLogoType(UINT8 *ImageData);
+
+extern EFI_STATUS ConvertBmpToUgaBltWrapper (IN VOID *BmpImage, IN UINTN BmpImageSize, IN OUT VOID **UgaBlt,
+ IN OUT UINTN *UgaBltSize, OUT UINTN *PixelHeight, OUT UINTN *PixelWidth );
+
+extern EFI_STATUS ConvertGifToUgaBltWrapper ( IN VOID *GifImage, IN UINTN GifImageSize, IN OUT VOID **UgaBlt,
+ IN OUT UINTN *UgaBltSize, OUT UINTN *PixelHeight, OUT UINTN *PixelWidth, OUT BOOLEAN *Animate );
+
+extern EFI_STATUS ConvertJPEGToUgaBltWrapper ( IN VOID *JPEGImage, IN UINT32 JPEGImageSize, IN OUT VOID **UgaBlt,
+ IN OUT UINT32 *UgaBltSize, OUT UINT32 *PixelHeight, OUT UINT32 *PixelWidth, OUT UINT32 *punBufferWidth);
+
+extern EFI_STATUS ConvertPCXToUgaBltWrapper ( IN VOID *PCXImage, IN UINT32 PCXImageSize, IN OUT VOID **UgaBlt,
+ IN OUT UINT32 *UgaBltSize, OUT UINT32 *PixelHeight, OUT UINT32 *PixelWidth) ;
+
+extern EFI_STATUS ConvertPNGToUgaBltWrapper ( IN VOID *PCXImage, IN UINT32 PCXImageSize, IN OUT VOID **UgaBlt,
+ IN OUT UINT32 *UgaBltSize, OUT UINT32 *PixelHeight, OUT UINT32 *PixelWidth) ;
+
+extern EFI_STATUS ConvertOEMFormatToUgaBltWrapper ( IN VOID *OEMImage, IN UINT32 OEMImageSize, IN OUT VOID **UgaBlt,
+ IN OUT UINT32 *UgaBltSize, OUT UINT32 *Height, OUT UINT32 *Width, BOOLEAN * Animate);
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: GetExtendedLogoType
+//
+// Description: function to get the type of extended logo
+//
+// Input: UINT8 *ImageData
+//
+// Output: LOGO_TYPE
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+LOGO_TYPE GetExtendedLogoType(UINT8 *ImageData)
+{
+ if ( GIF_Logo == GetGifLogoType(ImageData))
+ return GIF_Logo;
+
+ if ( JPEG_Logo == GetJPEGLogoType(ImageData))
+ return JPEG_Logo;
+
+ if ( PCX_Logo == GetPCXLogoType(ImageData))
+ return PCX_Logo;
+
+ if ( PNG_Logo == GetPNGLogoType(ImageData))
+ return PNG_Logo;
+
+ if( OEM_Format_LOGO == GetOEMLogoType(ImageData))
+ return OEM_Format_LOGO;
+
+ return Unsupported_Logo;
+}
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: ConvertAdvancedImageToUgaBlt
+//
+// Description: Convert a advanced graphics image to a UGA blt buffer.
+//
+// Input: IN VOID *ImageData,
+// IN UINTN ImageSize,
+// IN OUT VOID **UgaBlt,
+// IN OUT UINTN *UgaBltSize,
+// OUT UINTN *Height,
+// OUT UINTN *Width,
+// OUT BOOLEAN *Animate
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS
+ConvertAdvancedImageToUgaBlt (
+ IN VOID *ImageData,
+ IN UINTN ImageSize,
+ IN OUT VOID **UgaBlt,
+ IN OUT UINTN *UgaBltSize,
+ OUT UINTN *Height,
+ OUT UINTN *Width,
+ OUT BOOLEAN *Animate
+)
+{
+ UINTN LogoType;
+ EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+
+
+ UINT32 Temp=0;
+
+
+ LogoType = GetExtendedLogoType(ImageData);
+ switch(LogoType)
+ {
+
+ case GIF_Logo:
+
+ Status = ConvertGifToUgaBltWrapper(
+ ImageData,
+ (UINT32)ImageSize,
+ UgaBlt,
+ (UINTN*)UgaBltSize,
+ (UINTN*)Height,
+ (UINTN*)Width,
+ Animate
+ );
+
+ break;
+
+ case JPEG_Logo:
+
+ Status = ConvertJPEGToUgaBltWrapper(
+ ImageData,
+ (UINT32)ImageSize,
+ UgaBlt,
+ (UINT32*)UgaBltSize,
+ (UINT32*)Height,
+ (UINT32*)&Temp,
+ (UINT32*)Width
+ );
+ break;
+
+ case PCX_Logo:
+
+ Status = ConvertPCXToUgaBltWrapper(
+ ImageData,
+ (UINT32)ImageSize,
+ UgaBlt,
+ (UINT32*)UgaBltSize,
+ (UINT32*)Height,
+ (UINT32*)Width
+ );
+ break;
+ case PNG_Logo:
+
+ Status = ConvertPNGToUgaBltWrapper(
+ ImageData,
+ (UINT32)ImageSize,
+ UgaBlt,
+ (UINT32*)UgaBltSize,
+ (UINT32*)Height,
+ (UINT32*)Width
+ );
+ break;
+
+ case OEM_Format_LOGO:
+
+ Status = ConvertOEMFormatToUgaBltWrapper(
+ ImageData,
+ (UINT32)ImageSize,
+ UgaBlt,
+ (UINT32*)UgaBltSize,
+ (UINT32*)Height,
+ (UINT32*)Width,
+ Animate
+ );
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ return Status;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: DoLogoAnimate
+//
+// Description: function to Handle logo animation
+//
+// Input: CO_ORD_ATTRIBUTE Attribute,
+// INTN CoordinateX,INTN CoordinateY
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID DoLogoAnimate(CO_ORD_ATTRIBUTE Attribute,INTN CoordinateX,INTN CoordinateY)
+{
+ DoLogoAnimateWrapper(Attribute,CoordinateX,CoordinateY);
+}
+
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
+//** **
+//** (C)Copyright 1985-2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **
+//** **
+//** All Rights Reserved. **
+//** **
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **
+//** **
+//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **
+//** **
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/MyDefs.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/MyDefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57261ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/MyDefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//** **//
+//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **//
+//** **//
+//** All Rights Reserved. **//
+//** **//
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **//
+//** **//
+//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **//
+//** **//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/MyDefs.h $
+//
+// $Author: Arunsb $
+//
+// $Revision: 5 $
+//
+// $Date: 10/18/12 5:53a $
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// Revision History
+// ----------------
+// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/MyDefs.h $
+//
+// 5 10/18/12 5:53a Arunsb
+// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission
+//
+// 7 10/10/12 12:35p Arunsb
+// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio
+//
+// 4 2/19/10 1:02p Madhans
+// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history.
+//
+// 5 2/19/10 8:11a Mallikarjunanv
+// updated year in copyright message
+//
+// 4 7/08/09 3:34p Madhans
+// Coding Standards.
+//
+// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar
+// Added File Headers for Header Files
+//
+// 2 6/12/09 7:43p Presannar
+// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0
+//
+// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 11:16p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 10:27p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 1 9/26/06 4:03p Madhans
+// JpegC Implimentation
+//
+// 1 8/01/06 8:03a Shirinmd
+// Files for JPEG decoding (C version)
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//<AMI_FHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: mydefs.h
+//
+// Description: Header file common definitions
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_FHDR_END>
+
+#ifndef _MYDEFS_H_
+#define _MYDEFS_H_
+
+#include "minisetup.h"
+#define memset MemSet
+#define memcpy MemCopy
+
+#define BOOL INTN
+#define BYTE unsigned char
+#define WORD UINT16
+#define DWORD UINT32
+
+
+#endif //#ifndef _MYDEFS_H_
+
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
+//** **
+//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **
+//** **
+//** All Rights Reserved. **
+//** **
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **
+//** **
+//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **
+//** **
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/TseAdvanced.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/TseAdvanced.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f161ee9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/TseAdvanced.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3962 @@
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//** **//
+//** (C)Copyright 2014, American Megatrends, Inc. **//
+//** **//
+//** All Rights Reserved. **//
+//** **//
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **//
+//** **//
+//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **//
+//** **//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/TseAdvanced.c $
+//
+// $Author: Premkumara $
+//
+// $Revision: 69 $
+//
+// $Date: 9/05/14 2:39p $
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// Revision History
+// ----------------
+// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/TseAdvanced.c $
+//
+// 69 9/05/14 2:39p Premkumara
+// Moved GetSetDefaultsFromControlPtr() function from Uefi2.1\Hii.c to
+// TseAdvanced.c
+//
+// 68 8/28/14 9:39a Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP172956
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity:] Critical
+// [Symptom:] Build error is displayed when TSE_CLEAR_USERPW_WITH_ADMINPW
+// token is ON
+// [Root Cause] When we do clear password then with Admin password its
+// only clearing user password from cache not from NVRAM. But in ESA it
+// working fine
+// [Solution] In ClearUserPasswordPolicy in TseAdvanced.c, we just
+// clearing password from Cache not from NVRAM if save paswd to nvram
+// token ios ON, so added that feature.
+// [Files] TseAdvanced.c
+//
+// 67 8/28/14 9:28a Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP170151
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity:] Normal
+// [Symptom:] DisplayTextBox does not close before it returns.
+// [Root Cause] Text box was not clearing before showing message box or
+// info box.
+// [Solution] modified the code to clear the Text box before showing
+// message box or info box
+// [Files] TseAdvanced.c
+//
+// 66 8/28/14 6:48a Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP93340
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] - Defaults can be given to string type controls using tag
+// "Default = STRING_TOKEN(STR_DEFAULT_STRING)".
+// - New token TSE_SUPPORT_DEFAULT_FOR_STRING_CONTROL is introduced for
+// this support.
+// - Enabling this TSE_SUPPORT_DEFAULT_FOR_STRING_CONTROL token will
+// display default string mention in setup.
+// - On loading optimal defaults also string will load default mentioned
+// in default value tag.
+// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, HiiString21.c, TseAdvanced.c, MiniSetupExt.c, Hii.c
+//
+// 65 5/02/14 8:44a Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP162981
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Configuring default Password through SDL token
+// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Minisetup.c, TseAdvanced.c
+//
+// 64 5/02/14 2:20a Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP131553
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Important
+// [Symptom] SoftKbd clearance issue on selecting UEFI shell from Save
+// and Exit tab [when SoftKbd icon is selected]
+// [RootCause] TSE was deactivating the softkbd after clearing the
+// screen when we are selecting UEFI shell from Save and Exit tab
+// [when SoftKbd icon is selected].
+// [Solution] Modified the code to deactivate the softkbd before
+// clearing
+// the TSE screen when we are selecting UEFI shell from Save and Exit tab
+// [when SoftKbd icon is selected].
+// [Files] TseAdvanced.c
+//
+// 63 5/01/14 11:27p Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP128948
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Minor
+// [Symptom] TSE security code check failure for using uninitialized
+// variable "Action"
+// [RootCause] Action variable in TimeHanldeActionKeyMouse and
+// _PostPopupEditGetValues is not initialized
+// [Solution] Initialized Action variable.
+// [Files] Time.c, TseAdvanced.c
+//
+// 62 2/11/14 7:49p Arunsb
+// Changes reverted for 2.16.1243 label
+//
+// 61 11/26/13 9:48a Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP118342
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Show meaningful error message when HDD is locked after
+// reached maximum unlocking attempt.
+// [Files] TseAdvanced.c, CommonHelper.c, FakeToken.c, AmiTseStr.uni
+//
+// 60 11/26/13 1:31a Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP118342
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Show meaningful error message when HDD is locked after
+// reached maximum unlocking attempt.
+// [Files] TseAdvanced.c, CommonHelper.c
+//
+// 59 11/06/13 1:26a Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP128948
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Minor
+// [Symptom] TSE security code check failure for using uninitialized
+// variable "Action"
+// [RootCause] Action variable in TimeHanldeActionKeyMouse and
+// _PostPopupEditGetValues is not initialized
+// [Solution] Initialized Action variable.
+// [Files] Time.c, TseAdvanced.c
+//
+// 58 10/07/13 3:06a Premkumara
+// Intergrated missed EIP130529 changes (sysAccessGuid variable in
+// LoadUserDefaultsSilently) to avoid build error
+//
+// 57 9/19/13 7:58a Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP127375
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity:] Critical
+// [Symptom:] Legacy boot doesn't work after UEFI Shell is launched from
+// LaunchAppHotkey menu. The system hangs
+// [Root Cause] If ShowPostMsgBoxEx is invoked through postmgr protcol
+// then gMsgBoxAction will be NULL initially,
+// so this time action is assigned and used.
+// ACTION_DATA *action = gMsgBoxAction; so accessing NULL pointer leads to
+// hang.
+// [Solution] gMsgBoxAction is created again inside ShowPostMsgBoxEx,
+// reassign gMsgBoxAction to action.
+// [Files] TseAdvanced.c
+//
+// 56 8/06/13 4:02a Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP130529
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Important
+// [Symptom] When entered into setup with User mode and On pressing
+// "Restore User Defaults" SystemAccess variable is loading and the user
+// mode is changes to Admin mode so the controls are editable
+// [RootCause] LoadUserDefaultsSilently() function is loading defaults
+// for all types of variable
+// [Solution] Skipping loading SystemAccess variable while loading
+// defaults for user default variable.
+// [Files] TseAdvanced.c, AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c
+//
+// 55 5/23/13 3:44a Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP116315
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Display control prompt string for password control.
+// (for String on CHAP secret popup)
+// [Files] - AMITSE.sdl
+// - CommonHelper.c
+// - FakeToken.c
+// - AmiTSEStr.uni
+// - TseLite\PopupPassword.c
+// - uefi2.1\UefiWapper21.c
+// - uefi2.0\UefiWapper20.c
+// - uefi2.0\HiiCallback.c
+// - uefi2.0\hii.h
+// - uefi2.0\hii.c
+// - TseAdvanced.c
+//
+// 54 5/22/13 10:22a Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP122907
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] For getting name value offset preserving page number
+// then it will be easy to find handle of the hii which published name
+// value
+//
+// 53 12/05/12 5:20a Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP106749
+// [Category] New Feature
+// [Description] Message box can lock the computer if ConIn not present
+// [Files] TseAdvanced.c
+//
+// 52 10/18/12 5:53a Arunsb
+// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission
+//
+// 40 10/10/12 12:35p Arunsb
+// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio
+//
+// 50 10/10/12 11:22a Arunsb
+//
+// 49 10/10/12 11:21a Arunsb
+// Properly checked in the EIP98918
+//
+// 48 9/24/12 1:17a Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP98918
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Minor
+// [Symptom] Restore User Defaults causes system hang
+// [Files] TseAdvanced.c
+//
+// 47 9/21/12 12:33p Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP99092
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Tokenize the feature of flushing keyboard after every
+// key read
+// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, TseAdvanced.c, Action.c
+//
+// 46 9/17/12 6:08a Rajashakerg
+// Updated EIP changes for 2.16 release.
+//
+// 44 9/03/12 3:12a Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP 96246
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Improvement of a boots override when firmware has a
+// BootNext variable
+// [Files] AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, FakeToken.c, AmiTSEStr.uni,
+// TseAdvanced.c
+//
+// 43 5/28/12 6:23a Rajashakerg
+// [TAG] EIP80873
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] TSE Load/Save defaults without Messaaagebox.
+// [Files] TseElinks.h, Tseadvanced.c
+//
+// 42 5/24/12 9:00a Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP90379
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Important
+// [Symptom] UefiBootFailHook asserts when it is trying to call
+// MsgBoxDestroy
+// [RootCause] Tried to free the NULL pointer
+// [Solution] Checked NULL before freeing
+// [Files] TseAdvanced.c and MessageBox.c
+//
+// 41 5/09/12 4:56p Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP87117
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] AMITSE should handle partial key support
+// [Files] TseAdvanced.c
+//
+// 40 2/02/12 1:15p Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP75351,75352,75384
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer
+// [Files] String.c, boot.c, TseAdvanced.c,Time.c, PopupEdit.c,
+// MessageBox.c, Label.c, Edit.c, Date.c
+//
+// 39 1/13/12 1:22a Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP80360
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Important
+// [Symptom] HDDSecurity module - Issue in login with TSE, Master
+// password disabled
+// [RootCause] Cache not updated
+// [Solution] Cache updated properly
+// [Files] Tseadvanced.c, special.c and uefi21wapper.c
+//
+// 38 12/08/11 12:30p Rajashakerg
+// Updated the file to overcome build errors when build for x32 mode.
+//
+// 37 12/01/11 7:16p Blaines
+// Fix build errors in Uefi2.0
+//
+// 36 11/30/11 1:28p Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP75352
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer
+// [Files] Boot.c, bbs.c, TseAdvanced.c, Special.c, Variable.c,
+// TseLiteHelper.c, PopupSel.c, AddBootOption.c, Hii.c, FormBrowser2.c
+//
+// 35 11/30/11 12:00p Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP75521
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Need to support interactive password controls
+// [Files] PopupPassword.c, PopupPassword.h, TsetAdvanced.c
+//
+// 34 11/30/11 12:25a Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP75351
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Static code analysis.Suppress the warnings from static
+// code analyzer
+// [Files] String.c, HiiString21.c, TseAdvanced.c, Special.c,
+// UefiAction., Time.c, PopupEdit.c, MessageBox.c, Label.c, Edit.c, Date.c
+//
+// 33 11/16/11 11:21a Madhans
+// [TAG] EIP75736
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] To avoid flicks when booting UEFI OS for seamless boot.
+// [Files] Boot.c
+// Tseadvanced.c
+//
+// 32 11/14/11 2:01p Blaines
+// Add function headers for the changes made in TSEAdvanced.c for EIP
+// 66860
+//
+// 31 11/13/11 12:50p Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP70421
+// [Category] New Feature
+// [Description] Support for driver order in TSE
+// [Files] AMITSE.SDL, CommonHelper.c, setup.ini, uefisetup.ini,
+// boot.c,
+// minisetup.h, bbs.c, special.c, special.h, tseadvanced.c,
+// addbootoption.c,
+// callback.c, minisetupext.c, minisetupext.h, popupsel.c, popupsel.h,
+// TseLitehelper.c, variable.c, Uefi21Wapper.c, AMIVfr.h, boot.h,
+// TseElink.h, variable.h,
+// setup.h, Boot.vfr and Setup.uni
+//
+// 30 11/10/11 7:25p Blaines
+// [TAG] - EIP 66860
+// [Category]- Function Request
+// [Synopsis]- AmiPostManager interface for text entry.
+// [Files] - LogoLib.h, AMIPostMgr.h, protocol.c, protocol.h,
+// TseAdvanced.c, TseLitehelper.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c
+//
+// Added new parameter to the function prototype DISPLAY_TEXT_KEY_VALIDATE
+//
+// Initialize textbox witih default value
+//
+// 29 11/10/11 12:51a Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP67735
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Zeroing password buffers before freeing
+// [Files] mem.c, mem.h, popupedit.c, popuppassword.c and tseadvanced.c
+//
+// 28 10/31/11 9:41a Rajashakerg
+// [TAG] EIP71120,71512
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Important
+// [Symptom] BIOS gets stuck in infinite loop On enabling
+// TSE_LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN token,In first boot incorrect devices is
+// disabled in Setup & BBS table but in second boot the correct device is
+// disabled in both places.
+// [Solution] Hidden option handled properly.
+// [Files] TseLite\variable.c, TseLite\minisetupext.c, TseAdvanced.c,
+// special.c, BootOnly\minisetup.h,BootOnly\boot.c, BootOnly\bbs.c
+//
+// 27 10/19/11 3:52p Blaines
+// [TAG] - EIP 66860
+// [Category]- Function Request
+// [Synopsis]- AmiPostManager interface for text entry. Add cursor
+// support.
+// [Files] - LogoLib.h, AMIPostMgr.h, protocol.c, protocol.h,
+// TseAdvanced.c, TseLitehelper.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c,
+// uefi20Wapper.c, PopupEdit.c
+//
+// 26 9/29/11 7:02p Blaines
+// [TAG] - EIP 66860
+// [Category]- Function Request
+// [Synopsis]- AmiPostManager interface for text entry.
+// [Files] - LogoLib.h, AMIPostMgr.h, protocol.c, protocol.h,
+// TseAdvanced.c, TseLitehelper.c, TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c
+//
+// 25 7/19/11 12:30p Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP63895
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Important
+// [Symptom] Same message "Save & reset" displayed twice
+// [RootCause] guidInfo->GuidFlags.GuidLaunchFilename condition also
+// executed after executing guidInfo->GuidFlags.GuidLaunchGuid condition.
+// [Solution] Made as any one condition will execute
+// [Files] Tseadvanced.c
+//
+// 24 6/30/11 4:12a Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP57661
+// [Category] New Feature
+// [Description] Boot manager algorithm for interaction with Driver
+// Health protocol.
+// Driver health special controls handled.
+// [Files] amitse.cif, amitse.sdl, faketokens.c, amitsestr.uni,
+// commonhelper.c, uefisetup.ini, tsedrvhealth.h,
+// amivfr.h, minisetupbin.mak,
+// hiistring21.c, hiistring20.c, tseadvanced.c, special.c,
+// special.h, boot.h, minisetup.h,
+// uefi20wapper.c, formbrowser2.c, hii.c, parse.c and
+// uefi21wapper.c.
+//
+// 23 12/29/10 6:51a Mallikarjunanv
+// [TAG] EIP 49745
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Normal
+// [Symptom] Hangs on CP06 when Core is update to 4.6.4.1
+// [RootCause] It hangs on CP06 when go to SETUP if updated core to
+// 4.6.4.1 and added TSE source and X64 = 0.
+// [Solution] Fixed the Stack Frame corruption by passing NULL for Var
+// or Flags.
+// [Files] TseAdvanced.c
+//
+// 22 12/28/10 6:09p Mallikarjunanv
+// [TAG] EIP41615
+// [Category] New Feature
+// [Description] Added the file browser support for the Add boot option
+// reated controls
+// [Files] AmiVfr.h, AmiTse.sdl, AmiTseStr.uni, CommonHelper.c,
+// Faketokens.c, TseElinks.h, EdkHelper.h, minisetup.h, TseAdvanced.c,
+// AddBootOption.c
+//
+// 21 12/28/10 12:54p Mallikarjunanv
+// [TAG] EIP 47260
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Updated with TSE_NVRAM_DEFAULTS_SUPPORT token name
+// [Files] TseAdvanced.sdl, TseAdvanced.c
+//
+// 20 12/24/10 1:15p Mallikarjunanv
+// [TAG] EIP 47932
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Important
+// [Symptom] Screen changing to Normal TSE from GTSE if the boot fails
+// rom the selected boot option
+// [RootCause] Style Initilization is not done before BootLaunchFailed .
+// [Solution] Fixed by updating style Initilization BootLaunchFailed.
+//
+// [Files] TseAdvanced.c
+//
+// 19 12/22/10 5:28a Mallikarjunanv
+// [TAG] EIP47260
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] To Build TSE sources without NVRAM module support.
+// [Files] TseAdvanced.c, TseAdvanced.mak, TseAdvanced.sdl
+//
+// 18 11/18/10 7:13p Blaines
+// [TAG] - EIP 47962
+// [Category]- Defect
+// [Symptom]- Post Manager's DisplayMsgBox displays a corrupted screen
+// When the French or Japanese langues are selected and a call is made to
+// DisplayMsgBox, the screen that is displayed is corrupted
+//
+// [Rootcause]
+// The bounding box area of the message box is drawn, which may not span
+// previous screen redraws.
+// Therefore, artifacts from previous screen displays may appear.
+// [Solution]- Clear the screen before drawing message box to clear
+// artifacts from previous screen redraws.
+// [Files] - TseAdvanced.c, AMIPostMgr.h,
+//
+// 17 9/29/10 1:36p Blaines
+// Function ShowPostMsgBoxEx was updated to allow a buttonless messages
+// box to be displayed without a legend.
+//
+// 16 9/16/10 8:38p Madhans
+// Update for TSE 2.10. Refer Changelog.log for more details.
+//
+// 33 8/31/10 11:32a Blaines
+// Fix for ShowPostProgress function not calling gAction.Destroy, casuing
+// system to appear to hang and to not be responsive to input.
+//
+// 32 8/10/10 7:13p Madhans
+// EIP 40555 : To avoid Compilation issues with Fareast Windows.
+//
+// 31 6/22/10 5:31a Mallikarjunanv
+// EIP:39102 - Handling Scrren corruption if Launching shell from file
+// system fails
+//
+// 30 6/14/10 7:08p Madhans
+// To keep the NVRAM defaults only for Aptio 4.x
+//
+// 29 6/08/10 5:13p Blaines
+// Fix for EIP #39416 - PostManagerDisplayProgress does not update
+// message.
+//
+// 28 5/19/10 4:11p Blaines
+// Added parameter error checking to the function ShowPostMsgBoxEx
+//
+// 27 4/22/10 6:21p Blaines
+// Fix build error when TSE_USE_AMI_EFI_KEYCODE_PROTOCOL token
+// enabled
+//
+// In function ShowPostMsgBoxEx, set property msgbox->Legend before
+// calling gMsgBox.Initialize.
+//
+// 26 4/20/10 6:15p Blaines
+// Add MessageBox Hotkey support
+//
+// 25 4/15/10 4:49p Blaines
+// In function ShowPostMsgBox,
+// check if pSelection is null before it attempts to use it.
+//
+// 24 4/07/10 6:24p Madhans
+// To Fix the build issue.
+//
+// 23 3/30/10 4:46p Blaines
+// EIP 36704 : Fix for Making sure to make the Variable to NULL after it
+// is Freed up.
+//
+// 22 3/26/10 6:12p Madhans
+// EIP 36704 : Fix for Making sure to make the Variable to NULL after it
+// is Freed up.
+//
+// 21 3/26/10 6:01p Madhans
+// Fix in Load Defaults from NVRAM Defaults, To make work for Runtime
+// pages. Before this fix it only work for Offline parsing Data and For
+// Runtime pages the defaults are broken.
+//
+// 20 3/23/10 5:11p Blaines
+// Add support for new PostManager Extentions
+//
+// 19 3/19/10 2:39p Madhans
+// Support to Load Defaults from NVRAM Defaults.
+//
+// 18 2/26/10 11:09a Madhans
+// to resove build errors;.
+//
+// 17 2/19/10 8:11a Mallikarjunanv
+// updated year in copyright message
+//
+// 16 2/15/10 10:13p Madhans
+// For EDK Nt32 version
+//
+// 15 2/04/10 11:19p Madhans
+// Fix for Password with AMIKeyCode ON without EfiKey or Scancode support.
+//
+// 14 1/18/10 2:09a Mallikarjunanv
+// EIP-28501: Updated for Keyboard scancode as password. Added a new Token
+// SETUP_STORE_KEYCODE_PASSWORD to support the EFI key or Scan code as
+// password
+//
+// 13 1/09/10 4:51a Mallikarjunanv
+// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards
+//
+// 12 10/30/09 9:47a Mallikarjunanv
+// EIP-28551 : Fixed TSE 2.0 Build error releated to
+// SETUP_STORE_EFI_KEY_PASSWORD and TSE_USE_AMI_EFI_KEYCODE_PROTOCOL
+//
+// 11 9/17/09 9:05a Sudhirv
+// EIP:25799 - Remove Load Driver Option from TSE 2.x as it will be
+// handled from Core
+//
+// 10 9/15/09 9:41a Sudhirv
+// updated with support for SETUP_OEM_SPECIAL_CONTROL_SUPPORT and the
+// support for Add Del boot option support
+//
+// 9 8/19/09 6:33p Madhans
+// IsToggleStateKey Function added
+//
+// 8 8/19/09 10:42a Mallikarjunanv
+// Fixed the issue regarding loading defaults by desabling the chipset
+// menu.
+//
+// 7 8/13/09 7:37a Mallikarjunanv
+// eip:24971 - supporting tse features without tse sources
+//
+// 6 7/30/09 7:48a Mallikarjunanv
+// updated the code to move the exit page option elinks to Tse Binary
+//
+// 5 7/20/09 1:17p Mallikarjunanv
+// updated the return values
+//
+// 4 6/23/09 7:09p Blaines
+// Coding standard update,
+// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list
+// creation.
+//
+// 3 6/12/09 7:43p Presannar
+// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0
+//
+// 2 6/05/09 11:55a Blaines
+// Fix screen corruption for GTSE
+//
+// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans
+//
+// 3 5/07/09 10:36a Madhans
+// Changes after Bin module
+//
+// 2 4/29/09 9:02p Madhans
+// Bug Fixes after unit Testing..
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 11:16p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 10:27p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+
+//<AMI_FHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: TseAdvanced.c
+//
+// Description: This file contains code to handle the Advanced TSE Operations
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_FHDR_END>
+
+#include "minisetup.h"
+#include "Special.h"
+#include "TseElinks.h"
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/////// INTERNAL VARIABLE DECLARATION
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///Exit Page options info. from Elink...
+extern EXIT_PAGE_OPTIONS gExitPageOptions[END_OF_EXIT_PAGE_OPTION_LIST];
+extern APPLICATION_DATA *gApp;
+extern UINTN gSaveUserMsgBox;
+extern UINTN gLoadUserMsgBox;
+extern UINTN gBootLaunchFailedMsgBox;
+extern UINTN gInvalidPasswordFailMsgBox;
+
+
+#define AMITSE_PRINT_SCREEN_PRESS_GUID \
+{ 0x71030b81, 0xf72, 0x4b48, 0xb5, 0xe8, 0xbc, 0xcd, 0x51, 0x78, 0x60, 0x9e }
+
+
+#define CONSTRUCT_DEFAULTS_FIRST_BOOT_GUID \
+{ 0xc5912ed9, 0x83c2, 0x4bff, 0x99, 0x36, 0x23, 0x1f, 0xeb, 0x85, 0xf3, 0xe8 }
+
+MSGBOX_DATA *gInfoBox = NULL;
+UINT32 gtempCurrentPage;
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/////// INTERNAL FUNCTIONS DECLARATION
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///Exit page options handling using Elinks...
+VOID HandleSaveAndExit(VOID);
+VOID HandleExitApplication(VOID);
+VOID HandleSaveAndReset(VOID);
+VOID HandleResetSys(VOID);
+VOID HandleSaveWithoutExit(VOID);
+VOID HandleLoadPreviousValues(VOID);
+VOID HandleLoadOptimalDefaults(VOID);
+VOID HandleSaveUserDefaults(VOID);
+VOID HandleRestoreUserDefaults(VOID);
+VOID HandleBootAddBootOption(VOID);
+VOID HandleDriverAddDriverOption(VOID);
+
+//EIP-41615: Start
+VOID HandleLaunchFileSystem(VOID);
+VOID HandleLaunchFileSystemDriver(VOID);
+//EIP-41615: End
+
+VOID SaveUserDefaults( VOID );
+VOID LoadUserDefaults( VOID );
+BOOLEAN CheckIsAllowedPasswordChar(CHAR16 Char);
+BOOLEAN CheckIsAllowedChar(CHAR16 Char);
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/////// EXTERN FUNCTIONS DECLARATION
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////
+extern VOID *UefiCreateStringTemplate(UINT16 Token);
+extern EFI_STATUS ReadImageResource(EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle, EFI_GUID *pGuid, VOID **ppData, UINTN *pDataSize);
+extern BOOLEAN IsLoadSysteAccessOnUserDefault(VOID);
+extern BOOLEAN IsSupportDefaultForStringControl (VOID);
+EFI_STATUS GetSetDefaultsFromControlPtr(NVRAM_VARIABLE *optimalDefaultlist, NVRAM_VARIABLE *failSafeDefaultlist);
+UINTN GetANSIEscapeCode(CHAR16 *String,UINT8 *Bold,UINT8 *Foreground, UINT8 *Background);
+VOID OEMSpecialGotoSelect(UINT16 value);
+BOOLEAN IsShowPromptStringAsTitle(VOID);//EIP-116315 password window title string
+extern BOOLEAN TSEPwdSavetoNvram(VOID);
+
+typedef UINT16 VAR_SIZE_TYPE;
+#pragma pack(push)
+#pragma pack(1)
+typedef struct{
+ UINT32 signature;
+ VAR_SIZE_TYPE size;
+ UINT32 next:24;
+ UINT32 flags:8;
+// guid and name are there only if NVRAM_FLAG_DATA_ONLY is not set
+// UINT8 guid;
+// CHAR8 or CHAR16 name[...];
+// UINT8 data[...];
+// if NVRAM_FLAG_EXT_HEDER is set
+// UINT8 extflags;
+// UINT8 extdata[...];
+// VAR_SIZE_TYPE extsize;
+}NVAR;
+#pragma pack(pop)
+
+typedef struct {
+ UINT8 *NvramAddress;
+ UINTN NvramSize;
+ EFI_GUID* NvramGuidsAddress;
+ UINT8 *pEndOfVars, *pFirstVar;
+ INT16 NextGuid;
+ VAR_SIZE_TYPE LastVarSize;
+ NVAR *pLastReturned;
+ UINT8 Flags;
+} NVRAM_STORE_INFO;
+
+
+VOID NvInitInfoBuffer(IN NVRAM_STORE_INFO *pInfo, UINTN HeaderSize, UINT8 Flags);
+EFI_STATUS NvGetVariable(
+ IN CHAR16 *VariableName, IN EFI_GUID *VendorGuid,
+ OUT UINT32 *Attributes OPTIONAL,
+ IN OUT UINTN *DataSize, OUT VOID *Data,
+ IN NVRAM_STORE_INFO *pInfo, OUT UINT8 *Flags
+);
+BOOLEAN IsTseLoadPasswordOnDefaults();
+
+#define NVRAM_STORE_FLAG_NON_VALATILE 1
+
+#define DEFAULTS_GUID {0x4599d26f, 0x1a11, 0x49b8, 0xb9, 0x1f, 0x85, 0x87, 0x45, 0xcf, 0xf8, 0x24}
+
+EFI_GUID DefaultsGuid = DEFAULTS_GUID;
+VOID SetDrvHealthHandleAndCtrlCount (UINT16);
+VOID DoDriverHealthOperation (CONTROL_INFO *, UINT16);
+BOOLEAN FlushKeysAfterRead(void);
+//EIP-96246 starts
+EFI_STATUS ShowBootOverrideSelectOption (VOID);
+BOOLEAN IsBootOverrideBootNextSupport (VOID);
+#define BOOT_OVERRIDE_OPTION_MENU_COUNT 3
+//EIP-96246 Ends
+
+#ifndef KEY_STATE_EXPOSED
+#define KEY_STATE_EXPOSED 0x40 //EIP-87117
+#endif
+
+//EIP 162981 Providing defaults through sdl tokens
+BOOLEAN DefaultSetupPwdAtFirstBootOnly (void);
+BOOLEAN TseDefaultSetupPasswordSupported(VOID);
+EFI_STATUS GetDefaultPassword (UINT32 PasswordInstalled, void **DefaultPassword);
+
+
+BOOLEAN TseLiteIsSpecialOptionList(CONTROL_DATA *ControlData)
+{
+ // For TSE Advanced we papulate and add the control dynamically.
+ // So it is not TSE lite Special control
+ // TSE Lite special controls are patched instad of removing and adding.
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: BootUpdateOrder
+//
+// Description: Function to update the boot/driver order
+//
+// Input: UINT16 *buffer
+// UINT32 *offset
+// UINTN *size
+// VOID **realBuffer
+//
+// Output: VOID
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID BootUpdateOrder(UINT16 *buffer,UINT32 *offset,UINTN *size, VOID **realBuffer)
+{
+ UINTN i, j, optionNumber = *offset / sizeof(UINT16);
+ UINT16 index = *(UINT16 *)buffer;
+ UINT16 newOption = index;
+ UINT16 oldOption, *optionList;
+
+#if TSE_SEPERATE_EFI_LEGACY_OPTIONS
+ UINT16 *OrgOptionList;
+ OrgOptionList = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( *size );
+ MemCopy( OrgOptionList, gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER].Buffer, *size );
+#endif
+
+ *realBuffer = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( *size );
+ if (NULL == *realBuffer)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ *offset = 0;
+ MemCopy( *realBuffer, gVariableList[VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER].Buffer, *size );
+
+ optionList = (UINT16 *)*realBuffer;
+ oldOption = optionList[ optionNumber ];
+
+ if ( newOption == oldOption )
+ return;
+
+ if(DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION == newOption)
+ {
+ for (i = optionNumber, j = 0; i < gBootOptionCount; i++)
+ {
+ if ((i+1) < gBootOptionCount)
+ {
+ if ( (CheckHiddenforBootDriverOption (optionList [i + 1], BOOT_ORDER_OPTION)) && gLoadOptionHidden )
+ {
+ j ++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ optionList [i] = optionList [i + 1];
+ }
+ else
+ optionList [i-j] = newOption; // or DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION; boot order will be like active boot option
+ } //then hidden options, so hidden option will always maintain at same place(last positions).
+ }
+ else if (DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION == oldOption)
+ {
+ //Find newOption's position
+ for(i=0;i<gBootOptionCount;i++)
+ {
+ if(newOption == optionList[i])
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if(i < gBootOptionCount)//New option found
+ {
+ //Move new option to the last of enabled devices
+ for(j=i; j<gBootOptionCount; j++)
+ {
+ if( DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION != optionList[j+1])
+ optionList[j] = optionList[j+1];
+ else
+ {
+ optionList[j] = newOption;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else//New option not enabled
+ {
+ //Replace first disabled with new one
+ for(i=0;i<gBootOptionCount;i++)
+ {
+ if(DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION == optionList[i])
+ break;
+ }
+ optionList[i] = newOption;
+ }
+#if TSE_SEPERATE_EFI_LEGACY_OPTIONS
+ ReGroupOptions(optionList,NULL);
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ optionList[optionNumber] = newOption;
+ for(i=0;i<gBootOptionCount;i++)
+ {
+ if(i == optionNumber)
+ continue;
+ if(newOption == optionList[i])
+ {
+ optionList[i] = oldOption;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+#if TSE_SEPERATE_EFI_LEGACY_OPTIONS
+ ReGroupOptions(optionList,OrgOptionList);
+#endif
+ }
+#if TSE_SEPERATE_EFI_LEGACY_OPTIONS
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&OrgOptionList );
+#endif
+}
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: DriverUpdateOrder
+//
+// Description: Function to update the driver order
+//
+// Input: UINT16 *buffer
+// UINT32 *offset
+// UINTN *size
+// VOID **realBuffer
+//
+// Output: VOID
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID DriverUpdateOrder (UINT16 *buffer,UINT32 *offset,UINTN *size, VOID **realBuffer)
+{
+ UINTN i, j, optionNumber = *offset / sizeof(UINT16);
+ UINT16 index = *(UINT16 *)buffer;
+ UINT16 newOption = index;
+ UINT16 oldOption, *optionList;
+
+ *realBuffer = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool (*size);
+ if (NULL == *realBuffer)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ *offset = 0;
+
+ MemCopy (*realBuffer, gVariableList [VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER].Buffer, *size);
+ optionList = (UINT16 *)*realBuffer;
+ oldOption = optionList [optionNumber];
+
+ if (newOption == oldOption)
+ return;
+
+ if (DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION == newOption)
+ {
+ for (i = optionNumber, j = 0; i < gDriverOptionCount; i++)
+ {
+ if ((i+1) < gDriverOptionCount)
+ {
+ if ( (CheckHiddenforBootDriverOption (optionList [i + 1], DRIVER_ORDER_OPTION)) && gLoadOptionHidden )
+ {
+ j ++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ optionList [i] = optionList [i + 1];
+ }
+ else
+ optionList [i-j] = newOption; // or DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION; boot order will be like active boot option
+ } //then hidden options, so hidden option will always maintain at same place(last positions).
+ }
+ else if (DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION == oldOption)
+ {
+ //Find newOption's position
+ for (i = 0; i < gDriverOptionCount; i ++)
+ {
+ if (newOption == optionList [i])
+ break;
+ }
+ if (i < gDriverOptionCount)//New option found
+ {
+ //Move new option to the last of enabled devices
+ for (j = i; j < gDriverOptionCount; j ++)
+ {
+ if (DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION != optionList [j+1])
+ optionList [j] = optionList [j+1];
+ else
+ {
+ optionList [j] = newOption;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else//New option not enabled
+ {
+ //Replace first disabled with new one
+ for (i = 0; i < gDriverOptionCount; i ++)
+ {
+ if (DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION == optionList [i])
+ break;
+ }
+ optionList [i] = newOption;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ optionList[optionNumber] = newOption;
+ for (i = 0; i < gDriverOptionCount; i ++)
+ {
+ if(i == optionNumber)
+ continue;
+ if(newOption == optionList[i])
+ {
+ optionList[i] = oldOption;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/// functions to handle the exit page options
+VOID HandleSaveAndExit()
+{
+ gApp->Quit = SaveAndExit();
+}
+
+VOID HandleExitApplication()
+{
+ gApp->Quit = ExitApplication();
+}
+
+VOID HandleSaveAndReset()
+{
+ gApp->Quit = SaveAndReset();
+}
+
+VOID HandleResetSys()
+{
+ gApp->Quit = ResetSys();
+}
+
+VOID HandleSaveWithoutExit()
+{
+ SaveWithoutExit();
+}
+
+VOID HandleLoadPreviousValues()
+{
+ LoadPreviousValues( TRUE );
+}
+
+VOID HandleLoadOptimalDefaults()
+{
+ LoadOptimalDefaults();
+}
+
+VOID HandleSaveUserDefaults()
+{
+ SaveUserDefaults();
+}
+
+VOID HandleRestoreUserDefaults(VOID)
+{
+ LoadUserDefaults();
+}
+
+VOID HandleBootAddBootOption(VOID)
+{
+ TseBootAddBootOption();
+}
+
+//EIP70421 & 70422
+VOID HandleDriverAddDriverOption(VOID)
+{
+ TseDriverAddDriverOption();
+}
+
+// EIP-41615: Function to handle selection of the file system
+VOID HandleLaunchFileSystem(VOID)
+{
+ TseLaunchFileSystem(VARIABLE_ID_ADD_BOOT_OPTION);
+}
+
+//EIP70421 & 70422
+VOID HandleLaunchFileSystemDriver(VOID)
+{
+ TseLaunchFileSystem(VARIABLE_ID_ADD_DRIVER_OPTION);
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: _SubMenuAmiCallback
+//
+// Description: Function implemented to handle the Exit page
+// options using Elinks.
+//
+// Input: UINT16 value - index of the exit page option
+//
+// Output: TRUE
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+BOOLEAN _SubMenuAmiCallback( UINT16 value )
+{
+ UINT8 idx=0;
+
+ for(idx=0;idx<(sizeof(gExitPageOptions)/sizeof(EXIT_PAGE_OPTIONS));idx++)
+ {
+ if( gExitPageOptions[idx].OptIdx == END_OF_EXIT_PAGE_OPTION_LIST ) {
+ break;
+ }
+ else if(value == gExitPageOptions[idx].OptIdx) {
+ gExitPageOptions[idx].ExitPageCallBack();
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: _SubMenuHandleSpecialOp
+//
+// Description: Sub menu handle for Special operations.
+//
+// Input: Submenu data
+//
+// Output: Bool - Interpreted by the Caller.
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+BOOLEAN _SubMenuHandleSpecialOp( SUBMENU_DATA *submenu )
+{
+ BOOLEAN status = FALSE;
+ BOOLEAN BootLaunchFailed = FALSE;
+ BOOLEAN StyleExitDone = FALSE;
+ UINT16 value;
+ GUID_INFO *guidInfo;
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+
+// EIP:39412 - START
+ VOID *ScreenBuf;
+
+ //Save the screen buffer to restore later if required
+ ScreenBuf = SaveScreen();
+// EIP:39412 - END
+
+ value = SpecialGetValue( (CONTROL_DATA *)submenu, &guidInfo );
+ if ( value != (UINT16)-2 )
+ {
+ if ( guidInfo->GuidFlags.GuidLaunchCallback )
+ {
+ switch ( guidInfo->GuidKey )
+ {
+ case GUID_KEY_BOOT_NOW:
+ //EIP-96246 Starts
+ if ( !gResetRequired && IsBootOverrideBootNextSupport () )
+ {
+ UINT16 *pBootNext = NULL;
+ UINTN size = 0;
+ pBootNext = (UINT16 *)VarGetNvramName(L"BootNext", &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid, NULL, &size);
+ if ( pBootNext && (size == sizeof(UINT16)))//If BootNext Variable is present
+ {
+ Status = ShowBootOverrideSelectOption ();//EIP-96246 To show Override menu option for BootNext variable
+ if ( Status != EFI_SUCCESS )//Exit menu and retain in override menu
+ {
+ status = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if(pBootNext)
+ MemFreePointer((void **) &pBootNext);
+ }
+ //EIP-96246 Ends
+ if(!gResetRequired)
+ {
+ if(!gDoNotBoot)
+ {
+ gApp->ClearScreen = TRUE;
+ //EIP 75736
+ StyleExit();
+ if (gST->ConOut != NULL)
+ {
+ //Disable cursor, set desired attributes and clear screen
+ gST->ConOut->EnableCursor( gST->ConOut, FALSE );
+ gST->ConOut->SetAttribute( gST->ConOut, (EFI_BACKGROUND_BLACK | EFI_WHITE));
+ gST->ConOut->ClearScreen( gST->ConOut);
+ }
+
+ BootLaunchBootNow( value, gShowAllBbsDev/*SETUP_SHOW_ALL_BBS_DEVICES*/ );
+ StyleInit();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ gApp->Quit = SaveAndReset();
+ }
+ status = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ case GUID_KEY_AMI_CALLBACK:
+ status = _SubMenuAmiCallback( value );
+ break;
+
+ case GUID_KEY_ERROR_MANAGER:
+ {
+ UefiSpecialGuidCallback(submenu->ControlData.ControlHandle, value, &guidInfo->GuidValue);
+ }
+ break;
+#if SETUP_OEM_SPECIAL_CONTROL_SUPPORT
+ case GUID_KEY_OEM_CONTROL:
+ {
+ OEMSpecialGotoSelect(value);
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+ case GUID_KEY_IDE_SECURITY:
+ {
+ UINTN size;
+ IDE_SECURITY_CONFIG *ideSecConfig;
+
+
+ //Update mem copy of the IDE sec variable
+ size = 0;
+ ideSecConfig = VarGetVariable( VARIABLE_ID_IDE_SECURITY, &size );
+ //EIP-75352 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer
+ if (NULL == ideSecConfig) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ TSEIDEUpdateConfig(ideSecConfig, value);
+
+ VarSetValue( VARIABLE_ID_IDE_SECURITY, 0, size, ideSecConfig );
+ MemFreePointer((VOID **)&ideSecConfig);
+ }
+ break;
+ case GUID_KEY_BBS_ORDER:
+ {
+ BBSUpdateBootData(value);
+ VarSetValue(VARIABLE_ID_LEGACY_GROUP_INFO, 0, sizeof(UINT16), &(gCurrLegacyBootData->LegacyDevCount));
+ }
+ break;
+ //EIP 57661 Start
+ case GUID_KEY_DRIVER_HEALTH:
+ {
+ SetDrvHealthHandleAndCtrlCount (value);
+ break;
+ }
+ case GUID_KEY_DRV_HEALTH_CTRL_COUNT:
+ {
+ DoDriverHealthOperation ((VOID *)&((CONTROL_DATA *)submenu)->ControlData, value);
+ break;
+ }
+ //EIP 57661 End
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+
+ if ( guidInfo->GuidFlags.GuidLaunchGuid )
+ {
+ if(!gResetRequired)
+ {
+ if(!gDoNotBoot)
+ {
+ gApp->ClearScreen = TRUE;
+ //EIP 75736
+ StyleExit();
+ if (gST->ConOut != NULL)
+ {
+ //Disable cursor, set desired attributes and clear screen
+ gST->ConOut->EnableCursor( gST->ConOut, FALSE );
+ gST->ConOut->SetAttribute( gST->ConOut, (EFI_BACKGROUND_BLACK | EFI_WHITE));
+ gST->ConOut->ClearScreen( gST->ConOut);
+ }
+ StyleExitDone = TRUE;
+ Status = BootLaunchGuid( &guidInfo->GuidValue );
+ if ( ! EFI_ERROR( Status ) )
+ {
+ gApp->ClearScreen = TRUE;
+ status = TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ BootLaunchFailed = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ gApp->Quit = SaveAndReset();
+ status = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (( guidInfo->GuidFlags.GuidLaunchFilename ) && (FALSE == status))
+ {
+ if(!gResetRequired)
+ {
+ if(!gDoNotBoot)
+ {
+ CHAR16 FileName[VARIABLE_NAME_LENGTH];
+ UINTN i = 0, j;
+ while(guidInfo->GuidName[i])
+ {
+ j=0;
+ for(;guidInfo->GuidName[i];i++)
+ {
+ if(L'|' == guidInfo->GuidName[i])
+ {
+ i++;
+ break;
+ }
+ FileName[j] = guidInfo->GuidName[i];
+ j++;
+ }
+ FileName[j] = 0;
+ if(!StyleExitDone){
+ gApp->ClearScreen = TRUE;
+ //EIP 75736
+ StyleExit();
+ if (gST->ConOut != NULL)
+ {
+ //Disable cursor, set desired attributes and clear screen
+ gST->ConOut->EnableCursor( gST->ConOut, FALSE );
+ gST->ConOut->SetAttribute( gST->ConOut, (EFI_BACKGROUND_BLACK | EFI_WHITE));
+ gST->ConOut->ClearScreen( gST->ConOut);
+ }
+
+ StyleExitDone = TRUE;
+ }
+ Status = BootLaunchFilename( FileName );
+ if ( ! EFI_ERROR( Status ) )
+ {
+ gApp->ClearScreen = TRUE;
+ status = TRUE;
+ BootLaunchFailed = FALSE;
+ break;
+ }else
+ BootLaunchFailed = TRUE;
+ }
+ //BootLaunchFailed = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ gApp->Quit = SaveAndReset();
+ status = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // EIP:47932 - Start
+ if(StyleExitDone)
+ StyleInit();
+ // EIP:47932 - End
+
+// EIP:39412 - START
+ if ( BootLaunchFailed ){
+
+ //Restore the Original screen before boot launch
+ RestoreScreen( ScreenBuf );
+ CallbackShowMessageBox( (UINTN)gBootLaunchFailedMsgBox, MSGBOX_TYPE_OK );
+ }
+ else {
+ //In case Boot Launch not failed, free the saved screen buffer
+ MemFreePointer((VOID **) &ScreenBuf);
+ }
+// EIP:39412 - END
+ }
+ }
+
+
+
+
+
+ return status;
+
+}
+
+#ifdef TSE_FOR_APTIO_4_50
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: InitApplicationData
+//
+// Description: function to initialize the application data
+//
+// Input: EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS InitApplicationData(EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle)
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+#if APTIO_4_00 || SETUP_USE_GUIDED_SECTION || TSE_FOR_64BIT
+ VOID *pSection;
+ UINTN SectionSize;
+ EFI_GUID dataGuid = MINI_SETUP_DATA_GUID;
+
+ Status=ReadImageResource(ImageHandle,&dataGuid,&pSection,&SectionSize);
+ if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) ) {
+ return Status;
+ }
+ gApplicationData = (UINT8 *)pSection + sizeof(EFI_GUID);
+#else
+#ifdef USE_DEPRICATED_INTERFACE
+
+ // Read in the data files from the GUIDed section
+ Status = LoadGuidedDataDriverLib( gImageHandle, dataGuid, &gApplicationData );
+ if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) )
+ {
+ return Status;
+ }
+#else
+#ifndef STANDALONE_APPLICATION
+ gApplicationData = (UINT8 *)&_SetupPackage;
+#else
+ gApplicationData = (UINT8 *)&DummySetupData;
+#endif //#ifndef STANDALONE_APPLICATION
+#endif //#ifdef USE_DEPRICATED_INTERFACE
+#endif //#if APTIO_4_00 || SETUP_USE_GUIDED_SECTION || TSE_FOR_64BIT
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: LoadUserDefaultsSilently
+//
+// Description: Function to load the user set defaults Silently
+//
+// Input: VOID
+//
+// Output: VOID
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID LoadUserDefaultsSilently(VOID)
+{
+ NVRAM_VARIABLE *nvramVar, *tmpPtr;
+ UINTN i = 0;
+ UINT8 *buffer;
+ UINT16 size;
+ UINT32 count;
+//EIP-98918 Starts
+ VARIABLE_INFO *varInfo = NULL;
+ EFI_GUID sysAccessGuid = SYSTEM_ACCESS_GUID;
+
+ VARIABLE_INFO *InnerLoopvarInfo = NULL;
+ UINT32 InnerLoop;
+ BOOLEAN MatchFound = FALSE;
+//EIP-98918 Ends
+ nvramVar = &gVariableList [VARIABLE_ID_USER_DEFAULTS];
+ if ( ( nvramVar->Size == 0 ) || ( nvramVar->Buffer == NULL ) )
+ return;
+
+ buffer = nvramVar->Buffer;
+ count = *(UINT32 *)buffer;
+ buffer += sizeof(UINT32);
+
+ for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ )
+ {
+ varInfo = VarGetVariableInfoIndex (*(UINT32 *)buffer);//EIP-98918
+ tmpPtr = &gVariableList[ *(UINT32 *)buffer ];
+
+ if ( IsLoadSysteAccessOnUserDefault() ) //EIP-130529 Skip loading SYSTEM_ACCESS variable for user defaults
+ {
+ if ( !EfiStrCmp(varInfo->VariableName, L"SystemAccess") && EfiCompareGuid(&sysAccessGuid, &(varInfo->VariableGuid)) )//EIP-UserDefault - Skip to load SystemAccess variable on pressing Restore User Defaults
+ {
+ buffer += sizeof(UINT32);
+ size = *(UINT16 *)buffer;
+ buffer += sizeof(UINT16);
+ buffer += (sizeof (EFI_GUID) + sizeof (CHAR16) * VARIABLE_NAME_LENGTH); //Move to next variable
+ buffer += size;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ buffer += sizeof(UINT32);
+ size = *(UINT16 *)buffer;
+ buffer += sizeof(UINT16);
+
+//EIP-98918 Starts
+ if (
+ (size == tmpPtr->Size) &&
+ (!MemCmp (&varInfo->VariableGuid, buffer, sizeof (EFI_GUID) )) &&
+ (!EfiStrCmp (varInfo->VariableName, (CHAR16 *)(buffer + sizeof (EFI_GUID)) ))
+ )
+ {
+ buffer += (sizeof (EFI_GUID) + sizeof (CHAR16) * VARIABLE_NAME_LENGTH);
+ MemCopy (tmpPtr->Buffer, buffer, size);
+ }
+ else //If any variable deleted then order wont be same, so trying in all possible variable and loading the user defaults
+ {
+ MatchFound = FALSE;
+ for (InnerLoop = 0; InnerLoop < gVariables->VariableCount; InnerLoop ++)
+ {
+ InnerLoopvarInfo = VarGetVariableInfoIndex (InnerLoop);
+ if ( NULL != InnerLoopvarInfo)
+ {
+ if (
+ (size == InnerLoopvarInfo->VariableSize) &&
+ (!MemCmp (&InnerLoopvarInfo->VariableGuid, buffer, sizeof(EFI_GUID))) &&
+ (!EfiStrCmp (InnerLoopvarInfo->VariableName, (CHAR16 *)(buffer + sizeof (EFI_GUID)) ))
+ )
+ {
+ buffer += (sizeof(EFI_GUID)+ sizeof(CHAR16) * VARIABLE_NAME_LENGTH);
+ tmpPtr = &gVariableList [InnerLoop];
+ MemCopy (tmpPtr->Buffer, buffer, size);
+ MatchFound = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (FALSE == MatchFound)
+ {
+ SETUP_DEBUG_TSE ("\nERROR : Variable %s has been modified so skipping the USER default loading for this variable alone.", varInfo->VariableName );
+ buffer += (sizeof(EFI_GUID)+ sizeof(CHAR16) * VARIABLE_NAME_LENGTH);
+ }
+ }
+//EIP-98918 Ends
+ buffer += size;
+ }
+ LoadedUserDefaultsHook();
+ gResetRequired = TRUE;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: LoadUserDefaults
+//
+// Description: Function to load the user set defaults
+//
+// Input: VOID
+//
+// Output: VOID
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID LoadUserDefaults( VOID )
+{
+
+ if ( CallbackShowMessageBox( (UINTN)gLoadUserMsgBox, MSGBOX_TYPE_YESNO ) != MSGBOX_YES )
+ return;
+
+ LoadUserDefaultsSilently();
+}
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: SaveUserDefaultsSilently
+//
+// Description: Function to save the user set defaults Silently
+//
+// Input: VOID
+//
+// Output: VOID
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID SaveUserDefaultsSilently(VOID)
+{
+ NVRAM_VARIABLE *nvramVar, *tmpPtr;
+ UINT32 i,count;
+ UINT8 *buffer;
+ VARIABLE_INFO *varInfo = NULL;
+
+ nvramVar = &gVariableList[ VARIABLE_ID_USER_DEFAULTS ];
+ if ( ( nvramVar->Size != 0 ) || ( nvramVar->Buffer != NULL ) )
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&(nvramVar->Buffer) );
+
+ nvramVar->Size = sizeof(UINT32);
+ count = 0;
+ for ( i = 0; i < gVariables->VariableCount; i++ ) {
+ if ( (i == VARIABLE_ID_USER_DEFAULTS) ||
+ (i == VARIABLE_ID_ERROR_MANAGER) ||
+ (i == VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER) ||
+ (i == VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER) ||
+ (i == VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_MANAGER) ||
+ (i == VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_NOW))
+ continue;
+ nvramVar->Size += sizeof(UINT32) + sizeof(UINT16) + sizeof (EFI_GUID) + (sizeof (CHAR16) * VARIABLE_NAME_LENGTH) + gVariableList[ i ].Size;
+ count++;
+ }
+
+ buffer = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( nvramVar->Size );
+ if ( buffer == NULL )
+ return;
+
+ nvramVar->Buffer = buffer;
+
+ *(UINT32 *)buffer = count;
+ buffer += sizeof(UINT32);
+
+ for ( i = 0, tmpPtr = gVariableList; i < gVariables->VariableCount; i++, tmpPtr++ )
+ {
+ if ( (i == VARIABLE_ID_USER_DEFAULTS) ||
+ (i == VARIABLE_ID_ERROR_MANAGER) ||
+ (i == VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER) ||
+ (i == VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER) ||
+ (i == VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_MANAGER) ||
+ (i == VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_NOW))
+ continue;
+ *(UINT32 *)buffer = i;
+ buffer += sizeof(UINT32);
+ *(UINT16 *)buffer = (UINT16)tmpPtr->Size;
+ buffer += sizeof(UINT16);
+
+ varInfo = VarGetVariableInfoIndex (i);
+ MemCopy (buffer, &varInfo->VariableGuid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
+ buffer += sizeof (EFI_GUID);
+
+ EfiStrCpy ((CHAR16 *)buffer, varInfo->VariableName);
+// MemCopy( buffer, varInfo->VariableName, sizeof(CHAR16) * VARIABLE_NAME_LENGTH );
+ buffer += sizeof(CHAR16) * VARIABLE_NAME_LENGTH;
+
+ MemCopy( buffer, tmpPtr->Buffer, tmpPtr->Size );
+ buffer += tmpPtr->Size;
+ }
+
+ VarSetNvram( VARIABLE_ID_USER_DEFAULTS, nvramVar->Buffer, nvramVar->Size );
+
+}
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: SaveUserDefaults
+//
+// Description: Function to save the user specified defaults
+//
+// Input: VOID
+//
+// Output: VOID
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID SaveUserDefaults( VOID )
+{
+
+ if ( CallbackShowMessageBox( (UINTN)gSaveUserMsgBox, MSGBOX_TYPE_YESNO ) != MSGBOX_YES )
+ return;
+
+ SaveUserDefaultsSilently();
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: GetANSIEscapeCode
+//
+// Description: Return Size of Escape Code and gets the FG,BGColor.
+//
+// Input: CHAR16 *String,
+// UINT8 *Bold,
+// UINT8 *Foreground,
+// UINT8 *Background
+//
+// Output: UINTN - Escape code length (in CHAR16), 0 if not an escape code
+// Bold, Forground, Background - Filled with -1 if value not found in Escape Code
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+UINTN GetANSIEscapeCode(CHAR16 *String,UINT8 *Bold,UINT8 *Foreground, UINT8 *Background)
+{
+ CHAR16 *TempStr;
+ UINTN i;
+ BOOLEAN Bld=FALSE,Fg=FALSE;
+ UINT8 Num=0xff;
+
+ //Is ESC Code
+ if((String[0]==L'\x1b')&&(String[1]==L'['))
+ {
+ TempStr = &String[2];
+
+ // ESC [ x ; x x ; x x m = Color esc code format
+ // 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+ // Check till Code m or Upto 10 char
+
+ for(i=2;(*TempStr!=L'm')&&(i<10);i++,TempStr++)
+ {
+ if(*TempStr == L';')
+ {
+ if(!Bld)
+ {
+ *Bold = Num;
+ Num = 0xFF;
+ Bld = TRUE;
+ }
+ else if(!Fg)
+ {
+ *Foreground = Num;
+ Num = 0xFF;
+ Fg = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if(Num==0xFF)
+ Num =(UINT8)(*TempStr-L'0');
+ else
+ Num = (Num*10)+(UINT8)(*TempStr-L'0');
+ }
+ if(TempStr[1]==L'm')
+ *Background=Num;
+ }
+ if(*TempStr==L'm')
+ return (TempStr-String);
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: SkipEscCode
+//
+// Description: function to perform the esc key operation
+//
+// Input: CHAR16 *string
+//
+// Output: string
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+CHAR16 *SkipEscCode(CHAR16 *String)
+{
+ CHAR16 *TempString;
+ UINTN i=0,j=0;
+
+ //EIP-75351 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer
+ if (NULL == String) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ // Check For escape Code and remove that from the string
+ TempString = StrDup(String);
+ while(String[i])
+ {
+ if((String[i] == 0x001b) && (String[i+1] == L'[')) // ESC Code
+ {
+ while(String[i] != L'm')i++;
+ i++;
+ }
+ TempString[j] = String[i];
+ i++; j++;
+ }
+ TempString[j]=0;
+
+ return TempString;
+}
+static UINT8 result = (UINT8)-1;
+static CALLBACK_MESSAGEBOX gCbMsgBox = { { CALLBACK_TYPE_MESSAGEBOX, sizeof(CALLBACK_MESSAGEBOX) }, 0 };
+
+VOID _CallbackMsgboxEx( VOID *container, VOID *object, VOID *cookie )
+{
+ if ( (cookie != NULL) && ( ((CALLBACK_MESSAGEBOX*)cookie)->Header.Type == CALLBACK_TYPE_MESSAGEBOX) )
+ result = (UINT8)(((CALLBACK_MESSAGEBOX*)cookie)->Result);
+}
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: _CallbackGetValueEx
+//
+// Description: Callback function to get the message box return value
+//
+// Input: MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox
+//
+// Output: Message box return value
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+UINTN _CallbackGetValueEx( MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox )
+{
+ ACTION_DATA *action = gMsgBoxAction;
+
+ result = (UINT8)-1;
+ gMsgBox.SetCallback( msgbox, NULL, _CallbackMsgboxEx, &gCbMsgBox );
+
+ while ( result == (UINT8)-1 )
+ {
+ if ( action->Input.Type != ACTION_TYPE_NULL )
+ gAction.ClearAction( action );
+
+ gMsgBox.Draw( msgbox );
+
+ if ( gAction.GetAction( action ) != EFI_SUCCESS )
+ continue;
+
+ gMsgBox.HandleAction( msgbox, action );
+ DoRealFlushLines();
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: ShowPostMsgBoxEx
+//
+// Description: Function to display the message box
+//
+// Input: CHAR16 *MsgBoxTitle,
+// CHAR16 *Message,
+// UINT8 MsgBoxType,
+// UINT8 *pSelection
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS ShowPostMsgBoxEx(
+ IN CHAR16 *Title,
+ IN CHAR16 *Message,
+ IN CHAR16 *Legend,
+ IN MSGBOX_EX_CATAGORY MsgBoxExCatagory,
+ IN UINT8 MsgBoxType,
+ IN UINT16 *OptionPtrTokens,
+ IN UINT16 OptionCount,
+ IN AMI_POST_MGR_KEY *HotKeyList,
+ IN UINT16 HotKeyListCount,
+ OUT UINT8 *MsgBoxSel,
+ OUT AMI_POST_MGR_KEY *OutKey
+)
+{
+ static AMI_IFR_MSGBOX MsgBox = { 0, 0, 0, INVALID_HANDLE, 0 };
+ EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+ UINT8 retValue = (UINT8)-1;
+ MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox = NULL;
+ CONTROL_INFO dummy;
+ ACTION_DATA *action = gMsgBoxAction;
+ UINT16 i = 0;
+
+ if (NULL == gST->ConIn)
+ return EFI_NOT_READY;
+
+ if(Title == NULL || Message == NULL ||
+ //Note: Messagebox should not require a legend
+ /*((Legend == NULL ) && (MsgBoxType == MSGBOX_TYPE_NULL)) ||*/
+ ((MsgBoxType == MSGBOX_TYPE_CUSTOM) && (OptionPtrTokens == NULL)) ||
+ ((OptionCount > 0) && (OptionPtrTokens == NULL)) ||
+ ((HotKeyListCount > 0) && (HotKeyList == NULL)))
+ return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+
+ if((MsgBoxType == MSGBOX_TYPE_CUSTOM) && (OptionCount > MSGBOX_MAX_OPTIONS))
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED ;
+
+ MsgBox.Title = HiiChangeString(gHiiHandle, MsgBox.Title, Title);
+ MsgBox.Text = HiiChangeString(gHiiHandle, MsgBox.Text, Message);
+
+ if(!gApp)
+ {
+ Status = gAction.Create( &gMsgBoxAction );
+ if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) )
+ return Status;
+ action = gMsgBoxAction; //EIP127375, If NULL while initialization then this assignment will be helpful
+ }
+
+
+ Status = gMsgBox.Create( (void**)&msgbox );
+ if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) )
+ return retValue;
+
+ MemSet( &dummy, sizeof(dummy), 0 );
+ dummy.ControlHandle = (VOID*)(UINTN)INVALID_HANDLE;
+ dummy.ControlPtr = (VOID*)&MsgBox ; //data;
+ dummy.ControlFlags.ControlVisible = TRUE;
+
+ msgbox->MsgBoxCatagory = (MsgBoxExCatagory & (~MSGBOX_EX_ATTRIB_CLEARSCREEN)) ;
+
+ msgbox->Legend = StrDup (Legend); //EIP-88918
+ if (OptionCount) //EIP 90379
+ {
+ msgbox->PtrTokens = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool (sizeof (UINT16) * OptionCount);
+ if (NULL == msgbox->PtrTokens)
+ {
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+ MemCopy (msgbox->PtrTokens, OptionPtrTokens, sizeof (UINT16) * OptionCount);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ msgbox->PtrTokens = NULL;
+ }
+// msgbox->PtrTokens = OptionPtrTokens;
+ msgbox->OptionCount = OptionCount ;
+
+ Status = gMsgBox.Initialize( msgbox, &dummy );
+ if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) )
+ goto Done;
+
+ gMsgBox.SetType( msgbox, MsgBoxType );
+
+ //*MsgBoxSel = (UINT8)_CallbackGetValueEx( msgbox );
+
+ result = (UINT8)-1;
+ gMsgBox.SetCallback( msgbox, NULL, _CallbackMsgboxEx, &gCbMsgBox );
+
+//EIP:47962 Start
+ if((MsgBoxExCatagory & MSGBOX_EX_ATTRIB_CLEARSCREEN) == MSGBOX_EX_ATTRIB_CLEARSCREEN)
+ ClearScreen( EFI_BACKGROUND_BLACK | EFI_LIGHTGRAY );
+//EIP:47962 End
+
+ while ( result == (UINT8)-1 )
+ {
+ if ( action->Input.Type != ACTION_TYPE_NULL )
+ gAction.ClearAction( action );
+
+ gMsgBox.Draw( msgbox );
+
+ if ( gAction.GetAction( action ) != EFI_SUCCESS )
+ continue;
+
+ gMsgBox.HandleAction( msgbox, action );
+ DoRealFlushLines();
+
+ if(HotKeyList!=NULL && HotKeyListCount>0)
+ {
+ for(i=0 ; i<HotKeyListCount; i++)
+ {
+ if( (HotKeyList[i].Key.ScanCode == action->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.ScanCode ) &&
+ (HotKeyList[i].Key.UnicodeChar == action->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar) &&
+ (TseCheckShiftState( action->Input.Data.AmiKey, HotKeyList[i].KeyShiftState) ) )
+ {
+ // Verify passed argument is not NULL before attempting to assign to it
+ if(OutKey != NULL)
+ {
+ OutKey->Key.ScanCode = action->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.ScanCode ;
+ OutKey->Key.UnicodeChar = action->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar;
+
+#if TSE_USE_AMI_EFI_KEYCODE_PROTOCOL
+ OutKey->KeyShiftState = (UINT32)action->Input.Data.AmiKey.KeyState.KeyShiftState ;
+#else
+ OutKey->KeyShiftState = 0 ;
+#endif
+ }
+ goto Done;
+
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if((msgbox->MsgBoxType == MSGBOX_TYPE_NULL) && (action ->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY))
+ goto Done;
+
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ if((result != -1) && (MsgBoxSel != NULL))
+ *MsgBoxSel = (UINT8) result;
+
+
+Done:
+ gMsgBox.Destroy( msgbox, TRUE );
+
+
+ if(!gApp)
+ {
+ gAction.Destroy( gMsgBoxAction, TRUE );
+ gMsgBoxAction = NULL ;
+ }
+
+
+ return Status;
+}
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: ShowPostProgress
+//
+// Description: Function to display the progress bar
+//
+// Input: IN UINT8 ProgressBoxState - Progress bar state
+// IN CHAR16 *Title - Progress bar title
+// IN CHAR16 *Message, - Progress bar message string
+// IN CHAR16 *Legend, - Progress bar legend string
+// IN UINTN Percent, - Percent Complete (0 - 100)
+// IN OUT VOID **Handle, - HANDLE. Valid Handle for update and close
+// OUT AMI_POST_MGR_KEY *OutKey - Out Key
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS ShowPostProgress(
+ IN UINT8 ProgressBoxState,
+ IN CHAR16 *Title,
+ IN CHAR16 *Message,
+ IN CHAR16 *Legend,
+ IN UINTN Percent,
+ IN OUT VOID **Handle,
+ OUT AMI_POST_MGR_KEY *OutKey
+)
+{
+ static AMI_IFR_MSGBOX MsgBox = { 0, 0, 0, INVALID_HANDLE, 0 };
+ EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+ MSGBOX_DATA *msgbox = NULL;
+ CONTROL_INFO dummy;
+ ACTION_DATA *action=NULL;
+ UINT16 MessageToken = 0 ;
+ MEMO_DATA *memo = NULL;
+
+ switch(ProgressBoxState)
+ {
+ case AMI_PROGRESS_BOX_INIT:
+
+ Status = gMsgBox.Create( &msgbox );
+ if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) )
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+
+ MsgBox.Title = HiiChangeString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_MSGBOX_PROGRESS_TITLE), Title);
+ MsgBox.Text = HiiChangeString(gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_MSGBOX_PROGRESS_TEXT), Message);
+
+ MemSet( &dummy, sizeof(dummy), 0 );
+ dummy.ControlHandle = (VOID*)(UINTN)INVALID_HANDLE;
+ dummy.ControlPtr = (VOID*)&MsgBox ; //data;
+ dummy.ControlFlags.ControlVisible = TRUE;
+
+ msgbox->MsgBoxCatagory = MSGBOX_EX_CATAGORY_NORMAL ;
+
+ Status = gMsgBox.Initialize( msgbox, &dummy );
+
+ if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) )
+ {
+ gMsgBox.Destroy( msgbox, TRUE );
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ *Handle = msgbox ;
+ msgbox->Legend = Legend ;
+ msgbox->Percent = 0 ;
+ gMsgBox.SetType( msgbox, MSGBOX_TYPE_PROGRESS );
+
+ gMsgBox.Draw( msgbox );
+ DoRealFlushLines();
+
+ break;
+
+ case AMI_PROGRESS_BOX_UPDATE:
+
+ if(Handle == NULL)
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+
+ msgbox = *Handle ;
+ msgbox->Percent = Percent ;
+
+//EIP:39416 START
+ if(Message != NULL)
+ {
+ memo = msgbox->Memo;
+ MessageToken = HiiChangeString(gHiiHandle, MessageToken, Message);
+ UefiSetSubTitleField((VOID *)memo->ControlData.ControlPtr, MessageToken);
+ }
+//EIP:39416 END
+
+ gMsgBox.Draw( msgbox );
+ DoRealFlushLines();
+
+ //Output the key
+ if (! EFI_ERROR( gAction.Create( &action ) ) )
+ {
+ if(!EFI_ERROR(gAction.GetAction( action )))
+ {
+ OutKey->Key.ScanCode = action->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.ScanCode ;
+ OutKey->Key.UnicodeChar = action->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar;
+
+ #if TSE_USE_AMI_EFI_KEYCODE_PROTOCOL
+ OutKey->KeyShiftState = action->Input.Data.AmiKey.KeyState.KeyShiftState ;
+ #else
+ OutKey->KeyShiftState = 0 ;
+ #endif
+ }
+ Status = gAction.Destroy(action, TRUE);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case AMI_PROGRESS_BOX_CLOSE:
+ msgbox = *Handle ;
+ gMsgBox.Destroy( msgbox, TRUE );
+ //restore the screen
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return Status;
+}
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: ShowPostMsgBox
+//
+// Description: Function to display the message box
+//
+// Input: CHAR16 *MsgBoxTitle,
+// CHAR16 *Message,
+// UINT8 MsgBoxType,
+// UINT8 *pSelection
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS ShowPostMsgBox(IN CHAR16 *MsgBoxTitle,IN CHAR16 *Message,IN UINT8 MsgBoxType, UINT8 *pSelection)
+{
+ static AMI_IFR_MSGBOX MsgBox = { 0, 0, 0, INVALID_HANDLE, 0 };
+ EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+ UINT8 Selection;
+
+ MsgBox.Title = HiiChangeString(gHiiHandle, MsgBox.Title, MsgBoxTitle);
+ MsgBox.Text = HiiChangeString(gHiiHandle, MsgBox.Text, Message);
+
+ if(!gApp)
+ {
+ Status = gAction.Create( &gMsgBoxAction );
+ if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) )
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ Selection = CallbackShowMessageBox((UINTN)&MsgBox, MsgBoxType);
+
+ if(!gApp)
+ {
+ gAction.Destroy( gMsgBoxAction, TRUE );
+ gMsgBoxAction = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if(pSelection!=NULL)
+ *pSelection = Selection;
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+#define PADDING 8
+#define GUTTER 2
+#define BRACKET 1
+UINT16 gPostLabelMargin = 0 ;
+extern EFI_STATUS _CBPopupStringEdit(VOID *container, VOID *object, VOID *cookie);
+extern UINT8 res ;
+extern CALLBACK_VARIABLE gPopupEditCb ;
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: _PostEditCallback
+//
+// Description: Callback function for text entry popup
+//
+// Input: VOID *container, VOID *object, VOID *cookie
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS _PostEditCallback(VOID *container, VOID *object, VOID *cookie)
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+
+/*
+ if(cookie!=NULL)
+ {
+ res=0;
+ }
+ else
+ res=1;
+*/
+ return Status;
+}
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: _PostEditDraw
+//
+// Description: Function to draw text entry edit box
+//
+// Input: POPUPEDIT_DATA *popup
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS _PostEditDraw( POPUPEDIT_DATA *popup )
+{
+ UINT16 Length = 0 ;
+ BOOLEAN bShadow = StyleGetShadowSupport() ;
+
+ //DrawWindow( popup->Left, popup->Top, popup->Width, popup->Height, (UINT8)(popup->BGColor | popup->FGColor) , FALSE, FALSE );
+
+ if ( popup->Title != NULL )
+ {
+ Length = (UINT16)TestPrintLength( popup->Title ) / (NG_SIZE);
+ DrawStringWithAttribute( popup->Left - Length - GUTTER, popup->Top, popup->Title, (popup->ControlActive?EFI_WHITE:popup->FGColor) | popup->BGColor );
+ }
+
+ Length = (UINT16)UefiGetMaxValue(popup->ControlData.ControlPtr);
+ DrawStringWithAttribute( popup->Left, popup->Top, L"[", (popup->ControlActive?EFI_WHITE:popup->FGColor) | popup->BGColor );
+ DrawStringWithAttribute( popup->Left+Length+1 , popup->Top, L"]", (popup->ControlActive?EFI_WHITE:popup->FGColor) | popup->BGColor );
+ if(popup->ControlActive)
+ DrawWindow( popup->Left+1, popup->Top, Length, popup->Height, (UINT8)(EFI_BLACK | popup->FGColor) , FALSE, FALSE );
+
+ return gControl.Draw( popup );
+}
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: _PostPopupEditDraw
+//
+// Description: Function to draw text entry popup window
+//
+// Input: POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS _PostPopupEditDraw( POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ CHAR16 *text = NULL, *newText = NULL;
+ CHAR16 *line;
+ UINT16 pos, height,i,ii=0;;
+
+
+ text = StrDup(PopupEdit->Text);
+
+ Status = _PostEditDraw( PopupEdit );
+ if(EFI_ERROR(Status))
+ return Status;
+
+ // clear out old wrapped string
+ for ( pos = ii; pos < PopupEdit->Height-2; pos++ )
+ DrawStringWithAttribute( PopupEdit->Left+1, PopupEdit->Top + pos, PopupEdit->EmptyString, PopupEdit->FGColor | PopupEdit->BGColor );
+
+ newText = StringWrapText( text, PopupEdit->Width-1, &height );
+ if ( newText != text )
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text );
+
+ line = newText;
+
+ for ( pos = ii; pos < PopupEdit->Height; pos++ )
+ {
+ CHAR16 save;
+
+ text = line;
+ if ( *line == L'\0' )
+ break;
+
+ while ( ( *line != L'\n' ) &&( *line != L'\r' ) && ( *line != L'\0' ) )
+ line++;
+
+ save = *line;
+ *line = L'\0';
+ i=0;
+ while( (text[i] != L'\0') && (PopupEdit->Chr !=0x0 ) )
+ {
+// if(text[i] != L' ') //all chars should be treated the same
+ text[i] = PopupEdit->Chr;
+ i++;
+ }
+
+ if(PopupEdit->ControlActive)
+ DrawStringWithAttribute( PopupEdit->Left+1, PopupEdit->Top + pos, text, EFI_WHITE | EFI_BLACK );
+ else
+ DrawStringWithAttribute( PopupEdit->Left+1, PopupEdit->Top + pos, text, PopupEdit->FGColor | PopupEdit->BGColor );
+
+ if ( ( *line = save ) != L'\0' )
+ {
+ line++;
+ if ( ( *line == L'\r' ) || ( *line == L'\n' ) )
+ line++;
+ }
+ }
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&newText );
+
+ if ( pos < height )
+ height = pos;
+
+ PopupEdit->DisplayLines = height;
+ FlushLines( 0, 24 );
+ //FlushLines( PopupEdit->Top, PopupEdit->Top + PopupEdit->Height );
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+
+}
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: _PostPopupEditGetValues
+//
+// Description: Function to draw text entry popup window
+//
+// Input: POPUP_DATA *popup,
+// POPUPEDIT_DATA *editList,
+// TEXT_INPUT_TEMPLATE *InputData,
+// UINT16 ItemCount,
+// DISPLAY_TEXT_KEY_VALIDATE ValidateKeyFunc
+//
+// Output: UINTN - 0/1 (success/abort)
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+UINTN _PostPopupEditGetValues(
+ POPUP_DATA *popup,
+ POPUPEDIT_DATA *editList,
+ TEXT_INPUT_TEMPLATE *InputData,
+ UINT16 ItemCount,
+ DISPLAY_TEXT_KEY_VALIDATE ValidateKeyFunc
+)
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ POPUPEDIT_DATA *ptrEdit=NULL;
+ CONTROL_ACTION Action = ControlActionUnknown;
+ ACTION_DATA *action=NULL ;
+ UINT16 i=0, Length=0, CurPos=0;
+ UINT16 count = 0;
+ res = (UINT8)-1;
+
+
+ if(!gApp)
+ {
+ Status = gAction.Create( &action );
+ if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) )
+ {
+ res=0;
+ goto Done;
+ }
+ } else {
+ action = gApp->Action;
+ }
+
+
+ gPopup.Draw( popup );
+
+ //1. Position Child items
+ for ( i = 0; i < ItemCount; i++)
+ {
+ Length = (UINT16)TestPrintLength( editList[i].Title ) / (NG_SIZE);
+ editList[i].Top = popup->Top+1+i ;
+ editList[i].Left = popup->Left + gPostLabelMargin ;
+ editList[i].Height = 1 ;
+ }
+
+
+
+ res = (UINT8)-1;
+
+ while ( res == (UINT8)-1 )
+ {
+ //2. Clear the action
+ if ( action->Input.Type != ACTION_TYPE_NULL ) {
+ gAction.ClearAction( action );
+ }
+
+ //3. Draw the controls
+ gPopup.Draw( popup );
+
+ ptrEdit = editList;
+
+ for ( i = 0; i < ItemCount; i++, ptrEdit++)
+ {
+ _PostPopupEditDraw( ptrEdit );
+ }
+
+ FlushLines( popup->Top-2, popup->Top + popup->Height );
+ DoRealFlushLines();
+
+ //4. Get the action
+ Status = gAction.GetAction( action );
+ if( Status != EFI_SUCCESS ) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ //5. Set the count to control the active item
+ if (action->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY)
+ {
+ Action = MapControlKeysHook(action->Input.Data.AmiKey) ;
+
+ switch(Action)
+ {
+ case ControlActionHome:
+ count = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case ControlActionEnd:
+ count = ItemCount-1;
+ break;
+
+ case ControlActionNextUp:
+ if (count > 0 )
+ count--;
+ break;
+
+ case ControlActionNextSelection:
+ case ControlActionNextDown:
+ if (count < ItemCount-1 )
+ count++;
+ break;
+ /*
+ case ControlActionSelect:
+ count++;
+ if(count >= ItemCount)
+ res=0;
+ break;
+ */
+ case ControlActionAbort:
+ res=1;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ ptrEdit = editList;
+
+ //6. Scan Items, Set Active Status and handle the action
+ for ( i = 0; i < ItemCount; i++, ptrEdit++)
+ {
+ if(count == i)
+ {
+ //Handle the action ONLY for the active item
+ ptrEdit->ControlActive = TRUE ;
+
+ //Check filter key, skip the character/Action if required
+ if( (action->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar) &&
+ (Action != ControlActionBackSpace) &&
+ (Action != ControlActionAbort) &&
+ //(Action != ControlActionSelect) &&
+ (Action != ControlActionNextSelection) &&
+ (Action != ControlActionUnknown)
+ /* (action->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar != 0x20 )*/ )
+ {
+
+ if(InputData[i].FilterKey == TSE_FILTER_KEY_NUMERIC)
+ {
+ if(!CharIsNumeric(action->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar))
+ continue ;
+ }
+ else if(InputData[i].FilterKey == TSE_FILTER_KEY_ALPHA)
+ {
+ if(!CharIsAlpha(action->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar))
+ continue ;
+ }
+ else if(InputData[i].FilterKey == TSE_FILTER_KEY_ALPHANUMERIC)
+ {
+ if(!CharIsAlphaNumeric(action->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar))
+ continue ;
+ }
+ else if((InputData[i].FilterKey == TSE_FILTER_KEY_CUSTOM) && (ValidateKeyFunc!=NULL))
+ {
+ if(!(ValidateKeyFunc(i, action->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar, ptrEdit->Text)))
+ continue ;
+ }
+ }
+
+ gPopupEdit.HandleAction( ptrEdit, action );
+ CurPos = (UINT16)EfiStrLen(ptrEdit->Text)+1 ;
+ gST->ConOut->SetAttribute ( gST->ConOut, ptrEdit->FGColor | ptrEdit->BGColor );
+ gST->ConOut->SetCursorPosition( gST->ConOut,
+ ptrEdit->Left + CurPos, ptrEdit->Top );
+
+ if(CurPos <= ptrEdit->TextWidth)
+ {
+ gST->ConOut->EnableCursor(gST->ConOut, TRUE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ gST->ConOut->EnableCursor(gST->ConOut, FALSE);
+ }
+
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ptrEdit->ControlActive = FALSE ;
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ if(Action == ControlActionSelect)
+ {
+ count++;
+
+ if(count >= ItemCount)
+ {
+ res=0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ Action = ControlActionUnknown ;
+
+ }
+
+Done:
+ if(!gApp)
+ {
+ gAction.Destroy( action, TRUE );
+ action = NULL ;
+ }
+
+
+ return res;
+}
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: ShowPostTextBox
+//
+// Description: Function to display text entry interface
+//
+//
+// Input: IN VOID *HiiHandle,
+// IN UINT16 TitleToken,
+// IN TEXT_INPUT_TEMPLATE *InputData,
+// IN UINT16 ItemCount,
+// IN DISPLAY_TEXT_KEY_VALIDATE ValidateKeyFunc
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS ShowPostTextBox(
+ IN VOID *HiiHandle,
+ IN UINT16 TitleToken,
+ IN TEXT_INPUT_TEMPLATE *InputData,
+ IN UINT16 ItemCount,
+ IN DISPLAY_TEXT_KEY_VALIDATE FilterKeyFunc)
+{
+
+ EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+ UINT16 Token=0, i=0, Length=0, MaxLabelWidth=0, MaxControlWidth=0;
+ UINT8 retValue = (UINT8)-1;
+ VOID *OriginalPopupEditDraw = NULL ;
+ CHAR16 *Text=NULL;
+ VOID *IFRString ;
+ CONTROL_INFO dummy;
+
+ POPUP_DATA *popup = NULL ;
+ POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEditList=NULL, *ptrEdit=NULL;
+ CALLBACK_VARIABLE *PopupEditCb=NULL, *ptrCb=NULL ;
+ CONTROL_INFO *dummys=NULL, *ptrDummy=NULL;
+ EFI_TPL OrgTPL;
+ BOOLEAN PreviousCursorState = gST->ConOut->Mode->CursorVisible;
+
+ if(HiiHandle == NULL)
+ {
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED ;
+ }
+
+ Status = gPopup.Create( &popup );
+ if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) )
+ {
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ // this *MUST* be run a EFI_TPL_APPLICATION
+ OrgTPL = gBS->RaiseTPL( EFI_TPL_HIGH_LEVEL ); // guarantees that RestoreTPL won't ASSERT
+ gBS->RestoreTPL( EFI_TPL_APPLICATION );
+
+ PopupEditList = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(POPUPEDIT_DATA) * ItemCount);
+ PopupEditCb = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(CALLBACK_VARIABLE) * ItemCount);
+ dummys = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(CONTROL_INFO) * ItemCount);
+
+ ptrEdit = PopupEditList;
+ ptrDummy = dummys ;
+ ptrCb = PopupEditCb ;
+
+ IFRString = UefiCreateSubTitleTemplate(TitleToken);
+ //((EFI_IFR_STRING*)IFRString)->MaxSize = 10 ;
+
+ MemSet( &dummy, sizeof(dummy), 0 );
+ dummy.ControlPtr = (VOID*)IFRString;
+ dummy.ControlHandle = HiiHandle;
+ dummy.ControlType = CONTROL_TYPE_POPUP_STRING;
+ dummy.ControlFlags.ControlVisible = TRUE;
+
+
+ Status = gPopup.Initialize( popup, &dummy );
+ if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) )
+ goto Done;
+
+ SetControlColorsHook( NULL, NULL , NULL, NULL , NULL, NULL ,
+ NULL , NULL, NULL,NULL ,
+ NULL,NULL ,NULL,&(popup->FGColor),&(popup->BGColor) );
+
+ popup->Border = TRUE ;
+ popup->Title = HiiGetString(HiiHandle, TitleToken);
+ popup->Style = POPUP_STYLE_BBS ;
+
+ if ( popup->Title == NULL )
+ {
+ Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED ;
+ goto Done;
+ }
+
+
+ for ( i = 0; i < ItemCount; i++, ptrEdit++, ptrDummy++, ptrCb++)
+ {
+
+ if((InputData[i].Value == NULL) || (InputData[i].MaxSize < 1 ))
+ {
+ Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ goto Done;
+ }
+
+ // Create PopupEdit Control
+ Status = gPopupEdit.Create( &((POPUPEDIT_DATA *)ptrEdit) );
+ if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) )
+ goto Done;
+
+ MemSet( ptrDummy, sizeof(CONTROL_INFO), 0 );
+ ptrDummy->ControlPtr = (VOID*)UefiCreateStringTemplate(InputData[i].ItemToken);
+ ptrDummy->ControlHandle = HiiHandle;
+ ptrDummy->ControlType = CONTROL_TYPE_POPUP_STRING;
+ ptrDummy->ControlFlags.ControlVisible = TRUE;
+ ((EFI_IFR_STRING*)ptrDummy->ControlPtr)->MaxSize = InputData[i].MaxSize ;
+
+ //Set the text, caller may want to display default value
+ gPopupEdit.SetText(ptrEdit, InputData[i].Value);
+ gPopupEdit.SetType( ptrEdit, InputData[i].Hidden?POPUPEDIT_TYPE_PASSWORD:POPUPEDIT_TYPE_STRING );
+
+ // Initialize PopupEdit Control
+ Status = gPopupEdit.Initialize( ptrEdit, ptrDummy ) ;
+
+ if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) )
+ goto Done;
+
+ ptrEdit->Border = FALSE ;
+ ptrEdit->Style = POPUP_STYLE_NORMAL ;
+
+ gPopupEdit.SetCallback( ptrEdit, NULL, _PostEditCallback, ptrCb );
+
+ // Item width = PromptStringLength + "[" + ControlWidth +"]"
+
+ //Get maximum label width
+ Length = (UINT16)TestPrintLength( ptrEdit->Title ) / (NG_SIZE);
+ if(Length > MaxLabelWidth)
+ MaxLabelWidth = Length ;
+
+
+ //Get maximum control width
+ Length = (UINT16)UefiGetMaxValue(ptrEdit->ControlData.ControlPtr);
+ if(Length > MaxControlWidth)
+ MaxControlWidth = Length ;
+ }
+
+ //popup->width = MaxLabelWidth + GUTTER + "[" + MaxControlWidth + "]"
+ popup->Width = MaxLabelWidth + GUTTER + BRACKET + MaxControlWidth + BRACKET ;
+ popup->Width += PADDING ;
+
+ Length = (UINT16)TestPrintLength( popup->Title ) / (NG_SIZE);
+
+ //Check if the title exceeds the popup window width
+ if(Length > popup->Width)
+ {
+ //Adjust the popup window width
+ popup->Width = Length + PADDING ;
+ //Set the label margin
+ gPostLabelMargin = (popup->Width - (MaxLabelWidth + GUTTER + MaxControlWidth))/2 + MaxLabelWidth ;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ //Set the label margin
+ gPostLabelMargin = MaxLabelWidth + GUTTER + PADDING/2;
+ }
+
+ //Set the popup window height
+ popup->Height = ItemCount + 2 ;
+
+ //Check screen overflow
+ if( (popup->Width > gMaxCols - 2) ||
+ (popup->Height > gMaxRows - 2) )
+ {
+ Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ goto Done;
+ }
+
+ // Save gPopupEdit.Draw (It may be an override function)
+ OriginalPopupEditDraw = gPopupEdit.Draw ;
+
+ // Override gPopupEdit.Draw with our functiion (It will be called by the PopupEdit control)
+ gPopupEdit.Draw = _PostPopupEditDraw ;
+
+ gST->ConOut->EnableCursor(gST->ConOut, TRUE);
+ gST->ConOut->SetAttribute ( gST->ConOut, popup->FGColor | popup->BGColor );
+
+ // Launch the textbox and get the values.
+ retValue = (UINT8)_PostPopupEditGetValues( popup, PopupEditList, InputData, ItemCount, FilterKeyFunc );
+
+ gST->ConOut->EnableCursor(gST->ConOut, PreviousCursorState);
+
+ // Restore gPopupEdit.Draw to the original
+ gPopupEdit.Draw = OriginalPopupEditDraw ;
+
+
+ if(retValue == 0)
+ {
+ for ( i = 0; i < ItemCount; i++)
+ {
+ if(InputData[i].Value == NULL)
+ {
+ // Allocate space for the user entered value
+ //EntryData[i].Value = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( (PopupEditCb[i].Length+1) * sizeof(CHAR16) );
+
+ //if(EntryData[i].Value == NULL)
+ Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+ goto Done;
+ }
+ // Get the user entered value
+ EfiStrCpy( InputData[i].Value, PopupEditList[i].Text );
+ //EfiStrCpy( InputData[i].Value, PopupEditCb[i].Data );
+ }
+ }
+
+Done:
+
+ gPopupEdit.Destroy( PopupEditList, TRUE );//EIP-170151 Destroy text box before message box
+
+ // Free allocated init data
+
+ MemFreePointer((VOID**)&PopupEditCb);
+ MemFreePointer((VOID**)&dummys);
+ gPopup.Destroy( popup, TRUE );
+
+ if (gApp != NULL) {
+ gApp->CompleteRedraw = TRUE ; //CompleteRedraw;
+ gApp->OnRedraw = SUBMENU_COMPLETE_REDRAW;
+ }
+
+ gBS->RaiseTPL( EFI_TPL_HIGH_LEVEL ); // guarantees that RestoreTPL won't ASSERT
+ gBS->RestoreTPL( OrgTPL );
+
+ if (res == 1) {
+ Status = EFI_ABORTED;
+ }
+
+ return Status;
+}
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: _DisplayInfoCancelTimer
+//
+// Description: Timer notify fucntion
+//
+// Input: EFI_EVENT Event
+// VOID *Context
+//
+// Output: VOID
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID _DisplayInfoCancelTimer( EFI_EVENT Event, VOID *Context )
+{
+ if ( gInfoBox != NULL )
+ gMsgBox.Destroy( gInfoBox, TRUE );
+
+ gInfoBox = NULL;
+
+ TimerStopTimer( &Event );
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: ShowInfoBox
+//
+// Description: fucntiont to display the information box
+//
+// Input: CHAR16 *InfoBoxTitle,
+// CHAR16 *Message,
+// UINTN TimeLimit,
+// EFI_EVENT *RetEvent)
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS ShowInfoBox(IN CHAR16 *InfoBoxTitle, IN CHAR16 *Message, IN UINTN TimeLimit, EFI_EVENT *RetEvent)
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ static AMI_IFR_MSGBOX msgbox = { 0, 0, 0, INVALID_HANDLE, 0 };
+ CONTROL_INFO dummy;
+
+ msgbox.Title = HiiChangeString(gHiiHandle, msgbox.Title, InfoBoxTitle);
+ msgbox.Text = HiiChangeString(gHiiHandle, msgbox.Text, Message);
+
+ Status = gMsgBox.Create( &gInfoBox );
+ if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) )
+ return 1;
+
+ MemSet( &dummy, sizeof(dummy), 0 );
+
+ dummy.ControlHandle = INVALID_HANDLE;
+ dummy.ControlPtr = (VOID*)(UINTN) &msgbox;
+ dummy.ControlFlags.ControlVisible = TRUE;
+
+ gMsgBox.Initialize( gInfoBox, &dummy );
+
+ gMsgBox.SetType( gInfoBox, MSGBOX_TYPE_NULL );
+ gMsgBox.Draw( gInfoBox );
+
+ if ( TimeLimit != 0 )
+ {
+ UINT32 EventType = EFI_EVENT_TIMER | EFI_EVENT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL; //|EFI_EVENT_NOTIFY_WAIT, EFI_EVENT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL|
+
+ Status = gBS->CreateEvent(
+ EventType,
+ EFI_TPL_CALLBACK,
+ _DisplayInfoCancelTimer,
+ NULL,
+ RetEvent
+ );
+
+ if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) )
+ return Status;
+
+ Status = gBS->SetTimer( *RetEvent, TimerRelative, MultU64x32((UINT64)TIMER_ONE_SECOND, TimeLimit) );
+
+ if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) )
+ TimerStopTimer( RetEvent );
+ }
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+#if TSE_USE_AMI_EFI_KEYCODE_PROTOCOL
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: ActionReadKeyWithAMIKeyCode
+//
+// Description: fucntion to read the a key using AMI Key Code Protocol
+//
+// Input: AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA *pAmiKey,
+// UINT64 Timeout
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS ActionReadKeyWithAMIKeyCode( AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA *pAmiKey, UINT64 Timeout )
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ EFI_STATUS StatusFlush;
+ EFI_EVENT EventList[2] = { NULL, NULL };
+ UINTN Count = 1, Index = 1;
+ AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA KeyFlush;
+
+ AMI_EFIKEYCODE_PROTOCOL *pKeyCodeProtocol;
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol(gST->ConsoleInHandle, &gAmiEfiKeycodeProtocolGuid, (void*)&pKeyCodeProtocol);
+ if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) return Status;
+
+ if ( Timeout )
+ {
+ EventList[0] = pKeyCodeProtocol->WaitForKeyEx;
+
+ Status = TimerCreateTimer( &EventList[1], NULL, NULL, TimerRelative, Timeout, EFI_TPL_CALLBACK );
+ if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) )
+ return Status;
+
+ Count++;
+
+ gBS->WaitForEvent( Count, EventList, &Index );
+
+ TimerStopTimer( &EventList[1] );
+
+ if ( Index == 1 )
+ return EFI_NOT_READY;
+ }
+
+ Status = pKeyCodeProtocol->ReadEfikey( pKeyCodeProtocol, pAmiKey );
+ ////EIP-87117 If it Partial Key make the Status as Error to ignore
+ // the Partial Key.
+ if((pAmiKey->KeyState.KeyToggleState & KEY_STATE_EXPOSED) == KEY_STATE_EXPOSED) {
+ if( (!EFI_ERROR( Status )) && (pAmiKey->Key.ScanCode==0) && (pAmiKey->Key.UnicodeChar==0)) {
+ Status = EFI_NOT_READY;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ( ! EFI_ERROR( Status ) && FlushKeysAfterRead())//EIP 99022 :check for the FLUSH_KEYS_AFTER_READ token before flushing the keys
+ {
+ do
+ {
+ StatusFlush = pKeyCodeProtocol->ReadEfikey( pKeyCodeProtocol, &KeyFlush );
+ ////EIP-87117 If it Partial Key make the Status as Error to ignore
+ // the Partial Key.
+ if((KeyFlush.KeyState.KeyToggleState & KEY_STATE_EXPOSED) == KEY_STATE_EXPOSED) {
+ if( (!EFI_ERROR( Status )) && (KeyFlush.Key.ScanCode==0) && (KeyFlush.Key.UnicodeChar==0)) {
+ StatusFlush = EFI_NOT_READY;
+ }
+ }
+ } while ( ! EFI_ERROR( StatusFlush ) );
+
+ }
+
+ return Status;
+}
+#endif
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: ActionReadKey
+//
+// Description: fucntion to handle the read key action
+//
+// Input: AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA *pAmiKey,
+// UINT64 Timeout
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS ActionReadKey( AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA *pAmiKey, UINT64 Timeout )
+{
+#if TSE_USE_AMI_EFI_KEYCODE_PROTOCOL
+ return ActionReadKeyWithAMIKeyCode( pAmiKey, Timeout );
+#else
+ return _ActionReadKey( pAmiKey, Timeout );
+#endif
+
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: AMIReadKeyStroke
+//
+// Description: function to read a key stroke
+//
+// Input: EFI_INPUT_KEY *Key,
+// AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA *KeyData
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS AMIReadKeyStroke(EFI_INPUT_KEY *Key,AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA *KeyData)
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+#if TSE_USE_AMI_EFI_KEYCODE_PROTOCOL
+ AMI_EFIKEYCODE_PROTOCOL *pKeyCodeProtocol;
+
+ Status = gBS->HandleProtocol(gST->ConsoleInHandle, &gAmiEfiKeycodeProtocolGuid, (void*)&pKeyCodeProtocol);
+ if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) return Status;
+
+ Status = pKeyCodeProtocol->ReadEfikey( pKeyCodeProtocol, KeyData );
+
+ ////EIP-87117 If it Partial Key make the Status as Error to ignore
+ // the Partial Key.
+ if((KeyData->KeyState.KeyToggleState & KEY_STATE_EXPOSED) == KEY_STATE_EXPOSED) {
+ if( (!EFI_ERROR( Status )) && (KeyData->Key.ScanCode==0) && (KeyData->Key.UnicodeChar==0)) {
+ Status = EFI_NOT_READY;
+ }
+ }
+ *Key = KeyData->Key;
+#else
+ Status = gST->ConIn->ReadKeyStroke( gST->ConIn, Key );
+#endif
+ return Status;
+}
+
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: HelperIsPasswordCharValid
+//
+// Description: function to check whether the password char is valid
+//
+// Input: EFI_INPUT_KEY *Key,
+// AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA *KeyData,
+// UINTN StrIndex,
+// UINTN PasswordLength,
+// CHAR16 *OutChar
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS HelperIsPasswordCharValid(EFI_INPUT_KEY *Key,AMI_EFI_KEY_DATA *KeyData,UINTN StrIndex,UINTN PasswordLength, CHAR16 *OutChar)
+{
+#if (TSE_USE_AMI_EFI_KEYCODE_PROTOCOL )
+ switch( SETUP_STORE_KEYCODE_PASSWORD )
+ {
+ case PW_EFI_KEY:
+ if ( (StrIndex < PasswordLength) && (KeyData->EfiKeyIsValid) ) {
+ /// EIP:28551 - Get EFI Key with the help of AMI key code protocol
+ *OutChar = (0x8000)^(CHAR16)(KeyData->EfiKey);
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ break;
+ case PW_SCAN_CODE:
+ if ( (StrIndex < PasswordLength) && (KeyData->PS2ScanCodeIsValid) ) {
+ *OutChar = (CHAR16)(KeyData->PS2ScanCode);
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+#endif
+ // if tokens not enabled then, check whether the character is alphanumeric and return the key
+ if ( CheckIsAllowedPasswordChar(Key->UnicodeChar) && ( StrIndex < PasswordLength ) )
+ {
+ *OutChar = Key->UnicodeChar;
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ // If AMI key code support TOKEN not enabled and the character is not alphanumeric then return as Unsupported.
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: PopupEditHandlePassword
+//
+// Description: function to handle the popup password edit
+//
+// Input: VOID *pPopupEdit,
+// VOID *pData
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS PopupEditHandlePassword( VOID *pPopupEdit, VOID *pData)
+{
+#if (TSE_USE_AMI_EFI_KEYCODE_PROTOCOL && SETUP_STORE_KEYCODE_PASSWORD)
+ POPUPEDIT_DATA *PopupEdit = pPopupEdit;
+ ACTION_DATA *Data = pData;
+
+ // Check whether the popup edit type is Password,
+ if(( PopupEdit->PopupEditType == POPUPEDIT_TYPE_PASSWORD )&&( EfiStrLen(PopupEdit->Text) < PopupEdit->TextWidth ))
+ {
+ if(PopupEdit->ControlActive ==FALSE)
+ {
+ // copy the password text into temp and make the control active.
+ MemCopy(PopupEdit->TempText,PopupEdit->Text,PopupEdit->TextWidth* sizeof(UINT16));
+ PopupEdit->ControlActive = TRUE;
+ }
+ switch( SETUP_STORE_KEYCODE_PASSWORD )
+ {
+ case PW_EFI_KEY:
+ if(Data->Input.Data.AmiKey.EfiKeyIsValid)
+ PopupEdit->Text[EfiStrLen(PopupEdit->Text)] = 0x8000 ^(CHAR16)(Data->Input.Data.AmiKey.EfiKey);
+ else
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ break;
+
+ case PW_SCAN_CODE:
+ if(Data->Input.Data.AmiKey.PS2ScanCodeIsValid)
+ PopupEdit->Text[EfiStrLen(PopupEdit->Text)] = (CHAR16)(Data->Input.Data.AmiKey.PS2ScanCode);
+ else
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ break;
+ }
+ // set end of string and return success
+ PopupEdit->Text[EfiStrLen(PopupEdit->Text)] = 0x0 ;
+
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ }
+#endif
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+}
+
+//TSE_CLEAR_USERPW_WITH_ADMINPW
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: ClearUserPasswordPolicy
+//
+// Description: fucntion to clear the user password if admin password is empty,
+// Only Valid with Password Local
+//
+// Input: CALLBACK_PASSWORD *callbackData,
+// CHAR16 *saveData
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID ClearUserPasswordPolicy(CALLBACK_PASSWORD *callbackData,CHAR16 *saveData)
+{
+ if(
+ (VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP == callbackData->Variable)&&
+ (STRUCT_OFFSET(AMITSESETUP,AdminPassword) == callbackData->Offset)&&
+ (0 == ((CHAR16 *)callbackData->Data)[0])
+ )
+ {
+ //Admin password is being cleared
+ //Clear user pw; write the same thing for user
+ //EIP-172956 To update password values properly
+ if((TSEPwdSavetoNvram())&&( VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP == callbackData->Variable ))
+ {
+ AMITSESETUP *TempSaveData = (AMITSESETUP *)NULL;
+ UINTN size=0;
+ TempSaveData = (AMITSESETUP *) EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(sizeof(AMITSESETUP));
+ size = sizeof(AMITSESETUP);
+
+ TempSaveData = VarGetNvram(VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP, &size);
+ MemCopy( ((UINT8*)(TempSaveData))+(STRUCT_OFFSET(AMITSESETUP,UserPassword)), saveData, callbackData->Length );
+ VarSetNvram( VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP, TempSaveData, sizeof(AMITSESETUP));
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&TempSaveData );
+ }
+ else{
+ VarSetValue(VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP, STRUCT_OFFSET(AMITSESETUP,UserPassword), callbackData->Length, saveData);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: TseFramePwdCallbackIdePasswordUpdate
+//
+// Description: function to update the ide password
+//
+// Input: CONTROL_DATA *control,
+// CHAR16 *saveData
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS TseFramePwdCallbackIdePasswordUpdate ( CONTROL_DATA *control,CHAR16 *saveData)
+{
+ BOOLEAN bCheckUser = FALSE;
+ VOID * data =control->ControlData.ControlPtr;
+
+ if (control->ControlData.ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_IDE_SECURITY ) // IDE Password
+ {
+ if(/*data->QuestionId*/UefiGetQuestionOffset(data) == STRUCT_OFFSET(IDE_SECURITY_CONFIG,IDEUserPassword))
+ bCheckUser = TRUE;
+ TSEIDEPasswordUpdate( (UINT32)gCurrIDESecPage, saveData, bCheckUser );
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: TsePopupPwdAuthenticateIDEPwd
+//
+// Description: Function to authenticate the IDE password
+//
+// Input: POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword,
+// BOOLEAN *AbortUpdate,
+// VOID *data
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS TsePopupPwdAuthenticateIDEPwd(POPUP_PASSWORD_DATA *popuppassword, BOOLEAN *AbortUpdate,VOID *data)
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ CHAR16 *Text=NULL;
+ if(popuppassword->ControlData.ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_IDE_SECURITY )
+ {
+ //if drive is locked ask for the old password to unlock the drive
+ VOID* DataPtr = TSEIDEPasswordGetDataPtr(gCurrIDESecPage);
+ BOOLEAN bCheckUser = FALSE;
+ BOOLEAN EnabledBit = FALSE;
+ UINTN size = 0;
+ IDE_SECURITY_CONFIG *ideSecConfig;
+
+ ideSecConfig = VarGetVariable( VARIABLE_ID_IDE_SECURITY, &size );
+ //EIP-75352 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer
+ if (NULL == ideSecConfig) {
+ return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+ if(ideSecConfig->Enabled) EnabledBit = TRUE;
+
+ if(EnabledBit)
+ {
+ if(UefiGetQuestionOffset(data) /*data->QuestionId*/ == STRUCT_OFFSET(IDE_SECURITY_CONFIG,IDEUserPassword))
+ bCheckUser = TRUE;
+
+ if(bCheckUser || ideSecConfig->MasterPasswordStatus)
+ {
+ Status = _DoPopupEdit( popuppassword, (IsShowPromptStringAsTitle() ? STRING_TOKEN(STR_OLD_PSWD_LABEL): STRING_TOKEN(STR_OLD_PSWD)), &Text);//EIP-116315 password window title string
+ if(EFI_SUCCESS != Status )
+ {
+ *AbortUpdate = TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Status = TSEIDEPasswordAuthenticate( Text, DataPtr, bCheckUser );
+ if(EFI_ERROR( Status ))
+ {
+ CallbackShowMessageBox( (UINTN)gInvalidPasswordFailMsgBox, MSGBOX_TYPE_OK );
+ *AbortUpdate = TRUE;
+ }
+ StringZeroFreeMemory ((VOID **)&Text);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ MemFreePointer((VOID **) &ideSecConfig);
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: TsePopupPwdUpdateIDEPwd
+//
+// Description: function to update the IDE password
+//
+// Input: None
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID TsePopupPwdUpdateIDEPwd (VOID)
+{
+ UINTN size = 0;
+ IDE_SECURITY_CONFIG *ideSecConfig;
+
+ ideSecConfig = VarGetVariable( VARIABLE_ID_IDE_SECURITY, &size );
+ //EIP-75352 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer
+ if (NULL == ideSecConfig) {
+ return;
+ }
+ TSEIDEUpdateConfig((VOID*)ideSecConfig, gCurrIDESecPage);
+ VarSetValue (VARIABLE_ID_IDE_SECURITY, 0, size, ideSecConfig); //Updating the cache
+ if (gApp != NULL)
+ gApp->CompleteRedraw = TRUE; //EIP 80360 Complete redraw bcoz if User password set it should grayout the Master password.
+ MemFreePointer((VOID **)&ideSecConfig);
+}
+
+
+#if TSE_SEPERATE_EFI_LEGACY_OPTIONS
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: IsLegacyOption
+//
+// Description: function to check for legacy option
+//
+// Input: UINT16 Option
+//
+// Output: TRUE/FALSE
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+BOOLEAN IsLegacyOption(UINT16 Option)
+{
+ BOOT_DATA *pBootData;
+
+ pBootData = BootGetBootData(Option);
+
+ if(pBootData)
+ {
+ if(BBSValidDevicePath( pBootData->DevicePath ))
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: ReGroupOptions
+//
+// Description: function to regroup the boot options
+//
+// Input: UINT16 *optionList,
+// UINT16 *OrgOptionList
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID ReGroupOptions(UINT16 *optionList,UINT16 *OrgOptionList)
+{
+ UINTN src, dest, i;
+ UINT16 *TempList;
+ UINTN LegDevStartIndex=0xFFFF,LegDevStopIndex=0xFFFF;
+
+ TempList = EfiLibAllocatePool(gBootOptionCount * sizeof(UINT16));
+ MemCopy(TempList, optionList, gBootOptionCount * sizeof(UINT16));
+
+ dest = 0;
+ //Copy all first EFI option
+ for(src=0; (src<gBootOptionCount)&&(DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION!=TempList[src]); src++)
+ {
+ if(IsLegacyOption(TempList[src]))
+ break;
+
+ optionList[dest] = TempList[src];
+ dest++;
+ }
+
+ //Gather all Legacy option
+ for(i = src; (i<gBootOptionCount)&&(DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION!=TempList[i]); i++)
+ {
+ if(IsLegacyOption(TempList[i]))
+ {
+ optionList[dest] = TempList[i];
+ dest++;
+ if(LegDevStartIndex == 0xFFFF)
+ LegDevStartIndex = i; // Start Index
+ LegDevStopIndex = i; // End Index Updated for Each Legacy Entry
+ }
+ }
+
+ //Gather all EFI option
+ for(i = src; (i<gBootOptionCount)&&(DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION!=TempList[i]); i++)
+ {
+ if(!IsLegacyOption(TempList[i]))
+ {
+ if(OrgOptionList != NULL)
+ // Don't Allow Mixing of Legacy and UEFI Boot Options
+ if( (i > LegDevStartIndex) && (i < LegDevStopIndex))
+ {
+ // Restore the Orginal Boot Options
+ MemCopy( optionList, OrgOptionList, gBootOptionCount*sizeof(UINT16));
+ break;
+ }
+
+ optionList[dest] = TempList[i];
+ dest++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ MemFreePointer((VOID **) &TempList);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef TSE_FOR_APTIO_4_50
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: TSEGetNVVariable
+//
+// Description: reads the NV Varaiable from Nram buffer using NVLib.
+//
+// Input: UINT32 variable, NVRAM_STORE_INFO *pInfo , UINTN *size
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID *TSEGetNVVariable( UINT32 variable, NVRAM_STORE_INFO *pInfo , UINTN *size )
+{
+ VOID *buffer = NULL;
+#if TSE_NVRAM_DEFAULTS_SUPPORT //EIP-47260: To build TSE without NVRAM module support.
+ EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ VARIABLE_INFO *varInfo;
+ //UINT8 Flags; EIP: 49745 To fix the CPU hangs when Core is update to 4.6.4.1
+
+ varInfo = VarGetVariableInfoIndex( variable );
+ if ( varInfo == NULL )
+ return buffer;
+
+ *size=0;
+ Status = NvGetVariable(
+ varInfo->VariableName,
+ &varInfo->VariableGuid,
+ NULL,
+ size,
+ buffer,
+ pInfo, /*&Flags*/ NULL //EIP: 49745 To fix the CPU hangs when Core is update to 4.6.4.1
+
+ );
+
+ if ( Status != EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL )
+ return buffer;
+
+ buffer = EfiLibAllocatePool( *size );
+ if ( buffer == NULL )
+ return buffer;
+
+ Status = NvGetVariable(
+ varInfo->VariableName,
+ &varInfo->VariableGuid,
+ NULL,
+ size,
+ buffer,
+ pInfo,/*&Flags*/ NULL //EIP: 49745 To fix the CPU hangs when Core is update to 4.6.4.1
+ );
+
+ if ( EFI_ERROR( Status ) )
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID *)&buffer );
+
+#endif //TSE_NVRAM_DEFAULTS_SUPPORT
+ return buffer;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: UpdateNVDefautls
+//
+// Description: Updated the Variable buffer with NVRam Defaults buffer.
+//
+// Input: UINT32 index, NVRAM_STORE_INFO *NvInfo, NVRAM_VARIABLE * VarPtr
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID UpdateNVDefautls(UINT32 index, NVRAM_STORE_INFO *NvInfo, NVRAM_VARIABLE * VarPtr)
+{
+ UINTN Nvsize;
+ UINT8 * NvVarBuffer;
+
+ Nvsize = 0;
+ NvVarBuffer = TSEGetNVVariable( index, NvInfo , &Nvsize );
+ if(NvVarBuffer && Nvsize)
+ {
+ if(index == VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP)
+ {
+ if(!IsTseLoadPasswordOnDefaults())
+ {
+ // To preserve password
+ if(Nvsize>=sizeof(AMITSESETUP))
+ {
+ if(VarPtr->Buffer && (VarPtr->Size>=sizeof(AMITSESETUP)))
+ {
+ MemCopy(((AMITSESETUP*)NvVarBuffer)->UserPassword, ((AMITSESETUP*)VarPtr->Buffer)->UserPassword,TsePasswordLength*sizeof(CHAR16));
+ MemCopy(((AMITSESETUP*)NvVarBuffer)->AdminPassword, ((AMITSESETUP*)VarPtr->Buffer)->AdminPassword,TsePasswordLength*sizeof(CHAR16));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(VarPtr->Size >= Nvsize)
+ {
+ MemCopy(VarPtr->Buffer,NvVarBuffer,Nvsize);
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&NvVarBuffer );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&VarPtr->Buffer);
+ VarPtr->Buffer = NvVarBuffer;
+ VarPtr->Size = Nvsize;
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+#endif
+
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: TseVarBuildAMIDefaults
+//
+// Description: function build the AMI defaults
+//
+// Input: None
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS TseVarBuildAMIDefaults(VOID)
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+ UINT32 page, control;
+ VOID *defaults4FirstBootVar = NULL;
+#if TSE_NVRAM_DEFAULTS_SUPPORT //EIP-47260: To build TSE without NVRAM module support.
+ NVRAM_VARIABLE *OptvarPtr;
+ NVRAM_VARIABLE *FailsafevarPtr;
+ UINT32 index;
+
+#ifdef TSE_FOR_APTIO_4_50
+ NVRAM_STORE_INFO NvInfo={0};
+ UINTN Nvsize;
+ UINT8 * NvVarBuffer=NULL;
+ UINT32 attribute=7;
+#endif
+#endif
+ //EIP-93340 Setting "ConstructDefaults4FirstBoot" variable in NVRAM for first boot only
+ if ( IsSupportDefaultForStringControl() )
+ {
+ EFI_GUID ConstructDefaults4FirstBootGuid = CONSTRUCT_DEFAULTS_FIRST_BOOT_GUID;
+ UINTN varSize = 0;
+
+ defaults4FirstBootVar = (VOID *)VarGetNvramName (L"ConstructDefaults4FirstBoot", &ConstructDefaults4FirstBootGuid, NULL, &varSize);
+ if (NULL == defaults4FirstBootVar)
+ {
+ VarSetNvramName( L"ConstructDefaults4FirstBoot", &ConstructDefaults4FirstBootGuid, EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE, &varSize, sizeof (varSize) );
+ }
+ }//EIP-93340 End
+
+ gFailsafeDefaults = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(NVRAM_VARIABLE) * gVariables->VariableCount );
+ if ( gFailsafeDefaults == NULL )
+ {
+ Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ goto DONE;
+ }
+ gOptimalDefaults = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( sizeof(NVRAM_VARIABLE) * gVariables->VariableCount );
+ if (gOptimalDefaults == NULL )
+ {
+ Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ goto DONE;
+ }
+#if TSE_NVRAM_DEFAULTS_SUPPORT //EIP-47260: To build TSE without NVRAM module support.
+ // Load the Current NVRAM variable then update the defaults.
+ OptvarPtr = gOptimalDefaults;
+ FailsafevarPtr = gFailsafeDefaults;
+ for ( index = 0; index < gVariables->VariableCount; index++, OptvarPtr++, FailsafevarPtr++)
+ {
+ if ((VARIABLE_ID_AMITSESETUP == index) && (TseDefaultSetupPasswordSupported ()))
+ {
+ OptvarPtr->Buffer = VarGetNvram( index, &OptvarPtr->Size );
+ if (OptvarPtr->Buffer)
+ {
+ MemSet(OptvarPtr->Buffer, ((TsePasswordLength * 2) * sizeof(CHAR16)), 0 ); //Preserving quietboot details
+ if ((!DefaultSetupPwdAtFirstBootOnly ()))
+ {
+ GetDefaultPassword (AMI_PASSWORD_NONE, &OptvarPtr->Buffer);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ OptvarPtr->Buffer = VarGetNvram( index, &OptvarPtr->Size );
+ }
+ if(OptvarPtr->Size)
+ {
+ // init mfg defautls from Std Defaults
+ FailsafevarPtr->Buffer = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool (OptvarPtr->Size);
+ if (NULL == FailsafevarPtr->Buffer)
+ continue;
+ if (NULL == OptvarPtr->Buffer) //Add the fix for: If name value string is not able to retrieve then system hang
+ {
+ OptvarPtr->Buffer = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool (OptvarPtr->Size);
+ if (NULL == OptvarPtr->Buffer)
+ continue;
+ }
+ MemCopy(FailsafevarPtr->Buffer, OptvarPtr->Buffer,OptvarPtr->Size);
+ }
+ else
+ FailsafevarPtr->Buffer = NULL;
+ FailsafevarPtr->Size = OptvarPtr->Size;
+ }
+#endif //TSE_NVRAM_DEFAULTS_SUPPORT
+
+ // this is the AMIBCP compatible user defaults
+ for ( page = 0; page < gPages->PageCount; page++ )
+ {
+ PAGE_INFO *pageInfo = (PAGE_INFO *)((UINTN)gApplicationData + gPages->PageList[page]);
+
+ if(pageInfo->PageHandle ==0)
+ continue;
+ if (NULL == gApp)
+ {
+ gtempCurrentPage = page; //Will be used in UefiGetQuestionOffset. Since gApp will not be filled but we need handle to find name value variable so
+ } //saving current page
+ else
+ {
+ gApp->CurrentPage = page;
+ }
+
+ for ( control= 0; control < pageInfo->PageControls.ControlCount; control++ )
+ {
+ CONTROL_INFO *controlInfo = (CONTROL_INFO *)((UINTN)gControlInfo + pageInfo->PageControls.ControlList[control]);
+
+ if ( ( controlInfo->ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_LANGUAGE ) || ( controlInfo->ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER ) || (controlInfo->ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER) )
+ continue;
+
+ if ( controlInfo->ControlDataWidth > 0 )
+ {
+ VOID *ifrData = controlInfo->ControlPtr;
+ UINT8 *failValue = NULL, *optValue = NULL;
+ UINT32 ControlVarOffset = 0;
+
+ if ( ifrData == NULL )
+ continue;
+
+ failValue = (UINT8 *)controlInfo + sizeof(CONTROL_INFO);
+ optValue = failValue + controlInfo->ControlDataWidth;
+
+ ControlVarOffset = UefiGetQuestionOffset(ifrData);
+ //EIP-93340 Updating gOptimalDefaults and gFailSafeDefaults for stringType controls based on controlPtr
+ if (IsSupportDefaultForStringControl () && controlInfo->ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_POPUP_STRING)
+ {
+ CHAR16 *failDefStr = NULL, *optimalDefStr = NULL;
+
+ if (*(UINT16*)(failValue))
+ {
+ failDefStr = (VOID*)HiiGetString( controlInfo->ControlHandle, *(UINT16*)(failValue));
+ if (NULL == failDefStr)
+ continue;
+ _VarGetSetValue( VAR_COMMAND_SET_VALUE, gFailsafeDefaults, controlInfo->ControlVariable, ControlVarOffset, EfiStrLen(failDefStr)*sizeof(CHAR16), (VOID*)failDefStr );
+ }
+
+ if (*(UINT16*)(optValue))
+ {
+ optimalDefStr = (VOID*)HiiGetString( controlInfo->ControlHandle, *(UINT16*)(optValue));
+ if (NULL == optimalDefStr)
+ continue;
+ _VarGetSetValue( VAR_COMMAND_SET_VALUE, gOptimalDefaults, controlInfo->ControlVariable, ControlVarOffset, EfiStrLen(optimalDefStr)*sizeof(CHAR16), (VOID*)optimalDefStr );
+ }
+
+ if (NULL == defaults4FirstBootVar && optimalDefStr) //Modify NVRAM for first time for string type controls based on defaults from controlPtr
+ {
+ VOID *optiBuffer = NULL, *failBuffer = NULL;
+ VARIABLE_INFO *varInfo = (VARIABLE_INFO *)NULL;
+ UINTN size = 0;
+ EFI_STATUS status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+
+ varInfo = VarGetVariableInfoIndex (controlInfo->ControlVariable);
+
+ optiBuffer = VarGetNvram( controlInfo->ControlVariable, &size );
+ if (NULL == optiBuffer)
+ {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ MemCopy ( ((UINT8*)optiBuffer)+ControlVarOffset, (UINT8*)optimalDefStr, EfiStrLen(optimalDefStr)*sizeof(CHAR16) );
+
+ status = VarSetNvramName( varInfo->VariableName, &varInfo->VariableGuid, varInfo->VariableAttributes, optiBuffer, size );
+ if (optiBuffer)
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&optiBuffer );
+ }
+ if (failDefStr)
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&failDefStr );
+
+ if (optimalDefStr)
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&optimalDefStr );
+
+ }
+ //EIP-93340 End
+ else
+ {
+ _VarGetSetValue( VAR_COMMAND_SET_VALUE, gFailsafeDefaults, controlInfo->ControlVariable, ControlVarOffset, controlInfo->ControlDataWidth, failValue );
+ _VarGetSetValue( VAR_COMMAND_SET_VALUE, gOptimalDefaults, controlInfo->ControlVariable, ControlVarOffset, controlInfo->ControlDataWidth, optValue );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef TSE_FOR_APTIO_4_50
+#if TSE_NVRAM_DEFAULTS_SUPPORT //EIP-47260: To build TSE without NVRAM module support.
+ // StdDefaults
+ Nvsize = 0;
+ NvVarBuffer = VarGetNvramName( L"StdDefaults", &DefaultsGuid, &attribute, &Nvsize );
+ if(NvVarBuffer && Nvsize)
+ {
+ NvInfo.NvramAddress = NvVarBuffer;
+ NvInfo.NvramSize = Nvsize;
+ NvInitInfoBuffer(&NvInfo, 0, NVRAM_STORE_FLAG_NON_VALATILE );
+
+ // Update the defaults.
+ OptvarPtr = gOptimalDefaults;
+ for ( index = 0; index < gVariables->VariableCount; index++, OptvarPtr++)
+ {
+ UpdateNVDefautls(index, &NvInfo, OptvarPtr);
+ }
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&NvVarBuffer );
+ }
+
+ // MfgDefaults
+ Nvsize = 0;
+ NvVarBuffer = VarGetNvramName( L"MfgDefaults", &DefaultsGuid, &attribute, &Nvsize );
+ if(NvVarBuffer && Nvsize)
+ {
+ NvInfo.NvramAddress = NvVarBuffer;
+ NvInfo.NvramSize = Nvsize;
+ NvInitInfoBuffer(&NvInfo, 0, NVRAM_STORE_FLAG_NON_VALATILE );
+
+ FailsafevarPtr = gFailsafeDefaults;
+ for ( index = 0; index < gVariables->VariableCount; index++, FailsafevarPtr++ )
+ {
+ UpdateNVDefautls(index, &NvInfo, FailsafevarPtr);
+ }
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&NvVarBuffer );
+ }
+ //EIP-93340 Updating optimalDefaults and gFailsafeDefaults for STRING_TYPE controls
+ //based on defalut stringID present in controlPtr
+ GetSetDefaultsFromControlPtr(gOptimalDefaults, gFailsafeDefaults);
+#endif //TSE_NVRAM_DEFAULTS_SUPPORT
+#endif
+DONE:
+ return Status;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: TseBootNowinBootOrderInit
+//
+// Description: function build the AMI defaults
+//
+// Input: None
+//
+// Output: boot order string
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+UINT16 * TseBootNowinBootOrderInit(VOID)
+{
+ UINT16 *BootOrder=NULL;
+ UINTN size = 0;
+ UINTN j,k,i;
+
+ BootOrder = HelperGetVariable(VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER, L"BootOrder", &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid, NULL, &size );
+ //EIP-75352 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer
+ if (NULL == BootOrder) {
+ ASSERT (0);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ //Find the first disabled option
+ for ( i = 0; i < gBootOptionCount; i++ )
+ {
+ if ( DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION == BootOrder[i] )
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if(i<gBootOptionCount)
+ {
+ //There are disabled options replace them with valid options
+ for(j=0;j<gBootOptionCount;j++)
+ {
+ for(k=0;k<gBootOptionCount;k++)
+ {
+ if(BootOrder[k] == gBootData[j].Option)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if(k >= gBootOptionCount)
+ {
+ //gBootData[j].Option is not present in BootOrder; fill it
+ BootOrder[i] = gBootData[j].Option;
+ i++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return BootOrder;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: CheckShiftState
+//
+// Description: function to check the shift state value
+//
+// Input: None
+//
+// Output: 1 - valid shift state
+// 0 - invalid shift state
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+BOOLEAN CheckShiftState(UINT32 KeyShiftState, UINT32 HotkeyState)
+{
+ if( KeyShiftState == HotkeyState)
+ return 1;
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: SupportPrintScreen
+//
+// Description: function to support the print screen.
+//
+// Input: None
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID SupportPrintScreen()
+{
+ EFI_GUID guid = AMITSE_PRINT_SCREEN_PRESS_GUID;
+ // Install the PrintScreen Notification.
+ EfiLibNamedEventSignal (&guid);
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: SupportPrintScreenEvent
+//
+// Description: function to check the print screen supprot event.
+//
+// Input: UINT16 ScanCode
+//
+// Output: TRUE/FALSE
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+BOOLEAN SupportPrintScreenEvent(UINT16 ScanCode)
+{
+ if( ScanCode == TSE_PRN_SCRN_KEY_SCAN )
+ return 1;
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: IsToggleStateKey
+//
+// Description: function to check Is any of ToggleStateKey (CapsLock,Numlock ScrollLock) Keys pressed.
+//
+// Input: ACTION_DATA *Data
+//
+// Output: TRUE/FALSE
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+BOOLEAN IsToggleStateKey(ACTION_DATA *Data)
+{
+ if(Data->Input.Type == ACTION_TYPE_KEY)
+ {
+#if TSE_USE_AMI_EFI_KEYCODE_PROTOCOL
+ if(Data->Input.Data.AmiKey.EfiKey == EfiKeyCapsLock || Data->Input.Data.AmiKey.EfiKey == EfiKeySLck || Data->Input.Data.AmiKey.EfiKey == EfiKeyNLck)
+ return TRUE;
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ // Normal EFI_KEY will return ScanCode and Unicode as 0 for this toggleStateKeys.
+ if(Data->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.ScanCode || Data->Input.Data.AmiKey.Key.UnicodeChar)
+ return FALSE;
+ else
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+//EIP-96246 Starts
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: ShowBootOverrideSelectOption
+//
+// Description: function to Show menu with below option on selecting options under Boot Override
+// 1) Override now and clear the BootNext data
+// 2) Override now but keep the BootNext data
+// 3) Boot to BootNext and clear BootNext data
+// Input: VOID
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS ShowBootOverrideSelectOption (VOID)
+{
+
+ UINT16 ItemCount = 3,itemSelected = 0;
+ UINT16 Title, Legend;
+ UINT8 i;
+ EFI_STATUS Status;
+ POSTMENU_TEMPLATE *BootNextOverrideOptionsMenu = NULL;
+
+ UINT16 BootNextOverrideOptionString[3] = {STRING_TOKEN (STR_OVERRIDE_BOOTNEXT_OPTION_1), STRING_TOKEN (STR_OVERRIDE_BOOTNEXT_OPTION_2), STRING_TOKEN (STR_OVERRIDE_BOOTNEXT_OPTION_3)};
+
+ BootNextOverrideOptionsMenu = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool ( sizeof( POSTMENU_TEMPLATE ) * BOOT_OVERRIDE_OPTION_MENU_COUNT);
+
+ for ( i = 0; i < BOOT_OVERRIDE_OPTION_MENU_COUNT; i++ )
+ {
+ BootNextOverrideOptionsMenu[i].ItemToken = BootNextOverrideOptionString[i];
+ BootNextOverrideOptionsMenu[i].Callback = (VOID*)NULL ;
+ BootNextOverrideOptionsMenu[i].CallbackContext = (VOID*)NULL ;
+ BootNextOverrideOptionsMenu[i].Attribute = AMI_POSTMENU_ATTRIB_FOCUS;
+ BootNextOverrideOptionsMenu[i].Key.Key.ScanCode = 0 ;
+ BootNextOverrideOptionsMenu[i].Key.Key.UnicodeChar = 0 ;
+ BootNextOverrideOptionsMenu[i].Key.KeyShiftState = 0 ;
+ }
+
+
+ Title = STRING_TOKEN (STR_OVERRIDE_OPTION_MENU_TITLE) ;
+ Legend = STRING_TOKEN (STR_OVERRIDE_OPTION_MENU_LEGEND) ;
+
+ //To show menu with options
+ Status = PostManagerDisplayMenu (gHiiHandle, Title, Legend, BootNextOverrideOptionsMenu, BOOT_OVERRIDE_OPTION_MENU_COUNT, &itemSelected);
+
+ if( Status == EFI_SUCCESS )
+ {
+ UINTN size = 0;
+ UINT16 *pBootNext = NULL;
+ pBootNext = (UINT16 *)VarGetNvramName (L"BootNext", &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid, NULL, &size);
+
+ //Override now and clear the BootNext data
+ if ( BootNextOverrideOptionsMenu[itemSelected].ItemToken == BootNextOverrideOptionString[0] )
+ {
+ if( pBootNext && (size == sizeof(UINT16)))
+ {
+ //Clear Boot next variable
+ VarSetNvramName (L"BootNext",
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
+ NULL,
+ 0);
+ }
+ if(pBootNext)
+ MemFreePointer((void **) &pBootNext);
+ Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ //Override now but keep the BootNext data
+ else if(BootNextOverrideOptionsMenu[itemSelected].ItemToken == BootNextOverrideOptionString[1])
+ {
+ Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+ return Status;
+ }
+ //Boot to BootNext and clear BootNext data
+ else if(BootNextOverrideOptionsMenu[itemSelected].ItemToken == BootNextOverrideOptionString[2])
+ {
+ if( pBootNext && (size == sizeof(UINT16)))
+ {
+ //Clear Boot next variable
+ VarSetNvramName (L"BootNext",
+ &gEfiGlobalVariableGuid,
+ EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE,
+ NULL,
+ 0);
+ if(!gResetRequired)
+ {
+ if(!gDoNotBoot)
+ {
+ gApp->ClearScreen = TRUE;
+ StyleExit();
+ if (gST->ConOut != NULL)
+ {
+ gST->ConOut->EnableCursor( gST->ConOut, FALSE );
+ gST->ConOut->SetAttribute( gST->ConOut, (EFI_BACKGROUND_BLACK | EFI_WHITE));
+ gST->ConOut->ClearScreen( gST->ConOut);
+ }
+ BootLaunchBootOption(*pBootNext, NULL, 0); //Boot to BootNext option
+ StyleInit();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if(pBootNext)
+ MemFreePointer((void **) &pBootNext);
+
+ Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+ }
+ return Status;
+}
+//EIP-96246 Ends
+
+//EIP-93340 Start
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: GetSetDefaultsFromControlPtr
+//
+// Description: Function to get default stringID for String Type control from controlPtr and
+// fetch respective string from Hii database and set as default to NVRAM, gOptimalDefaults, gFailSafeDefaults buffer
+// Input: NVRAM_VARIABLE *OptimalDefs, NVRAM_VARIABLE *FailSafeDefs
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS GetSetDefaultsFromControlPtr(NVRAM_VARIABLE *optimalDefaultlist, NVRAM_VARIABLE *failSafeDefaultlist)
+{
+ EFI_STATUS status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+
+ if ( IsSupportDefaultForStringControl () )
+ {
+ UINT32 page = 0, control = 0;
+
+ for ( page = 0; page < gPages->PageCount; page++ )
+ {
+ PAGE_INFO *pageInfo = (PAGE_INFO *)((UINTN)gApplicationData + gPages->PageList[page]);
+
+ if(pageInfo->PageHandle ==0)
+ continue;
+
+ for ( control= 0; control < pageInfo->PageControls.ControlCount; control++ )
+ {
+ CONTROL_INFO *controlInfo = (CONTROL_INFO *)((UINTN)gControlInfo + pageInfo->PageControls.ControlList[control]);
+
+ if ( ( controlInfo->ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_LANGUAGE ) || ( controlInfo->ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER ) || (controlInfo->ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_BBS_ORDER) )
+ continue;
+
+ //To update Optimal and FailSafe defaults with STRING default based on StringID from controlPtr
+ if ( (controlInfo->ControlType == CONTROL_TYPE_POPUP_STRING) && (controlInfo->ControlDataWidth > 0) )
+ {
+ if ( (optimalDefaultlist) || (failSafeDefaultlist))
+ {
+ CHAR16 *failDefStr = NULL, *optimalDefStr = NULL;
+ UINT8 *failValue, *optValue;
+ UINT32 ControlVarOffset, size = 0;
+
+ //Getting stringID if any present in controlPtr for failsafe default
+ failValue = (UINT8 *)controlInfo + sizeof(CONTROL_INFO);
+
+ //Getting stringID if any present in controlPtr for optimal default
+ optValue = failValue + controlInfo->ControlDataWidth;
+ //size = controlInfo->ControlDataWidth;
+
+ size = UefiGetWidth (controlInfo->ControlPtr) * sizeof(CHAR16);
+ ControlVarOffset = UefiGetQuestionOffset(controlInfo->ControlPtr);
+
+ //Getting string based on StrigID from controlPtr and updating failsafeDefaults
+ if (NULL != failSafeDefaultlist)
+ {
+ if (*(UINT16*)(failValue))
+ {
+ failDefStr = (VOID*)HiiGetString( controlInfo->ControlHandle, *(UINT16*)(failValue));
+ if (NULL == failDefStr)
+ continue;
+ _VarGetSetValue( VAR_COMMAND_SET_VALUE, gFailsafeDefaults, controlInfo->ControlVariable, ControlVarOffset, EfiStrLen(failDefStr)*sizeof(CHAR16), failDefStr );
+ }
+ }
+
+ //Getting string based on StrigID from controlPtr and updating optimalDefaults
+ if (NULL != optimalDefaultlist)
+ {
+ if (*(UINT16*)(optValue))
+ {
+ optimalDefStr = (VOID*)HiiGetString( controlInfo->ControlHandle, *(UINT16*)(optValue));
+ if (NULL == optimalDefStr)
+ continue;
+ status = _VarGetSetValue( VAR_COMMAND_SET_VALUE, gOptimalDefaults, controlInfo->ControlVariable, ControlVarOffset, EfiStrLen(optimalDefStr)*sizeof(CHAR16), optimalDefStr );
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (failDefStr)
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&failDefStr );
+
+ if (optimalDefStr)
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&optimalDefStr );
+ }//End of optimal/Failsafe condition check
+ }//End of ControlType condition check
+ }//End of control iteration
+ }//End of Page iteration
+ }//End of Default support condition check
+ return status;
+}
+//EIP-93340 End
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
+//** **
+//** (C)Copyright 1985-2014, American Megatrends, Inc. **
+//** **
+//** All Rights Reserved. **
+//** **
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **
+//** **
+//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **
+//** **
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/TseAdvanced.cif b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/TseAdvanced.cif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ca25c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/TseAdvanced.cif
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<component>
+ name = "TSE Sources - Advanced TSE"
+ category = ModulePart
+ LocalRoot = "EDK\MiniSetup\TseAdvanced"
+ RefName = "TseAdvanced"
+[files]
+"TseAdvanced.sdl"
+"TseAdvanced.mak"
+"MyDefs.h"
+"iJpeg.c"
+"jpeg6.c"
+"Jpeg6.h"
+"jpeg.h"
+"Logo.c"
+"ipcx.c"
+"pcx.h"
+"pcxc.c"
+"dogifmgr.c"
+"dogif.c"
+"Bbs.c"
+"TseAdvanced.c"
+"special.c"
+"special.h"
+"bootflowLib.c"
+"png.c"
+"png.h"
+"pnguncmp.c"
+<endComponent>
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/TseAdvanced.mak b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/TseAdvanced.mak
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3112ab3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/TseAdvanced.mak
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+##*****************************************************************##
+##*****************************************************************##
+##*****************************************************************##
+##** **##
+##** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **##
+##** **##
+##** All Rights Reserved. **##
+##** **##
+##** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **##
+##** **##
+##** Phone (770)-246-8600 **##
+##** **##
+##*****************************************************************##
+##*****************************************************************##
+##*****************************************************************##
+## $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/TseAdvanced.mak $
+##
+## $Author: Arunsb $
+##
+## $Revision: 14 $
+##
+## $Date: 10/18/12 5:53a $
+##
+##*****************************************************************##
+##*****************************************************************##
+## Revision History
+## ----------------
+## $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/TseAdvanced.mak $
+#
+# 14 10/18/12 5:53a Arunsb
+# Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission
+##
+## 11 10/10/12 12:35p Arunsb
+## Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio
+#
+# 13 1/07/11 1:20a Mallikarjunanv
+# [TAG] EIP47260
+# [Description] Updated the changes made in EIP:47260 proprely
+#
+# 12 12/29/10 6:12a Mallikarjunanv
+# [TAG] EIP 47260
+# [Category] Improvement
+# [Description] Updated TSE_NVRAM_SUPPORT with
+# TSE_NVRAM_DEFAULTS_SUPPORT sdl token name
+# [Files] TseAdvanced.mak, TseAdvanced.sdl, TseAdvanced.c
+#
+# 10 9/21/10 6:28p Madhans
+# [TAG] -
+# [Category] BUILD ISSUE FIX
+# [Symptom] Build issues When TSEsource listed before TSE binary module
+# [RootCause] ExitPageElinkList Is added TSEadvanced.mak
+# [Solution] remove the ExitPageElinkList from TSEadvanced.mak
+# [Files] TSEadvanced.mak
+# #
+#
+# 9 6/04/10 12:51p Blaines
+# Add ExitPageElinkList
+#
+# 8 4/23/10 6:04p Madhans
+# to cleanup.
+#
+# 7 4/16/10 5:13p Madhans
+# Changes for Tse 2.02. Please see Changelog.log for more details.
+#
+# 6 2/19/10 1:04p Madhans
+# Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history.
+##
+## 5 2/19/10 8:11a Mallikarjunanv
+## updated year in copyright message
+##
+## 4 8/17/09 12:23p Presannar
+## Removed include path to core dir
+##
+## 3 6/24/09 6:10p Madhans
+## Made TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY=OFF to not to refer EDK module.
+##
+## 2 6/12/09 7:43p Presannar
+## Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0
+##
+## 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans
+#
+# 2 5/07/09 10:36a Madhans
+# Changes after Bin module
+#
+# 1 4/28/09 11:16p Madhans
+# Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+##
+## 1 4/28/09 10:27p Madhans
+## Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+##
+## 1 12/18/08 7:59p Madhans
+## Intial version of TSE Lite sources
+##
+##
+##*****************************************************************##
+##*****************************************************************##
+
+# MAK file for the eModule:TseLite
+
+TSE_ADVANCED_INCLUDES = \
+ -I $(TSE_ADVANCED_DIR) \
+ -I $(TSE_STYLE_DIR) \
+!if "$(UEFI_SOURCES_SUPPORT)" == "1"
+ -I $(UEFISRC_DIR) \
+!endif
+ -I $(TSESRC_DIR) \
+ -I $(TSESRC_DIR)\AMILOGO \
+ -I $(TSELITESRC_DIR) \
+!if "$(TSE_BOARD_SOURCE_SUPPORT)" == "1"
+ -I $(TSE_BOARD_DIR)\
+!endif
+ -I $(TSEBIN_DIR) \
+ -I $(TSEBIN_DIR)\Inc \
+ -I $(PROJECT_DIR)\Include\Protocol \
+ -I $(PROJECT_DIR) \
+ -I $(PROJECT_DIR)\Include \
+ -I $(BUILD_DIR) \
+
+$(BUILD_DIR)\TseAdvanced.lib : TseAdvancedLib
+
+TseAdvancedLib : $(BUILD_DIR)\TseAdvanced.mak TseAdvancedLibBin
+
+$(BUILD_DIR)\TseAdvanced.mak : $(TSE_ADVANCED_DIR)\$(@B).cif $(TSE_ADVANCED_DIR)\$(@B).mak $(BUILD_RULES)
+ $(CIF2MAK) $(TSE_ADVANCED_DIR)\$(@B).cif $(CIF2MAK_DEFAULTS)
+
+!if "$(TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY)" == "1"
+TSE_DEFAULTS = $(EDK_DEFAULTS)
+!else
+TSE_DEFAULTS = $(BUILD_DEFAULTS)
+!endif
+
+!if "$(TSE_NVRAM_DEFAULTS_SUPPORT)" == "1" ##EIP-47260: to build TSE without NVRAM module support
+TseAdvancedLibBin : $(BUILD_DIR)\NVRAMDXE.lib
+!else
+#if nvram_support is disabled, then OEM should provide their own variable library name here
+TseAdvancedLibBin :
+!endif
+ $(MAKE) /$(MAKEFLAGS) $(TSE_DEFAULTS)\
+ /f $(BUILD_DIR)\TseAdvanced.mak all\
+ "MY_INCLUDES=$(TSE_ADVANCED_INCLUDES)"\
+ "UNI_INCLUDE_PATH=$(TSEBIN_DIR)"\
+ TYPE=LIBRARY \
+ "EXT_HEADERS=$(BUILD_DIR)\token.h"\
+ LIBRARY_NAME=$(BUILD_DIR)\TseAdvanced.lib\
+ "CFLAGS=$(CFLAGS) /DTSE_FOR_APTIO_4_50"
+
+
+##*****************************************************************##
+##*****************************************************************##
+##** **##
+##** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **##
+##** **##
+##** All Rights Reserved. **##
+##** **##
+##** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **##
+##** **##
+##** Phone (770)-246-8600 **##
+##** **##
+##*****************************************************************##
+##*****************************************************************##
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/TseAdvanced.sdl b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/TseAdvanced.sdl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..acf7657
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/TseAdvanced.sdl
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+TOKEN
+ Name = "TSE_ADVANCED_SUPPORT"
+ Value = "1"
+ Help = "Main switch to enable Ezport Style in TSE"
+ TokenType = Boolean
+ TargetEQU = Yes
+ TargetMAK = Yes
+ Master = Yes
+End
+
+TOKEN
+ Name = "TSE_SEPERATE_EFI_LEGACY_OPTIONS"
+ Value = "0"
+ Help = "Turn on to have EFI options and Legacy options seperate. This will have effect only if BDS also seperates EFI and Legacy options."
+ TokenType = Boolean
+ TargetH = Yes
+End
+
+TOKEN
+ Name = "TSE_NVRAM_DEFAULTS_SUPPORT"
+ Value = "1"
+ Help = "To enable NVRAM support in TSE modules. This token requires TSE Sources support"
+ TokenType = Boolean
+ TargetH = Yes
+ TargetMAK = Yes
+ Token = "NVRAM_SUPPORT" "!=" "0"
+End
+
+PATH
+ Name = "TSE_ADVANCED_DIR"
+End
+
+MODULE
+ Help = "Includes TseAdvanced.mak to Project"
+ File = "TseAdvanced.mak"
+End
+
+ELINK
+ Name = "$(BUILD_DIR)\TseAdvanced.lib"
+ Parent = "$(TSE_ADVANCED_DIR)\TseAdvanced$(ARCH).lib"
+ InvokeOrder = ReplaceParent
+End
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/bootflowLib.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/bootflowLib.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32fdc36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/bootflowLib.c
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//** **//
+//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **//
+//** **//
+//** All Rights Reserved. **//
+//** **//
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **//
+//** **//
+//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **//
+//** **//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/bootflowLib.c $
+//
+// $Author: Premkumara $
+//
+// $Revision: 8 $
+//
+// $Date: 8/28/14 8:42a $
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// Revision History
+// ----------------
+// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/bootflowLib.c $
+//
+// 8 8/28/14 8:42a Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP142551
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Minor
+// [Symptom] Mouse Movement is not initialized to Full Screen Resolution
+// in case of quiet boot mode with high resolution OEM Logo.
+// [Root Cause] Mouse Initialization was not across the full screen incase
+// of High Resolution Quiet Boot Logo.
+// [Solution] Initialised the Mouse with the Resolution Set in case of
+// Quiet Boot logo so that Mouse will move acroos the Whole screen
+// [Files] Mouse.c, BootFlowLib.c, PostMgmt.c, PostMgmtExt.c,
+// Notify.c, MinisetupExt.c
+//
+// 7 10/18/12 5:53a Arunsb
+// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission
+//
+// 9 10/10/12 12:35p Arunsb
+// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio
+//
+// 6 3/26/10 5:06p Madhans
+// EIP 36704 : Fix for Making sure to make the Variable to NULL after it
+// is Freed up.
+//
+// 5 2/19/10 1:02p Madhans
+// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history.
+//
+// 6 2/19/10 8:12a Mallikarjunanv
+// updated year in copyright message
+//
+// 5 1/29/10 4:37p Madhans
+// To not to depend on ConsoleControl and ConOut.
+//
+// 4 10/12/09 4:11p Madhans
+// //EIP 28577 : Fix to avoid "Checker: SIGN_EXTENSION"
+//
+// 3 7/08/09 3:35p Madhans
+// In Aptio use the Text mode as is it in post screen
+//
+// 2 6/12/09 7:43p Presannar
+// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0
+//
+// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 11:16p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 10:27p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 2 1/07/08 10:34a Arunkumars
+// Stand alone application support for x64 and nt32
+//
+// 1 7/09/07 1:29p Arunkumars
+// - Added elink hooks for Logo, Password management and Control Keys
+// customizations
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+
+#include "minisetup.h"
+BOOLEAN IsMouseSupported(VOID);
+BOOLEAN IsSoftKbdSupported(VOID);
+static MSGBOX_DATA *_gBootFlowMsg = NULL;
+
+VOID _BootFlowCancelTimer( EFI_EVENT Event, VOID *Context )
+{
+ if ( _gBootFlowMsg != NULL )
+ gMsgBox.Destroy( _gBootFlowMsg, TRUE );
+
+ _gBootFlowMsg = NULL;
+
+ TimerStopTimer( &Event );
+}
+
+VOID _BootFlowShowMessageBox( BOOT_FLOW *bootFlowPtr )
+{
+ AMI_IFR_MSGBOX msgBox;
+ CONTROL_INFO dummy;
+
+#ifndef STANDALONE_APPLICATION
+ if ( gConsoleControl != NULL )
+ gConsoleControl->SetMode( gConsoleControl, EfiConsoleControlScreenText );
+#endif
+
+ if (gST->ConOut == NULL) // Headless system/NoVideo in BIOS
+ return;
+
+ gST->ConOut->Reset( gST->ConOut, FALSE );
+#if !APTIO_4_00
+ SetDesiredTextMode();
+#else
+ // In Aptio use the Text mode as is it in post screen
+ if(EFI_ERROR(gST->ConOut->QueryMode( gST->ConOut, gST->ConOut->Mode->Mode, &gMaxCols, &gMaxRows )))
+ {
+ gMaxRows = StyleGetStdMaxRows();
+ gMaxCols = StyleGetStdMaxCols();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if(IsMouseSupported()&& IsSoftKbdSupported())//Initializing the mouse at post when mouse and softkbd present
+ MouseInit();
+
+ ClearScreen( EFI_BACKGROUND_BLACK | EFI_LIGHTGRAY );
+
+ MemSet( &msgBox, sizeof(msgBox), 0 );
+ msgBox.Text = bootFlowPtr->MessageBoxToken;
+
+ MemSet( &dummy, sizeof(dummy), 0 );
+ dummy.ControlHandle = INVALID_HANDLE;
+ dummy.ControlPtr = (VOID*)(UINTN)&msgBox;
+ dummy.ControlFlags.ControlVisible = TRUE;
+
+ gMsgBox.Create( &_gBootFlowMsg );
+ if ( _gBootFlowMsg == NULL )
+ return;
+
+ gMsgBox.Initialize( _gBootFlowMsg, &dummy );
+ gMsgBox.SetType( _gBootFlowMsg, MSGBOX_TYPE_NULL );
+ gMsgBox.Draw( _gBootFlowMsg );
+
+ if ( bootFlowPtr->MessageBoxTimeout != 0 )
+ {
+ EFI_EVENT Event;
+
+ //EIP 28577 : Fix to avoid "Checker: SIGN_EXTENSION"
+ TimerCreateTimer( &Event, _BootFlowCancelTimer, NULL,
+ TimerRelative, MultU64x32( (UINT64)TIMER_ONE_SECOND, (UINT32) bootFlowPtr->MessageBoxTimeout ), EFI_TPL_CALLBACK );
+ }
+}
+
+VOID _BootFlowSetActivePage( BOOT_FLOW *bootFlowPtr )
+{
+ PAGE_INFO *pageInfo;
+ UINT32 i;
+
+ for ( i = 0; i < gPages->PageCount; i++ )
+ {
+ pageInfo = (PAGE_INFO *)((UINTN)gSetupPkg + gPages->PageList[i]);
+ if (
+ ( bootFlowPtr->PageClass == gPageIdInfo[pageInfo->PageIdIndex].PageClass ) &&
+ ( bootFlowPtr->PageSubClass == gPageIdInfo[pageInfo->PageIdIndex].PageSubClass ) &&
+ ( bootFlowPtr->PageFormID == pageInfo->PageFormID )
+ )
+ {
+ gEnterSetup = TRUE;
+ gStartPage = i;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+
+VOID _BootFlowSetActiveControl( BOOT_FLOW *bootFlowPtr )
+{
+ // select the control from the currently active page
+}
+
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
+//** **
+//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **
+//** **
+//** All Rights Reserved. **
+//** **
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **
+//** **
+//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **
+//** **
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/dogif.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/dogif.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c641eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/dogif.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1197 @@
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//** **//
+//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **//
+//** **//
+//** All Rights Reserved. **//
+//** **//
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **//
+//** **//
+//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **//
+//** **//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/dogif.c $
+//
+// $Author: Arunsb $
+//
+// $Revision: 8 $
+//
+// $Date: 10/18/12 5:53a $
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// Revision History
+// ----------------
+// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/dogif.c $
+//
+// 8 10/18/12 5:53a Arunsb
+// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission
+//
+// 10 10/10/12 12:35p Arunsb
+// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio
+//
+// 7 3/28/11 9:35p Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP55548
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Support to display Multiple GIF and to display other
+// image format when Active animated Gif is displaying
+// [Files] dogif.c and dogifmgr.c
+//
+// 6 3/21/11 1:16a Rajashakerg
+// [TAG] EIP53740
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Normal
+// [Symptom] Animation does not continue after the last frame of the
+// logo.
+// [RootCause] The animation is done upto last frame of the animated
+// image.
+// [Solution] Fixed the issue by handling Gif image data to redraw image
+// if all the frames are completed and if boottimeout is present.
+// [Files] minisetup.h, dogif.c, dogifmgr.c
+//
+// 5 6/17/10 2:59p Madhans
+// Dynamic parsing support in TSE.
+//
+// 4 2/19/10 1:02p Madhans
+// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history.
+//
+// 7 2/19/10 8:11a Mallikarjunanv
+// updated year in copyright message
+//
+// 6 2/15/10 10:12p Madhans
+// To avoid warnings
+//
+// 5 1/09/10 4:46a Mallikarjunanv
+// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards
+//
+// 4 12/04/09 7:12a Mallikarjunanv
+// Fix for EIP:30263 - Gif Logo Issue
+//
+// 3 6/23/09 7:09p Blaines
+// Coding standard update,
+// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list
+// creation.
+//
+// 2 6/12/09 7:43p Presannar
+// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0
+//
+// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 11:16p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 10:27p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 2 7/06/06 6:38p Arunkumars
+// warn fix
+//
+// 1 1/24/06 3:01a Stefanor
+// quiet boot support
+// implementation of buffering for POST messages
+// gif support
+// support for OEM badging protocol
+// fixed fallback from 100x31 to 80x25
+// cleanup of set graphic/text mode
+// ver 1.17.1051
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+
+//<AMI_FHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: dogif.c
+//
+// Description: This file contains code for gif image handling
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_FHDR_END>
+#include<minisetup.h>
+
+// definitions
+#undef DEBUG
+#undef TRUE
+#undef FALSE
+
+#define DEBUG 0
+#define TIANO 1
+#if TIANO
+#define TRUE 1
+#else
+#define TRUE (-1)
+#endif
+#define FALSE 0
+
+#define MaxColors 256 /* rev 87a */
+
+struct ColorEntry
+ {
+ unsigned char blue, green, red, dummy;
+ };
+
+#if TIANO
+#define short int
+//#define unsigned
+#define huge
+#define far
+unsigned char * blitbuf = 0;
+static struct ColorEntry * pColorMap = 0;
+#else
+#define _FP_SEG(fp) (*((unsigned __far *)&(fp)+1))
+#define _FP_OFF(fp) (*((unsigned __far *)&(fp)))
+#define _MK_FP(seg, offset) (void __far *)(((unsigned long)seg << 16) \
+ + (unsigned long)(unsigned)offset)
+#endif
+
+// variables
+#if TIANO
+int screen_width = 800;
+int screen_height = 600;
+#else
+int screen_width = 640;
+int screen_height = 480;
+#endif
+
+unsigned char huge * pbuf = 0;
+unsigned long lenbuf = 0;
+unsigned long firstframeadd = 0; //EIP: 53740 global decleration such that we access the first frame address of the gif image
+
+static char GIF87signature[] = "GIF87a";
+static char GIF89signature[] = "GIF89a";
+static char GIFversion = 0;
+#define GIF87 1
+#define GIF89 2
+static struct ColorEntry GlobalColorMap[MaxColors] = {{0}};
+static struct ColorEntry LocalColorMap[MaxColors] = {{0}};
+static unsigned int BackdropWidth = 0;
+static unsigned int BackdropHeight = 0;
+static unsigned int LeftMargin = 0;
+static unsigned int TopMargin = 0;
+static unsigned int ColorRez = 0;
+static unsigned int FillColor = 0;
+#if TIANO
+static short DefaultNumColors = 0;
+#else
+static unsigned int DefaultNumColors = 0;
+#endif
+static unsigned int LeftEdge = 0;
+static unsigned int TopEdge = 0;
+static unsigned int Width = 0;
+static unsigned int Height = 0;
+static unsigned int Interlaced = 0;
+#if TIANO
+static short LocalNumColors = 0;
+#else
+static unsigned int LocalNumColors = 0;
+#endif
+static unsigned int RightEdge = 0;
+static unsigned int BottomEdge = 0;
+static unsigned int InterlacePass = 0;
+static unsigned int X = 0;
+static unsigned int Y = 0;
+static short BaseLine[5] = {0, 4, 2, 1, 0};
+static short LineOffset[5] = {8, 8, 4, 2, 0};
+
+unsigned char huge * pcurbuf = 0;
+static unsigned long unreadbuf = 0;
+
+static unsigned int CurrentBank = 0;
+static unsigned long PixelAdd = 0;
+
+static int TransparentColor = -1;
+static int GlobalColorMapActive = FALSE;
+
+static int UnexpectedError = FALSE;
+
+// functions
+#if TIANO
+unsigned long dofirst( unsigned char *, unsigned long );
+unsigned long donext( unsigned char * );
+#else
+unsigned long far _loadds dofirst(void);
+unsigned long far _loadds donext(void);
+#endif
+static int _inline readbuf(void);
+static void _inline writepixel(unsigned char);
+static void setbank(unsigned int);
+static short ReadScreenDesc(void);
+static short ReadImageDesc(void);
+static unsigned long ReadGraphicControlExt(void);
+#if DEBUG
+static short ReadCommentExt(void);
+static short ReadPlainTextExt(void);
+static short ReadApplicationExt(void);
+#endif
+static short SkipObject(void);
+static void SetPalette( struct ColorEntry [], unsigned int );
+static short Expand_Data(void);
+
+extern UINT16 gGifSrcX;
+extern UINT16 gGifSrcY;
+extern UINT16 gGifDestX;
+extern UINT16 gGifDestY;
+extern BOOLEAN GifImageFlag;
+
+// Expander
+struct code_entry
+ {
+ short prefix; /* prefix code */
+ char suffix; /* suffix character */
+ char stack;
+ };
+static short code_size = 0;
+static short clear_code = 0;
+static short eof_code = 0;
+static short first_free = 0;
+static short bit_offset = 0;
+static short byte_offset = 0;
+static short bits_left = 0;
+static short max_code = 0;
+static short free_code = 0;
+static short old_code = 0;
+static short input_code = 0;
+static short code = 0;
+static short suffix_char = 0;
+static short final_char = 0;
+static short bytes_unread = 0;
+static unsigned char code_buffer[64] = {0};
+static struct code_entry code_table[4096] = {0};
+static short mask[12] =
+ {0x001, 0x003, 0x007, 0x00F,
+ 0x01F, 0x03F, 0x07F, 0x0FF,
+ 0x1FF, 0x3FF, 0x7FF, 0xFFF};
+static unsigned int endofdata = 0;
+
+#if TIANO
+unsigned long dofirst( unsigned char * filemem, unsigned long filememlen )
+#else
+unsigned long far _loadds dofirst( )
+#endif
+{
+
+#if TIANO
+ pbuf = filemem;
+ lenbuf = filememlen;
+#endif
+ pcurbuf = pbuf;
+ unreadbuf = lenbuf;
+ if (!ReadScreenDesc())
+ {
+ /* Invalid GIF dataset */
+#if DEBUG
+ printf("\nnot a GIF file - 1\n");
+#endif
+ return 0xffffffffL;
+ }
+#if DEBUG
+ printf("\nscreen width = %d, screen height = %d\n", BackdropWidth, BackdropHeight);
+ printf("# of colors = %d out of %ld\n", DefaultNumColors, (long)(1L << (3*ColorRez)));
+ printf("fill color index = %d\n", FillColor);
+#endif
+
+ SetPalette( GlobalColorMap, DefaultNumColors );
+ GlobalColorMapActive = TRUE;
+
+#if TIANO
+ LeftMargin = 0;
+ TopMargin = 0;
+ screen_width = BackdropWidth;
+ screen_height = BackdropHeight;
+ firstframeadd = (unsigned long)pcurbuf;//EIP:53740 Storing the first frame address and unread buffer length of the first frame to a static global variable
+ return (BackdropWidth << 16) | BackdropHeight;
+#else
+ LeftMargin = ( screen_width - BackdropWidth ) / 2;
+ TopMargin = ( screen_height - BackdropHeight ) / 2;
+#if DEBUG
+ printf("LeftMargin = %d, TopMargin = %d\n", LeftMargin, TopMargin);
+#endif
+ if (FillColor > 0)
+ {
+ /* Set the default color palette. Flood the backdrop region with
+ the FillColor. */
+ setbank( 0 );
+ Width = BackdropWidth;
+ Height = BackdropHeight;
+ LeftEdge = 0;
+ TopEdge = 0;
+ RightEdge = LeftEdge + Width - 1;
+ BottomEdge = TopEdge + Height - 1;
+ Interlaced = 0;
+#if DEBUG
+ printf("LeftEdge = %d, RightEdge = %d, Width = %d\n", LeftEdge, RightEdge, Width);
+ printf("TopEdge = %d, BottomEdge = %d, Height = %d\n", TopEdge, BottomEdge, Height);
+#endif
+ X = LeftEdge;
+ Y = TopEdge;
+ InterlacePass = 0;
+ {
+ PixelAdd = ( Y + TopMargin ) * (unsigned long)screen_width + ( X + LeftMargin );
+ if( CurrentBank != (PixelAdd >> 16) )
+ setbank((unsigned int)(PixelAdd >> 16));
+ }
+ for( ; Y <= BottomEdge ; Y++ )
+ for( ; X <= BottomEdge ; X++ )
+ writepixel( (unsigned char)FillColor );
+ }
+ return donext();
+#endif
+}
+
+#if TIANO
+unsigned long donext( unsigned char * BlitBuf )
+#else
+unsigned long far _loadds donext( )
+#endif
+{
+ unsigned int Done;
+ short Id; /* object identifier */
+ short Status; /* return status code */
+ unsigned long ret = 0;
+
+#if TIANO
+ blitbuf = BlitBuf;
+#endif
+ Done = FALSE;
+ /* Now display one or more GIF objects */
+ while(!Done)
+ {
+ switch (readbuf())
+ {
+ case ';':
+ /* End of the GIF dataset */
+ Done = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ case ',':
+ /* Start of an image object.
+ Read the image description. */
+ if (!ReadImageDesc())
+ {
+ /* Invalid GIF dataset */
+#if DEBUG
+ printf("\nnot a GIF file - 2\n");
+#endif
+ ret = 0xffffffffL;
+ Done = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* Setup the color palette for the image */
+ if (LocalNumColors > 0)
+ {
+ /* Change the palette table */
+ SetPalette( LocalColorMap, LocalNumColors );
+ GlobalColorMapActive = FALSE;
+ }
+ else if (DefaultNumColors > 0)
+ {
+ /* Reset the palette table back to the default setting */
+ if( !GlobalColorMapActive )
+ {
+ SetPalette( GlobalColorMap, DefaultNumColors );
+ GlobalColorMapActive = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ X = LeftEdge;
+ Y = TopEdge;
+ RightEdge = LeftEdge + Width - 1;
+ BottomEdge = TopEdge + Height - 1;
+
+ ///Need to update the image based on the current frame coordinates.
+ gGifSrcX = (UINT16)LeftEdge;
+ gGifSrcY = (UINT16)TopEdge;
+ if(Width) gGifDestX = (UINT16)Width-1;
+ if(Height) gGifDestY = (UINT16)Height-1;
+ GifImageFlag=1;
+
+#if DEBUG
+ printf("LeftEdge = %d, RightEdge = %d, Width = %d\n", LeftEdge, RightEdge, Width);
+ printf("TopEdge = %d, BottomEdge = %d, Height = %d\n", TopEdge, BottomEdge, Height);
+#endif
+ InterlacePass = 0;
+ {
+ PixelAdd = ( Y + TopMargin ) * (unsigned long)screen_width + ( X + LeftMargin );
+ if( CurrentBank != (PixelAdd >> 16) )
+ setbank((unsigned int)(PixelAdd >> 16));
+
+ }
+
+ Status = Expand_Data();
+
+ if (Status != 0)
+ {
+ /* Error expanding the raster image */
+#if DEBUG
+ printf("\nnot a GIF file - 3\n");
+#endif
+ ret = 0xffffffffL;
+ Done = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '!':
+ /* Start of an extended object (not in rev 87a) */
+ Id = readbuf(); /* Get the object identifier */
+ if (Id < 0)
+ {
+ /* Error reading object identifier */
+#if DEBUG
+ printf("\nnot a GIF file - 4\n");
+#endif
+ ret = 0xffffffffL;
+ Done = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ switch ( Id )
+ {
+ case 0xF9:
+ ret = ReadGraphicControlExt();
+ if( ret != 0 )
+ {
+#if DEBUG
+ if (ret == 0xffffffffL)
+ printf("\nnot a GIF file - 9\n");
+#endif
+ Done = TRUE;
+ }
+ break;
+#if DEBUG
+ case 0xFE:
+ if (!ReadCommentExt())
+ {
+ printf("\nnot a GIF file - 6\n");
+ ret = 0xffffffffL;
+ Done = TRUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 0x01:
+ if (!ReadPlainTextExt())
+ {
+ printf("\nnot a GIF file - 7\n");
+ ret = 0xffffffffL;
+ Done = TRUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 0xFF:
+ if (!ReadApplicationExt())
+ {
+ printf("\nnot a GIF file - 8\n");
+ ret = 0xffffffffL;
+ Done = TRUE;
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ /* Since there no extented objects defined in rev 87a, we
+ will just skip over them. In the future, we will handle
+ the extended object here. */
+ if (!SkipObject())
+ {
+#if DEBUG
+ printf("\nnot a GIF file - 5\n");
+#endif
+ ret = 0xffffffffL;
+ Done = TRUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ /* Error */
+#if DEBUG
+ printf("\nnot a GIF file - 10\n");
+#endif
+ ret = 0xffffffffL;
+ Done = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+#if DEBUG
+ printf("offset = %lx\n", lenbuf-unreadbuf);
+ printf("wait = %ld\n", ret);
+#endif
+ if( (ret > 0) && (ret < 100) )
+ ret = 100;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: readbuf
+//
+// Description: Read the next byte from buffer
+//
+// Input: None
+//
+// Output: 0 .. 255 the byte
+// -1 end of file
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+static int _inline readbuf( )
+{
+
+ if( unreadbuf == 0 )
+ return -1;
+
+ unreadbuf--;
+#if TIANO
+ return (((int)*pcurbuf++)&0xff);
+#else
+ return (int) *pcurbuf++;
+#endif
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: writepixel
+//
+// Description: Write a pixel at (X,Y) on the screen.
+//
+// Input: unsigned char Pixel
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+static void _inline writepixel(unsigned char Pixel)
+{
+ unsigned char far * fp;
+ // Display the pixel on the screen
+ if( Pixel != TransparentColor )
+ {
+#if TIANO
+ fp = blitbuf + PixelAdd * 4;
+ *fp++ = pColorMap[Pixel].blue;
+ *fp++ = pColorMap[Pixel].green;
+ *fp++ = pColorMap[Pixel].red;
+ *fp++ = 0;
+#else
+ fp = _MK_FP( 0xa000, PixelAdd );
+ *fp = Pixel;
+#endif
+ }
+ // Advance the point
+ X++;
+ PixelAdd++;
+ if (X > RightEdge)
+ {
+ X = LeftEdge;
+
+ if (Interlaced)
+ {
+ Y += LineOffset[InterlacePass];
+ if (Y > BottomEdge)
+ {
+ InterlacePass++;
+ Y = TopEdge + BaseLine[InterlacePass];
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ Y++;
+ PixelAdd = ( Y + TopMargin ) * (unsigned long)screen_width + ( X + LeftMargin );
+ }
+ if( CurrentBank != (PixelAdd >> 16) )
+ setbank((unsigned int)(PixelAdd >> 16));
+}
+
+static void setbank(unsigned int bank)
+{
+ CurrentBank = bank;
+#if TIANO == 0
+ _asm
+ {
+ mov ax,4f05h
+ mov bx,0
+ mov dx,CurrentBank
+ int 10h
+ /*mov retvesa,ax*/
+ }
+
+ _asm
+ {
+ mov ax,4f05h
+ mov bx,1
+ mov dx,CurrentBank
+ int 10h
+ /*mov retvesa,ax*/
+ }
+
+#endif
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: ReadScreenDesc
+//
+// Description: Read the signature, the screen description, and the optional
+// default color map.
+//
+// Input: None
+//
+// Output: TRUE/FALSE
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+static short ReadScreenDesc( )
+{
+ unsigned char Buffer[16];
+
+ short
+ I, J,
+ Status,
+ HaveColorMap,
+ NumPlanes;
+
+ for (I = 0; I < 13; I++)
+ {
+ Status = readbuf();
+ if (Status < 0) return FALSE;
+ Buffer[I] = (unsigned char) Status;
+ }
+
+ for (I = 0; I < 6; I++)
+ if (Buffer[I] != GIF87signature[I])
+ break;
+ if (I >= 6)
+ GIFversion = GIF87;
+ else
+ {
+ for (I = 0; I < 6; I++)
+ if (Buffer[I] != GIF89signature[I])
+ break;
+ if (I >= 6)
+ GIFversion = GIF89;
+ else
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ BackdropWidth = Buffer[6] | Buffer[7] << 8;
+ BackdropHeight = Buffer[8] | Buffer[9] << 8;
+ NumPlanes = (Buffer[10] & 0x07) + 1;
+ ColorRez = ((Buffer[10] & 0x70) >> 4) + 1;
+ HaveColorMap = (Buffer[10] & 0x80) != 0;
+ DefaultNumColors = 1 << NumPlanes;
+ FillColor = Buffer[11];
+
+ if (HaveColorMap)
+ {
+ for (I = 0; I < DefaultNumColors; I++)
+ {
+ for (J = 0; J < 3; J++)
+ {
+ Status = readbuf();
+ if (Status < 0) return FALSE;
+ Buffer[J] = (unsigned char) Status;
+ }
+
+ if (I < MaxColors)
+ {
+ GlobalColorMap[I].red = Buffer[0];
+ GlobalColorMap[I].green = Buffer[1];
+ GlobalColorMap[I].blue = Buffer[2];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ DefaultNumColors = 0;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: ReadImageDesc
+//
+// Description: Read the image description and the optional color map.
+//
+// Input: None
+//
+// Output: TRUE/FALSE
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+static short ReadImageDesc( )
+{
+ unsigned char Buffer[16];
+
+ short
+ I, J,
+ NumPlanes,
+ HaveColorMap,
+ Status;
+
+ for (I = 0; I < 9; I++)
+ {
+ if ((Status = readbuf()) < 0) return FALSE;
+ Buffer[I] = (unsigned char) Status;
+ }
+
+ LeftEdge = Buffer[0] | Buffer[1] << 8;
+ TopEdge = Buffer[2] | Buffer[3] << 8;
+ Width = Buffer[4] | Buffer[5] << 8;
+ Height = Buffer[6] | Buffer[7] << 8;
+ NumPlanes = (Buffer[8] & 0x07) + 1;
+ LocalNumColors = 1 << NumPlanes;
+ Interlaced = (Buffer[8] & 0x40) != 0;
+ HaveColorMap = (Buffer[8] & 0x80) != 0;
+
+ if (HaveColorMap)
+ {
+ for (I = 0; I < LocalNumColors; I++)
+ {
+ for (J = 0; J < 3; J++)
+ {
+ if ((Status = readbuf()) < 0) return FALSE;
+ Buffer[J] = (unsigned char) Status;
+ }
+
+ if (I < MaxColors)
+ {
+ LocalColorMap[I].red = Buffer[0];
+ LocalColorMap[I].green = Buffer[1];
+ LocalColorMap[I].blue = Buffer[2];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ LocalNumColors = 0;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static unsigned long ReadGraphicControlExt()
+{
+ unsigned char Buffer[6];
+ short I;
+ short Status;
+ short HaveTransparentColor;
+ unsigned long timewait;
+
+#if DEBUG
+ printf("Graphic Control Extension : ");
+#endif
+ for (I = 0; I < 6; I++)
+ {
+ if ((Status = readbuf()) < 0) return 0xffffffffL;
+ Buffer[I] = (unsigned char) Status;
+ }
+ timewait = (Buffer[2] | Buffer[3] << 8)*10;
+ HaveTransparentColor = (Buffer[1] & 0x01) != 0;
+ if (HaveTransparentColor)
+ TransparentColor = Buffer[4];
+#if DEBUG
+ printf("%ld\n", timewait);
+#endif
+ return timewait;
+}
+
+#if DEBUG
+static short ReadCommentExt()
+{
+ short Count;
+ short c;
+
+ printf("Comment Extension : ");
+ while ((Count = readbuf()) > 0)
+ {
+ printf("\n#");
+ do
+ {
+ if ((c = readbuf()) < 0)
+ return FALSE;
+ printf("%c", c);
+ }while (--Count > 0);
+ printf("#");
+ }
+ if (Count < 0)
+ return FALSE;
+ printf("\n");
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static short ReadPlainTextExt()
+{
+ unsigned char Buffer[13];
+ short I;
+ short Status;
+ short Count;
+ short c;
+
+ printf("Plain Text Extension : ");
+ for (I = 0; I < 13; I++)
+ {
+ if ((Status = readbuf()) < 0) return FALSE;
+ Buffer[I] = (unsigned char) Status;
+ }
+ while ((Count = readbuf()) > 0)
+ {
+ printf("\n#");
+ do
+ {
+ if ((c = readbuf()) < 0)
+ return FALSE;
+ printf("%c", c);
+ }while (--Count > 0);
+ printf("#");
+ }
+ if (Count < 0)
+ return FALSE;
+ printf("\n");
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static short ReadApplicationExt()
+{
+ unsigned char Buffer[13];
+ short I;
+ short Status;
+ short Count;
+ short c;
+
+ printf("Application Extension : ");
+ for (I = 0; I < 12; I++)
+ {
+ if ((Status = readbuf()) < 0) return FALSE;
+ Buffer[I] = (unsigned char) Status;
+ }
+ for (I = 1; I < 9; I++)
+ printf("%c", Buffer[I]);
+ printf(" ");
+ for (I = 9; I < 12; I++)
+ printf("%c", Buffer[I]);
+ while ((Count = readbuf()) > 0)
+ {
+ printf("\n%2.2X", Count);
+ do
+ {
+ if ((c = readbuf()) < 0)
+ return FALSE;
+ printf("%2.2X", c);
+ }while (--Count > 0);
+ }
+ if (Count < 0)
+ return FALSE;
+ printf("\n");
+ return TRUE;
+}
+#endif
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: SkipObject
+//
+// Description: Skip over an extended GIF object.
+//
+// Input: None
+//
+// Output: TRUE/FALSE
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+static short SkipObject()
+{
+ short Count;
+
+ while ((Count = readbuf()) > 0)
+ do
+ {
+ if (readbuf() < 0)
+ return FALSE;
+ }while (--Count > 0);
+ if (Count < 0)
+ return FALSE;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+void SetPalette( struct ColorEntry ColorMap[], unsigned int num_colors )
+{
+#if TIANO
+ pColorMap = ColorMap;
+ num_colors;
+ return;
+#else
+ int i;
+ int bitofcolor;
+ int retvesa;
+ unsigned int segval, offval;
+ unsigned char far * fp;
+
+ _asm
+ {
+ mov ax,4f08h
+ mov bx,0001h
+ int 10h
+ mov retvesa,ax
+ mov bitofcolor,bx
+ }
+ if(retvesa != 0x004f)
+ bitofcolor = 8;
+ else
+ bitofcolor >>= 8;
+ if( 8 != bitofcolor )
+ {
+ if( 8 > bitofcolor )
+ for (i = 0; i < num_colors; i++)
+ {
+ ColorMap[i].red >>= (8 - bitofcolor);
+ ColorMap[i].green >>= (8 - bitofcolor);
+ ColorMap[i].blue >>= (8 - bitofcolor);
+ }
+ else
+ for (i = 0; i < num_colors; i++)
+ {
+ ColorMap[i].red <<= (bitofcolor - 8);
+ ColorMap[i].green <<= (bitofcolor - 8);
+ ColorMap[i].blue <<= (bitofcolor - 8);
+ }
+ }
+ fp = (unsigned char far *)ColorMap;
+ segval = _FP_SEG( fp );
+ offval = _FP_OFF( fp );
+ _asm
+ {
+ push di
+ mov ax,4f09h
+ mov bl,0
+ mov cx,num_colors
+ mov dx,0
+ mov di,segval
+ mov es,di
+ mov di,offval
+ int 10h
+ mov retvesa,ax
+ pop di
+ }
+
+#endif
+}
+
+// Expander
+#if TIANO
+static int _inline init_table(short min_code_size)
+#else
+static int _inline init_table(min_code_size)
+ short min_code_size;
+#endif
+ {
+ code_size = min_code_size + 1;
+ clear_code = 1 << min_code_size;
+ eof_code = clear_code + 1;
+ first_free = clear_code + 2;
+ free_code = first_free;
+ max_code = 1 << code_size;
+ return 0; //WARN FIX
+ }
+
+static int _inline read_code()
+ {
+ short bytes_to_move, i, ch;
+ long temp;
+
+ byte_offset = bit_offset >> 3;
+ bits_left = bit_offset & 7;
+
+ if (byte_offset >= 61)
+ {
+ bytes_to_move = 64 - byte_offset;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < bytes_to_move; i++)
+ code_buffer[i] = code_buffer[byte_offset + i];
+
+ while (i < 64)
+ {
+ if (bytes_unread == 0)
+ {
+ /* Get the length of the next record. A zero-length record
+ * denotes "end of data".
+ */
+ if( endofdata )
+ break;
+
+ if( unreadbuf > 0 )
+ {
+ bytes_unread = *pcurbuf++;
+ unreadbuf--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UnexpectedError = TRUE;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (bytes_unread == 0) /* end of data */
+ {
+ endofdata = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( unreadbuf > 0 )
+ {
+ ch = *pcurbuf++;
+ unreadbuf--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UnexpectedError = TRUE;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+#if TIANO
+ code_buffer[i++] = (char)ch;
+#else
+ code_buffer[i++] = ch;
+#endif
+ bytes_unread--;
+ }
+
+ bit_offset = bits_left;
+ byte_offset = 0;
+ }
+
+ bit_offset += code_size;
+ temp = (long) code_buffer[byte_offset]
+ | (long) code_buffer[byte_offset + 1] << 8
+ | (long) code_buffer[byte_offset + 2] << 16;
+
+ if (bits_left > 0)
+ temp >>= bits_left;
+
+ return temp & mask[code_size - 1];
+ }
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: Expand_Data
+//
+// Description: Decompress a LZW compressed data stream.
+//
+// Input: None
+//
+// Output: 0 OK
+// -1 expected end-of-file
+// -2 cannot allocate memory
+// -3 bad "min_code_size"
+// < -3 error status from the get_byte or put_byte routine
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+static short Expand_Data( )
+{
+#if TIANO == 0
+ short i;
+#endif
+ short sp; /* stack ptr */
+#if TIANO == 0
+ short status;
+#endif
+ short min_code_size;
+
+ /* Get the minimum code size (2 to 9) */
+
+ if( unreadbuf > 0 )
+ {
+ min_code_size = *pcurbuf++;
+ unreadbuf--;
+ }
+ else
+ return -4;
+
+ if (min_code_size < 2 || min_code_size > 9)
+ return -3;
+
+ init_table(min_code_size);
+ sp = 0;
+ bit_offset = 64*8; /* force "read_code" to start a new */
+ bytes_unread = 0; /* record */
+ endofdata = FALSE;
+
+ while ((code = read_code()) != eof_code)
+ {
+ if( UnexpectedError )
+ return -4;
+ if (code == clear_code)
+ {
+ init_table(min_code_size);
+ code = read_code();
+ if( UnexpectedError )
+ return -4;
+ old_code = code;
+ suffix_char = code;
+ final_char = code;
+ //(*put_byte)(suffix_char);
+ writepixel((unsigned char)suffix_char);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ input_code = code;
+
+ if (code >= free_code)
+ {
+ code = old_code;
+#if TIANO
+ code_table[sp++].stack = (char)final_char;
+#else
+ code_table[sp++].stack = final_char;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ while (code >= first_free)
+ {
+ code_table[sp++].stack = code_table[code].suffix;
+ code = code_table[code].prefix;
+ }
+
+ final_char = code;
+ suffix_char = code;
+#if TIANO
+ code_table[sp++].stack = (char)final_char;
+#else
+ code_table[sp++].stack = final_char;
+#endif
+
+ while (sp > 0)
+ //(*put_byte)(code_table[--sp].stack);
+ writepixel((unsigned char)code_table[--sp].stack);
+
+#if TIANO
+ code_table[free_code].suffix = (char)suffix_char;
+#else
+ code_table[free_code].suffix = suffix_char;
+#endif
+ code_table[free_code].prefix = old_code;
+ free_code++;
+ old_code = input_code;
+
+ if (free_code >= max_code)
+ if (code_size < 12)
+ {
+ code_size++;
+ max_code <<= 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
+//** **
+//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **
+//** **
+//** All Rights Reserved. **
+//** **
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **
+//** **
+//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **
+//** **
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/dogifmgr.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/dogifmgr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03eb6e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/dogifmgr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,486 @@
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//** **//
+//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **//
+//** **//
+//** All Rights Reserved. **//
+//** **//
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **//
+//** **//
+//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **//
+//** **//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/dogifmgr.c $
+//
+// $Author: Arunsb $
+//
+// $Revision: 10 $
+//
+// $Date: 10/18/12 5:53a $
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// Revision History
+// ----------------
+// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/dogifmgr.c $
+//
+// 10 10/18/12 5:53a Arunsb
+// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission
+//
+// 14 10/10/12 12:35p Arunsb
+// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio
+//
+// 9 3/29/11 6:59p Madhans
+// To fix the function header
+//
+// 8 3/28/11 9:38p Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP55548
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Support to display Multiple GIF and display other image
+// format when Active animated Gif is displaying.
+// [Files] dogif.c and dogifmgr.c
+//
+// 7 3/21/11 1:19a Rajashakerg
+// [TAG] EIP53740
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Normal
+// [Symptom] Animation does not continue after the last frame of the
+// logo.
+// [RootCause] Animation is continued upto the last frame of the
+// animated image
+// [Solution] Fixed the issue by handling Gif image data to redraw image
+// if all the frames are completed and if boottimeout is present.
+// [Files] minisetup.h, dogif.c, dogifmgr.c
+//
+// 6 2/19/10 1:02p Madhans
+// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history.
+//
+// 12 2/19/10 8:11a Mallikarjunanv
+// updated year in copyright message
+//
+// 11 1/09/10 4:46a Mallikarjunanv
+// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards
+//
+// 10 12/04/09 7:13a Mallikarjunanv
+// Fix for EIP:30263 - Gif Logo Issue
+//
+// 9 10/28/09 5:37p Madhans
+// To do the clean up.
+//
+// 8 9/02/09 7:39p Madhans
+// To Realy fix the Logo Security issue
+//
+// 7 8/13/09 12:15p Blaines
+// Move Image support to binary module
+//
+// 6 7/09/09 10:56a Madhans
+// To fix the compilation error
+//
+// 4 6/24/09 6:10p Madhans
+// Made TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY=OFF to not to refer EDK module.
+//
+// 3 6/23/09 7:09p Blaines
+// Coding standard update,
+// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list
+// creation.
+//
+// 2 6/12/09 7:43p Presannar
+// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0
+//
+// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 11:16p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 10:27p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 3 6/30/06 4:21p Madhans
+// To Integrate the PCX and Jpeg Support. SDL tokens created to support
+// different image formats.
+//
+// 2 6/16/06 3:40p Madhans
+// 64 Bit Support. Set SDL token TSE_FOR_64BIT for 64 bit support.
+//
+// 1 1/24/06 3:01a Stefanor
+// quiet boot support
+// implementation of buffering for POST messages
+// gif support
+// support for OEM badging protocol
+// fixed fallback from 100x31 to 80x25
+// cleanup of set graphic/text mode
+// ver 1.17.1051
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+
+//<AMI_FHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: dogifmgr.c
+//
+// Description: This file contains code for gif image handling
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_FHDR_END>
+
+#include "minisetup.h"
+
+//#if SETUP_GIF_LOGO_SUPPORT
+//static EFI_EVENT NextFrameEvent;
+//static EFI_UGA_PIXEL *UgaBltForGif = NULL;
+//static UINT8 *ImageDataForGif = NULL;
+//static CO_ORD_ATTRIBUTE GifAttribute;
+//static UINTN GifWidth, GifHeight, GifX, GifY, GifBufferWidth;
+static UINTN gGifDelay, animateDelay;
+//#endif
+
+extern unsigned long dofirst( unsigned char *, unsigned long );
+extern unsigned long donext( unsigned char * );
+
+UINT64 RShiftU64 (
+ IN UINT64 Operand,
+ IN UINTN Count
+ );
+
+//EIP: 55548: To display multiple gif
+typedef struct //Structure to preserve the various gif images data
+{
+ UINTN GifWidth;
+ UINTN GifHeight;
+ UINTN GifX;
+ UINTN GifY;
+ UINTN GifBufferWidth;
+ EFI_EVENT GifEvent;
+ EFI_UGA_PIXEL *UgaBltForGif;
+ CO_ORD_ATTRIBUTE GifAttribute;
+ unsigned char *GifCurBufLocation;
+ unsigned char *ImageBuffer;
+ UINTN ImageSize;
+ unsigned long FistFrameAddress;
+} GIF_ANIMATE_DATA;
+
+struct GIF_IMAGE_DATAS //Structure used to cleanup the logo buffers
+{
+ GIF_ANIMATE_DATA *GifAnimateData;
+ struct GIF_IMAGE_DATAS *Next;
+};
+
+struct GIF_IMAGE_DATAS *GifEntries;
+GIF_ANIMATE_DATA *GifAnimateData;
+extern unsigned char *pcurbuf;
+extern unsigned long firstframeadd; //EIP: 53740 preserving first frame address for drawing the gif image until the time out occurs
+void SaveCleanUpGifDatas (GIF_ANIMATE_DATA **GifDatas);
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: GetGifNextFrame
+//
+// Description:
+//
+// Input: VOID **UgaBlt , UINTN *GifDelay
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+
+EFI_STATUS
+GetGifNextFrame(IN OUT VOID **GifImageData, OUT UINTN *GifDelay)
+{
+ GIF_ANIMATE_DATA **GifData;
+ EFI_TPL OldTpl;
+
+ GifData = (GIF_ANIMATE_DATA **)GifImageData;
+
+ OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL(EFI_TPL_NOTIFY);
+ dofirst ((*GifData)->ImageBuffer, (unsigned long)(*GifData)->ImageSize);
+ while (pcurbuf != (*GifData)->GifCurBufLocation)
+ {
+ *GifDelay = donext ((unsigned char *)((*GifData)->UgaBltForGif));
+ }
+ *GifDelay = donext ((unsigned char *)((*GifData)->UgaBltForGif));
+ (*GifData)->GifCurBufLocation = pcurbuf;
+ gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: NextFrame
+//
+// Description: function to get the next frame.
+//
+// Input: EFI_EVENT Event, VOID *Context
+//
+// Output: void
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+
+VOID NextFrame(IN EFI_EVENT Event, VOID *Context)
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ GIF_ANIMATE_DATA *GifContextData = (GIF_ANIMATE_DATA *)Context;
+
+ if (NULL == GifContextData)
+ { //Add clean up function
+ return;
+ }
+ if (gPostStatus > TSE_POST_STATUS_IN_BOOT_TIME_OUT)// if boot timeout is occured then we have to clean the logo and return
+ {
+ CleanUpLogo ();
+ return;
+ }
+ GetGifNextFrame (&GifContextData, &gGifDelay);
+ if (gGifDelay >= 0)
+ {
+ DrawBltBuffer (GifContextData->UgaBltForGif, GifContextData->GifAttribute, GifContextData->GifWidth, GifContextData->GifHeight, GifContextData->GifX, GifContextData->GifY, GifContextData->GifBufferWidth);
+ //DrawBltBuffer(UgaBltForGif, GifAttribute, GifWidth, GifHeight, GifX, GifY, GifBufferWidth);
+ Status = gBS->SetTimer (GifContextData->GifEvent, TimerRelative, gGifDelay*10000);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status))
+ TimerStopTimer (GifAnimateData->GifEvent);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ CleanUpLogo ();
+ }
+
+ if ((0 == gGifDelay) && (gPostStatus <= TSE_POST_STATUS_IN_BOOT_TIME_OUT))// checking gGifDelay and boot timeout to assing the first frame address to the current buffer pointer
+ {
+ GifContextData->GifCurBufLocation = (unsigned char *)GifContextData->FistFrameAddress;
+ }
+ return;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: DoGifAnimate
+//
+// Description: function to Handle gif logo animation
+//
+// Input: CO_ORD_ATTRIBUTE Attribute,
+// INTN CoordinateX,INTN CoordinateY
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+
+VOID DoGifAnimate(CO_ORD_ATTRIBUTE Attribute,INTN CoordinateX,INTN CoordinateY)
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+
+ if (animateDelay)
+ {
+ GifAnimateData->GifX = CoordinateX;
+ GifAnimateData->GifY = CoordinateY;
+ GifAnimateData->GifAttribute = Attribute;
+
+ Status = gBS -> CreateEvent (
+ EFI_EVENT_TIMER|EFI_EVENT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
+ EFI_TPL_NOTIFY,
+ &NextFrame,
+ GifAnimateData, //NULL
+ &GifAnimateData->GifEvent); //NextFrameEvent
+ if (gEnterSetup == TRUE && !(EFI_ERROR (Status)))
+ {
+ CleanUpLogo();
+ return;
+ }
+ Status = gBS->SetTimer (GifAnimateData->GifEvent, TimerRelative, animateDelay*10000);
+ if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
+ TimerStopTimer (GifAnimateData->GifEvent);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: ConvertGifToUgaBlt
+//
+// Description: Convert a *.GIF graphics image to a UGA blt buffer. If a
+// NULL UgaBlt buffer is passed in a UgaBlt buffer will be
+// allocated by this routine. If a UgaBlt buffer is passed in
+// it will be used if it is big enough.
+//
+// Input: GifImage - Pointer to GIF file
+// GifImageSize - Number of bytes in BmpImage
+// UgaBlt - Buffer containing UGA version of GifImage.
+// UgaBltSize - Size of UgaBlt in bytes.
+// PixelHeight - Height of UgaBlt/BmpImage in pixels
+// PixelWidth - Width of UgaBlt/BmpImage in pixels
+// GifDelay -
+//
+// Output: EFI_SUCCESS - UgaBlt and UgaBltSize are returned.
+// EFI_UNSUPPORTED - GifImage is not a valid *.GIF image
+// EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - The passed in UgaBlt buffer is not big enough.
+// UgaBltSize will contain the required size.
+// EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES - No enough buffer to allocate
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+
+EFI_STATUS
+ConvertGifToUgaBlt (
+ IN VOID *GifImage,
+ IN UINTN GifImageSize,
+ IN OUT VOID **UgaBlt,
+ IN OUT UINTN *UgaBltSize,
+ OUT UINTN *PixelHeight,
+ OUT UINTN *PixelWidth,
+ OUT UINTN *GifDelay
+ )
+{
+ UINT64 BltBufferSize;
+ UINTN Height;
+ UINTN Width;
+ EFI_TPL OldTpl;
+ unsigned char *TempCurBuf = NULL;
+ unsigned long tempfirstframeadd;
+
+// unsigned long tempstartunreadbuf;
+
+ OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (EFI_TPL_NOTIFY); // prepare BLT buffer for the GIF image
+ BltBufferSize = dofirst (GifImage, (unsigned long)GifImageSize);
+ gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+
+ Width = (UINTN)RShiftU64(BltBufferSize,16);
+ Height = (UINTN)(BltBufferSize & 0xffff);
+
+ // Make sure to do x64 Mul
+ BltBufferSize = MultU64x32((UINT64)Width , Height);
+
+ /// Check whether the Size exceeds the limit...
+ // 4GB/PIXEL_SIZE becoz we need Resolution*PIXEL_SIZE for bltbuffer
+ if ( BltBufferSize >= (FOUR_GB_LIMIT/sizeof (EFI_UGA_PIXEL))) {
+ // The buffer size extends the limitation
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+ BltBufferSize = MultU64x32( BltBufferSize ,sizeof (EFI_UGA_PIXEL));
+
+ if (*UgaBlt == NULL)
+ {
+ *UgaBltSize = (UINTN)BltBufferSize;
+ *UgaBlt = EfiLibAllocatePool (*UgaBltSize);
+ if (*UgaBlt == NULL) return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (*UgaBltSize < (UINTN)BltBufferSize)
+ {
+ *UgaBltSize = (UINTN)BltBufferSize;
+ return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ //corrected the assignment.
+ *PixelWidth = Width;
+ *PixelHeight = Height;
+ OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL(EFI_TPL_NOTIFY);
+ BltBufferSize = dofirst (GifImage, (unsigned long)GifImageSize);
+ tempfirstframeadd = firstframeadd; //Using temp variable because call to allocatepool
+ gGifDelay = *GifDelay = donext ((unsigned char *)(*UgaBlt)); //may lead to trigger the previous gif events so pcurbuf value might change
+ TempCurBuf = pcurbuf;
+ gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
+ if (*GifDelay)
+ {
+ GifAnimateData = (GIF_ANIMATE_DATA *)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool (sizeof (GIF_ANIMATE_DATA));
+ if (NULL == GifAnimateData)
+ {
+ return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ }
+ GifAnimateData->ImageBuffer = GifImage;
+ GifAnimateData->ImageSize = GifImageSize;
+ GifAnimateData->FistFrameAddress = tempfirstframeadd;
+ GifAnimateData->GifWidth = Width;
+ GifAnimateData->GifHeight = Height;
+ GifAnimateData->GifBufferWidth = Width;
+ GifAnimateData->UgaBltForGif = *UgaBlt;
+ GifAnimateData->GifCurBufLocation = TempCurBuf;
+ GetGifNextFrame ((void **)&GifAnimateData, &gGifDelay);
+ animateDelay = gGifDelay;
+ SaveCleanUpGifDatas (&GifAnimateData);
+ }
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: CleanUpGif
+//
+// Description: Cleans the gif datas
+//
+// Input: void
+//
+// Output: void
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+
+VOID CleanUpGif (VOID)
+{
+ while (NULL != GifEntries)
+ {
+ gBS->CloseEvent (GifEntries->GifAnimateData->GifEvent);
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&GifEntries->GifAnimateData->UgaBltForGif);
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&GifEntries->GifAnimateData->ImageBuffer);
+ GifEntries = GifEntries->Next;
+ }
+}
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: SaveCleanUpGifDatas
+//
+// Description: Saves the structures used for preserving the gif images
+//
+//
+// Input: GifDatas - Pointer to a pointer for GIF image structure
+//
+// Output: void
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+
+void SaveCleanUpGifDatas (GIF_ANIMATE_DATA **GifDatas)
+{
+ struct GIF_IMAGE_DATAS *HoldGifData = NULL, *tempGifEntries = NULL;
+
+ HoldGifData = (struct GIF_IMAGE_DATAS *)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool (sizeof (struct GIF_IMAGE_DATAS));
+ if (NULL == HoldGifData)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ HoldGifData->GifAnimateData = *GifDatas;
+ HoldGifData->Next = NULL;
+ tempGifEntries = GifEntries;
+ if (NULL == tempGifEntries)
+ {
+ GifEntries = HoldGifData;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while (NULL != tempGifEntries->Next)
+ {
+ tempGifEntries = tempGifEntries->Next;
+ }
+ tempGifEntries->Next = HoldGifData;
+ }
+}
+
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
+//** **
+//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **
+//** **
+//** All Rights Reserved. **
+//** **
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **
+//** **
+//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **
+//** **
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/iJpeg.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/iJpeg.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42f2546
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/iJpeg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//** **//
+//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **//
+//** **//
+//** All Rights Reserved. **//
+//** **//
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **//
+//** **//
+//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **//
+//** **//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/iJpeg.c $
+//
+// $Author: Arunsb $
+//
+// $Revision: 8 $
+//
+// $Date: 10/18/12 5:53a $
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// Revision History
+// ----------------
+// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/iJpeg.c $
+//
+// 8 10/18/12 5:53a Arunsb
+// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission
+//
+// 11 10/10/12 12:35p Arunsb
+// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio
+//
+// 7 5/10/11 10:43a Madhans
+// [TAG] EIP59139
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Normal
+// [Symptom] Jpeg image with the resolution 1366x768 is not displayed in
+// Screen resolution 1366x768.
+// [RootCause] Jepg Algorithem does the decoding in 16 pixel boudary. As
+// 1366 is not in 16 bit boundary the image width is returned as 1376 to
+// make 16bit boundary.
+// [Solution] Once decoded the Blt buffer is formed with orginal
+// resolution from the image.
+// [Files] ijpeg.c
+//
+// 6 2/19/10 1:02p Madhans
+// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history.
+//
+// 9 2/19/10 8:11a Mallikarjunanv
+// updated year in copyright message
+//
+// 8 1/09/10 4:43a Mallikarjunanv
+// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards
+//
+// 7 9/02/09 7:39p Madhans
+// To fix the Logo Security issue correctly.
+//
+// 6 8/13/09 12:15p Blaines
+// Move Image support to binary module
+//
+// 5 7/08/09 3:34p Madhans
+// Coding Standards.
+//
+// 4 6/24/09 6:10p Madhans
+// Made TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY=OFF to not to refer EDK module.
+//
+// 3 6/23/09 7:09p Blaines
+// Coding standard update,
+// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list
+// creation.
+//
+// 2 6/12/09 7:43p Presannar
+// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0
+//
+// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 11:16p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 10:27p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 1 9/26/06 4:03p Madhans
+// JpegC Implimentation
+//
+// 2 9/15/06 9:57a Shirinmd
+// Initialized UgaBlt buffer to 0
+//
+// 1 8/01/06 8:03a Shirinmd
+// Files for JPEG decoding (C version)
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//<AMI_FHDR_START>
+//
+// Name: iJpeg.c
+//
+// Description: Adds jpeg Support.
+//
+//<AMI_FHDR_END>
+//*****************************************************************//
+#include "jpeg.h"
+
+BOOL GetJPEGDimensions(BYTE * pbyJPEGInputData, UINT32 * pun32Width, UINT32 * pun32Height);
+BOOL DecodeJPEG(WORD wXPos, WORD wYPos, BYTE * pbyJPEGInputData, BYTE * pbyJPEGOutputData, UINT32 un32BufferWidth, UINT32 un32BufferHeight);
+
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: ConvertJPEGToUgaBlt
+//
+// Description: Decode the JPEG and store the output in UGA format. The
+// JPEG images are stored in 16X16 blocks. Hence Buffer will
+// require width and hieght that are equal to or more than
+// the actual width and hieght. Buffer Width and Height will
+// be the lowest multipe of 16 that is equal to or greater than
+// the actual width and height.
+// Eg: For decoding an image with Actual sizes being 17X33 will
+// require a buffer of 32X48.
+//
+// Input: IN VOID *JPEGImage - Pointer to the memory that has the
+// JPEG Image that need to be decoded.
+// IN UINT32 JPEGImageSize - Size of the JPEG Image
+// IN OUT VOID **UgaBlt - Two cases
+// Case 1: Memory is expected to be allocated by the callee.
+// Address provided as input should be NULL.
+// pointer that will recieve the address of the UGA buffer.
+// The buffer is allocated by callee.
+// This buffer need to be freed by the caller.
+// Case 2: Memory is allocated by the caller
+// IN OUT UINT32 *UgaBltSize - Pointer that stores Size of UgaBlt
+// in bytes. This will be treated as an input. This should have
+// value ZERO for Case 2 above.
+// OUT UINT32 *PixelHeight - Height of UgaBlt/JPEG Image in pixels
+// OUT UINT32 *PixelWidth - Width of UgaBlt/JPEG Image in pixels
+// OUT UINT32 *pun32BufferWidth - Width of UgaBlt/JPEG Buffer
+//
+// Output: EFI_SUCCESS - The image was successfully decoded and placed in the buffer
+// EFI_UNSUPPORTED
+// EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+// EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS ConvertJPEGToUgaBlt ( IN VOID *JPEGImage, IN UINT32 JPEGImageSize, IN OUT VOID **UgaBlt, IN OUT UINT32 *UgaBltSize, OUT UINT32 *PixelHeight, OUT UINT32 *PixelWidth, OUT UINT32 *pun32BufferWidth)
+{
+ BOOL bStatus=FALSE;
+ EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ UINT64 BltBufferSize =0;
+ UINT32 un32PadWidth= 0, un32PadHeight=0;
+
+ bStatus = GetJPEGDimensions(JPEGImage, PixelWidth, PixelHeight);
+
+ if(bStatus){
+//We need to add a little memory to deal cases when the Width or height is not a
+//multiple of 16 or else we need to add a fix with in output_8x8_image function
+ un32PadWidth = 16 - (*PixelWidth)%16;
+ if(un32PadWidth==16){
+ un32PadWidth = 0;
+ }
+ un32PadHeight = 16 - (*PixelHeight)%16;
+ if(un32PadHeight==16){
+ un32PadHeight = 0;
+ }
+ *pun32BufferWidth = *PixelWidth + un32PadWidth;
+
+ // Make sure to do x64 Mul
+ BltBufferSize = MultU64x32((UINT64)(*pun32BufferWidth) ,(*PixelHeight + un32PadHeight));
+
+ /// Check whether the Size exceeds the limit...
+ // 4GB/PIXEL_SIZE becoz we need Resolution*PIXEL_SIZE for bltbuffer
+ if ( BltBufferSize >= (FOUR_GB_LIMIT/sizeof (EFI_UGA_PIXEL))) {
+ // The buffer size extends the limitation
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+
+ BltBufferSize = MultU64x32( BltBufferSize ,sizeof (EFI_UGA_PIXEL));
+
+ if(NULL!=*UgaBlt)
+ {
+ if (*UgaBltSize < (UINT32)BltBufferSize)
+ {
+ *UgaBltSize = (UINT32)BltBufferSize;
+ bStatus = FALSE;
+ Status = EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *UgaBltSize = (UINT32)BltBufferSize;
+ *UgaBlt = EfiLibAllocatePool((UINT32)BltBufferSize);
+ if(*UgaBlt == NULL)
+ {
+ Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ bStatus = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ }
+ if(TRUE==bStatus)
+ {
+ memset(*UgaBlt, (UINT32)BltBufferSize, 0 );
+ bStatus = DecodeJPEG(0,0, JPEGImage, *UgaBlt, *pun32BufferWidth , (*PixelHeight + un32PadHeight));
+ if(bStatus){
+ Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+ if(un32PadWidth)
+ {
+ // Padding Done. Need to discard the Extra Width and Height.
+ EFI_UGA_PIXEL *BltBuf = NULL;
+ UINT32 i;
+
+ // Recalculate the actual Buffer
+ BltBufferSize = MultU64x32((UINT64)(*PixelWidth) ,*PixelHeight);
+ BltBufferSize = MultU64x32( BltBufferSize ,sizeof (EFI_UGA_PIXEL));
+ BltBuf = EfiLibAllocatePool((UINT32)BltBufferSize);
+
+ if(BltBuf == NULL)
+ { // Out of resources.
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)UgaBlt);
+ Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ bStatus = FALSE;
+ }
+ // Copy the bltbuf for *PixelWidth in each line.
+ for(i=0;i<*PixelHeight;i++)
+ {
+ gBS->CopyMem((VOID*)&(BltBuf[(*PixelWidth * i)]),(VOID*)&(((EFI_UGA_PIXEL*)(*UgaBlt))[(*pun32BufferWidth * i)]),sizeof(EFI_UGA_PIXEL) * *PixelWidth);
+ }
+ *pun32BufferWidth = *PixelWidth; // Unpadded Width.
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)UgaBlt); // Free the Orgianl Blt.
+ *UgaBlt = (VOID*)BltBuf; // New blt
+ *UgaBltSize = (UINT32)BltBufferSize; // New size
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Status;
+}
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
+//** **
+//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **
+//** **
+//** All Rights Reserved. **
+//** **
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **
+//** **
+//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **
+//** **
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/ipcx.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/ipcx.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddc222c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/ipcx.c
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//** **//
+//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **//
+//** **//
+//** All Rights Reserved. **//
+//** **//
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **//
+//** **//
+//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **//
+//** **//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/ipcx.c $
+//
+// $Author: Arunsb $
+//
+// $Revision: 7 $
+//
+// $Date: 10/18/12 5:53a $
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// Revision History
+// ----------------
+// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/ipcx.c $
+//
+// 7 10/18/12 5:53a Arunsb
+// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission
+//
+// 10 10/10/12 12:35p Arunsb
+// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio
+//
+// 6 2/19/10 1:02p Madhans
+// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history.
+//
+// 8 2/19/10 8:11a Mallikarjunanv
+// updated year in copyright message
+//
+// 7 1/09/10 4:44a Mallikarjunanv
+// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards
+//
+// 6 9/02/09 7:39p Madhans
+// To Realy fix the Logo Security issue
+//
+// 5 8/13/09 12:16p Blaines
+// Move Image support to binary module
+//
+// 4 6/24/09 6:10p Madhans
+// Made TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY=OFF to not to refer EDK module.
+//
+// 3 6/23/09 7:09p Blaines
+// Coding standard update,
+// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list
+// creation.
+//
+// 2 6/12/09 7:43p Presannar
+// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0
+//
+// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 11:16p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 10:27p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 2 7/06/06 6:41p Arunkumars
+// include minisetup.h
+// include tiano.h instead of efi.h
+//
+// 1 6/30/06 4:22p Madhans
+// PCX image support in C.
+//
+// 2 6/26/06 8:41a Shirinmd
+// Modifications based on design change suggested by Madhan
+//
+// 1 6/16/06 8:15a Shirinmd
+// Added PCX Support in C for Minisetup
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+
+//<AMI_FHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: ipcx.c
+//
+// Description: This file contains code related to pcx image handling
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_FHDR_END>
+
+#include "minisetup.h"
+
+#include "MyDefs.h"
+
+
+BOOL DecodePCX(BYTE * pbyPCXInputData, BYTE * pbyPCXOutputData, DWORD dwPCXImageSize); //Function implemented in PCX_ADV.c
+BOOL GetPCXDimensions( BYTE * pbyPCXImageData, UINT32 * pun32Width, UINT32 * pun32Height); //Function implemented in PCX_ADV.c
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: ConvertPCXToUgaBlt
+//
+// Description: Decode the PCX Image and store the output in UGA Format
+//
+// Input: VOID *PCXImage - Pointer to the memory that has the PCX
+// Image that need to be decoded.
+// UINT32 PCXImageSize - Size of the PCX Image
+// OUT VOID **UgaBlt - Two cases
+// Case 1: Memory is expected to be allocated by the callee.
+// Address provided as input should be NULL.
+// pointer that will receive the address of the UGA buffer.
+// The buffer is allocated by callee.
+// This buffer need to be freed by the caller.
+// Case 2: Memory is allocated by the caller
+// OUT UINT32 *UgaBltSize - Pointer that stores Size of UgaBlt in bytes.
+// This will be treated as an input. This should have value ZERO for Case 2 above.
+// UINT32 *PixelHeight - Height of UgaBlt/PCX Image in pixels
+// UINT32 *PixelWidth - Width of UgaBlt/PCX Image in pixels
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS ConvertPCXToUgaBlt ( IN VOID *PCXImage, IN UINT32 PCXImageSize, IN OUT VOID **UgaBlt, IN OUT UINT32 *UgaBltSize, OUT UINT32 *PixelHeight, OUT UINT32 *PixelWidth){
+ BOOL bStatus = FALSE;
+ EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ UINT64 unBltBufferSize = 0;
+ bStatus = GetPCXDimensions(PCXImage, PixelWidth, PixelHeight);
+ if(bStatus)
+ {
+ // Make sure to do x64 Mul
+ unBltBufferSize = MultU64x32((UINT64)(*PixelWidth), (*PixelHeight));
+
+ /// Check whether the Size exceeds the limit...
+ // 4GB/PIXEL_SIZE becoz we need Resolution*PIXEL_SIZE for bltbuffer
+ if ( unBltBufferSize >= (FOUR_GB_LIMIT/sizeof (EFI_UGA_PIXEL))) {
+ // The buffer size extends the limitation
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+
+ unBltBufferSize = MultU64x32( unBltBufferSize ,sizeof (EFI_UGA_PIXEL));
+
+ if(NULL!=*UgaBlt)
+ {
+ if(*UgaBltSize<(UINT32)unBltBufferSize)
+ {
+ *UgaBltSize = (UINT32)unBltBufferSize;
+ Status = EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
+ bStatus = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *UgaBltSize = (UINT32)unBltBufferSize;
+ *UgaBlt = EfiLibAllocatePool((UINT32)unBltBufferSize);
+ if(NULL == *UgaBlt)
+ {
+ Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ bStatus = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ if(bStatus)
+ {
+ MemSet(*UgaBlt,*UgaBltSize,0);
+ bStatus = DecodePCX(PCXImage, *UgaBlt, PCXImageSize);
+ if(bStatus)
+ Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+ return Status;
+}
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
+//** **
+//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **
+//** **
+//** All Rights Reserved. **
+//** **
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **
+//** **
+//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **
+//** **
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/jpeg.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/jpeg.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39d66eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/jpeg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//** **//
+//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **//
+//** **//
+//** All Rights Reserved. **//
+//** **//
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **//
+//** **//
+//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **//
+//** **//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/jpeg.h $
+//
+// $Author: Arunsb $
+//
+// $Revision: 5 $
+//
+// $Date: 10/18/12 5:53a $
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// Revision History
+// ----------------
+// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/jpeg.h $
+//
+// 5 10/18/12 5:53a Arunsb
+// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission
+//
+// 7 10/10/12 12:35p Arunsb
+// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio
+//
+// 4 2/19/10 1:02p Madhans
+// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history.
+//
+// 5 2/19/10 8:11a Mallikarjunanv
+// updated year in copyright message
+//
+// 4 1/09/10 4:44a Mallikarjunanv
+// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards
+//
+// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar
+// Added File Headers for Header Files
+//
+// 2 6/12/09 7:43p Presannar
+// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0
+//
+// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 11:16p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 10:27p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 1 9/26/06 4:03p Madhans
+// JpegC Implimentation
+//
+// 1 8/01/06 8:03a Shirinmd
+// Files for JPEG decoding (C version)
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//<AMI_FHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: jpeg.h
+//
+// Description: Header file for jpeg image format related code
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_FHDR_END>
+
+#ifndef _JPEG_H_
+#define _JPEG_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "MyDefs.h"
+#include "jpeg6.h"
+
+EFI_STATUS ConvertJPEGToUgaBlt ( IN VOID *JPEGImage, IN UINT32 JPEGImageSize, IN OUT VOID **UgaBlt, IN OUT UINT32 *UgaBltSize, OUT UINT32 *PixelHeight, OUT UINT32 *PixelWidth, OUT UINT32 *pun32BufferWidth);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif //#ifndef _JPEG_H_
+
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
+//** **
+//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **
+//** **
+//** All Rights Reserved. **
+//** **
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **
+//** **
+//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **
+//** **
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/jpeg6.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/jpeg6.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ba6534
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/jpeg6.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1320 @@
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//** **//
+//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **//
+//** **//
+//** All Rights Reserved. **//
+//** **//
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **//
+//** **//
+//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **//
+//** **//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/jpeg6.c $
+//
+// $Author: Premkumara $
+//
+// $Revision: 11 $
+//
+// $Date: 5/21/13 1:29a $
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// Revision History
+// ----------------
+// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/jpeg6.c $
+//
+// 11 5/21/13 1:29a Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP114841
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Important
+// [Symptom] When use the broken JPG file as user logo, system hangs up
+// CP:0xb4
+// [RootCause] When corrupted Jpeg image has no proper AC co-efficent
+// value in Huffman table then dc_value_length is incremented beyond its
+// range value.
+// [Solution] Checked dc_value_length boundary value.
+// [Files] Jpeg6.c
+//
+// 10 10/18/12 5:53a Arunsb
+// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission
+//
+// 14 10/10/12 12:35p Arunsb
+// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio
+//
+// 9 4/26/12 3:25a Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP78033
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Normal
+// [Symptom] YUV122 sampling JPEG image not displayed
+// [RootCause] No support for YUV122 sampling
+// [Solution] Support added for YUV122 sampling
+// [Files] jpeg6.c
+//
+// 8 5/03/11 1:42p Madhans
+// [TAG] EIP59177
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Support for JPEG with RSI markers. Fix to support logo
+// size that bigger then Screen resolution.
+// [Files] Logo.c
+// Jpeg6.c
+// commonHelper.c
+//
+// 7 4/29/11 4:44p Madhans
+// [TAG] EIP59177
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Support for JPEG with RSI markers. Fix to support logo
+// size that bigger then Screen resolution.
+// [Files] Logo.c
+// Jpeg6.c
+// commonHelper.c
+//
+// 6 9/27/10 7:47a Mallikarjunanv
+// EIP 40555 : To avoid Compilation issues with Fareast Windows.
+//
+// 5 2/19/10 1:02p Madhans
+// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history.
+//
+// 8 2/19/10 8:11a Mallikarjunanv
+// updated year in copyright message
+//
+// 7 1/09/10 4:43a Mallikarjunanv
+// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards
+//
+// 6 8/13/09 12:16p Blaines
+// Move Image support to binary module
+//
+// 5 7/08/09 3:34p Madhans
+// Coding Standards.
+//
+// 4 6/29/09 12:46p Blaines
+// EIP #22305 Fix for improper JPEG Image size calculation logic
+//
+// 3 6/23/09 7:09p Blaines
+// Coding standard update,
+// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list
+// creation.
+//
+// 2 6/12/09 7:43p Presannar
+// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0
+//
+// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 11:16p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 10:27p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 1 9/26/06 4:03p Madhans
+// JpegC Implimentation
+//
+// 5 9/22/06 3:23a Shirinmd
+// Added Support for JPEG Images having 1 Huffman Table and 1 Quantization
+// table
+//
+// 4 9/15/06 9:54a Shirinmd
+// Added the check to find the type of Huffman table
+//
+// 3 8/03/06 7:16a Shirinmd
+// Removed initialization of global buffers in InitGlobals function to
+// reduce code size
+//
+// 2 8/02/06 8:55a Shirinmd
+// Made changes to reduce the code size
+//
+// 1 8/01/06 8:03a Shirinmd
+// Files for JPEG decoding (C version)
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//<AMI_FHDR_START>
+//
+// Name: jpeg6.c
+//
+// Description: Support for JPEG decoding
+//
+//<AMI_FHDR_END>
+//*****************************************************************//
+
+#include "Mydefs.h"
+#include "Jpeg6.h"
+
+
+//Globals_START
+
+UINTN unBitStreamOFFSET;
+BYTE bNumBitsRead;
+BYTE btempBitStreamByte;
+
+UINTN unSOF0;
+WORD wDCLumtable[13*3];
+WORD wACLumtable[170*3];
+WORD wDCChrtable[13*3];
+WORD wACChrtable[170*3];
+
+WORD space_image[256*4];
+AMI_TRUECOLOR_PIXEL_JPEG * ScreenBufferJPEG = (AMI_TRUECOLOR_PIXEL_JPEG *)NULL;
+
+WORD image_Y[64];
+WORD image_Y1[64];
+WORD image_Y2[64];
+WORD image_Y3[64];
+WORD image_Cr[64];
+WORD image_Cb[64];
+UINTN QT[2];
+UINTN HT[4];
+BYTE bQTLumTable[64];
+BYTE bQTChrTable[64];
+WORD jpeg_zigzag_order[] = { \
+ 0, 1, 5, 6, 14, 15, 27, 28, \
+ 2, 4, 7, 13, 16, 26, 29, 42, \
+ 3, 8, 12, 17, 25, 30, 41, 43, \
+ 9, 11, 18, 24, 31, 40, 44, 53, \
+ 10, 19, 23, 32, 39, 45, 52, 54, \
+ 20, 22, 33, 38, 46, 51, 55, 60, \
+ 21, 34, 37, 47, 50, 56, 59, 61, \
+ 35, 36, 48, 49, 57, 58, 62, 63 \
+ };
+
+WORD jpeg_zigzag_order_temp[64];
+
+
+WORD diff_Y ;
+WORD diff_Cr;
+WORD diff_Cb;
+WORD gRsi = 0;
+UINT32 g_un32BufferWidth ;
+UINT32 g_un32BufferHeight;
+
+//Globals_End
+
+
+//Function Declarations
+void BuildHuffmanCodeTable(WORD * pwHuffCodeTable ,BYTE * pbySrcHT);
+void HuffmanDecoding(WORD * pwDCCoeffTable, WORD * pwACCoeffTable, WORD * pwImage);
+void GetDCValue(WORD * pwHuffmanTable, WORD * pwValue, WORD * pwLengthDC_RunSizeAC);
+BOOL SearchHuffmanCode(WORD * pwSearchTablePos, WORD * pwHuffmanCodeValue, WORD wDc_value_length);
+BOOL GetEncodedBit();
+void ReadJPEGImage(WORD * pwDCCoeffTable, WORD * pwACCoeffTable, WORD * pwImage, WORD * diff, BYTE * pbySrcQT, int nLumFlag);
+void ReadJPEGImage_YUV(DWORD * pdwBuffer, WORD wSampling);
+void OutputJPEGImage_YUV(WORD wXPos, WORD wYPos, WORD wXLength, WORD wYLength, WORD wSampling);
+void Output8x8Image(WORD wLeft, WORD wTop, BYTE * pspace_image);
+BOOL InitJpegParams(BYTE * pbyImage);
+DWORD ConvertYCbCrToRGB(short Y, short Cb, short Cr);
+void InvertDCT(WORD * pwSource);
+void InvertDCT_xy(WORD * pwSource, WORD wVal);
+void GetTables(BYTE bNumQT, BYTE bNumHT);
+
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: InitGlobals
+//
+// Description: Initializes required global variables
+//
+// Input: None
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+void InitGlobals(){
+ diff_Y = 0;
+ diff_Cr = 0;
+ diff_Cb = 0;
+ bNumBitsRead = 8;
+ btempBitStreamByte = 0;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: DecodeJPEG
+//
+// Description: Decode the JPEG image into the given buffer at given position,
+// subject to the limit of the Buffer Width and Height
+//
+// Input: WORD wXPos - X Start Postion with in the Buffer
+// where the image need to be decoded
+// WORD wYPos - Y Start Postion with in the Buffer
+// where the image need to be decoded
+// BYTE * pbyJPEGInputData - Pointer that gives the memory location
+// where the Input data is available
+// BYTE * pbyJPEGOutputData - Pointer that gives the pointer
+// for the output buffer
+// UINT32 un32BufferWidth - Width of the output Buffer
+// UINT32 un32BufferHeight - Height of the output Buffer
+//
+// Output: BOOL - TRUE/FALSE Indicate whether the Decoding was successful
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+BOOL DecodeJPEG(WORD wXPos, WORD wYPos, BYTE * pbyJPEGInputData, BYTE * pbyJPEGOutputData, UINT32 un32BufferWidth, UINT32 un32BufferHeight){
+ WORD wX_Length=0, wY_Length=0;
+ ScreenBufferJPEG = (AMI_TRUECOLOR_PIXEL_JPEG *)pbyJPEGOutputData;
+ g_un32BufferWidth = un32BufferWidth ;
+ g_un32BufferHeight = un32BufferHeight;
+
+ gRsi = 0;
+ InitGlobals();
+
+ if(InitJpegParams(pbyJPEGInputData)){
+ wX_Length = (*(WORD*)((BYTE *)unSOF0+5)<<8)|*((BYTE *)unSOF0+6);
+ wY_Length = (*(WORD*)((BYTE *)unSOF0+3)<<8)|*((BYTE *)unSOF0+4);
+
+if((0x11==(*(BYTE *)(unSOF0+3+4+1+1+3)))&&(0x11==((*(BYTE *)(unSOF0+3+4+1+1+3+3)))))
+ {
+#if MKF_JPEG_YUV111_SUPPORT
+ if(0x11==(*(BYTE *)(unSOF0+3+4+1+1)))
+ OutputJPEGImage_YUV(wXPos, wYPos, wX_Length, wY_Length, 0x111);
+ else
+#endif
+ if(0x22==(*(BYTE *)(unSOF0+3+4+1+1)))
+ OutputJPEGImage_YUV(wXPos, wYPos, wX_Length, wY_Length, 0x122);
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ return FALSE;
+
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: GetJPEGDimensions
+//
+// Description: Get the dimensions (Width and Height) for the JPEG image
+//
+// Input: BYTE * pbyJPEGInputData - Pointer that gives the memory
+// location where the Input data is available
+// UINT32 * pun32Width - Pointer to the UINT32 variable that
+// will recieve the Width of the Image
+// UINT32 * pun32Height - Pointer to the UINT32 variable that
+// will recieve the Height of the Image
+//
+// Output: BOOL - TRUE/FALSE.
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+BOOL GetJPEGDimensions(BYTE * pbyJPEGInputData, UINT32 * pun32Width, UINT32 * pun32Height){
+ if(InitJpegParams(pbyJPEGInputData)){
+ *pun32Width = (WORD)((*(WORD*)((BYTE *)unSOF0+5)<<8)|*((BYTE *)unSOF0+6));
+ *pun32Height= (WORD)((*(WORD*)((BYTE *)unSOF0+3)<<8)|*((BYTE *)unSOF0+4));
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else return FALSE;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: BuildHuffmanCodeTable
+//
+// Description: Builds the Huffman codes for the particular JPEG Huffman table.
+// By incrementing the offset of the Huffman table by 3,
+// the offset of the actual data is obtained. The first
+// 16 bytes represent the no: of code words for a paricular
+// bit-size. Having the bit-size and the no: of code words
+// for each bit-size, the Huffman code table is built.
+//
+// Input: WORD * pwHuffCodeTable - Pointer to the memory location
+// that contains the Huffman codes for the particular JPEG Huffman table.
+// BYTE * pbySrcHT - Pointer to the memory location that contains
+// the offset of the JPEG Huffman Table.
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+void BuildHuffmanCodeTable(WORD * pwHuffCodeTable ,BYTE * pbySrcHT){
+
+ BYTE * pbySrcHTCopy = NULL;
+ int nCounter=0;
+ int nOffSet=0;
+ BYTE wCodeSize = 1;
+ WORD wCodeWord = 0;
+
+ pbySrcHT += 1;
+ pbySrcHTCopy = pbySrcHT;
+ do{
+ for(nCounter=*pbySrcHT;nCounter>0; nCounter--){
+ pwHuffCodeTable[nOffSet++] = wCodeSize;
+ pwHuffCodeTable[nOffSet++] = wCodeWord++;
+ pwHuffCodeTable[nOffSet++] = *(pbySrcHTCopy+16);
+ pbySrcHTCopy++;
+ }
+ wCodeWord<<=1;
+ pbySrcHT++;
+ wCodeSize++;
+ }while(wCodeSize<=16);
+ pwHuffCodeTable[nOffSet] = 17;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: ReadJPEGImage
+//
+// Description: Reads the 8x8 matrix data for each of Y_0,Y_1,Y_2,Y_3,Cb and Cr.
+// The final output will be image data after inverse DCT is applied.
+//
+// Input: WORD * pwDCCoeffTable - DC Luminance/ Chrominance Huffman Table.
+// WORD * pwACCoeffTable - AC Luminance/ Chrominance Huffman Table.
+// WORD * pwImage - Pointer to the 8x8 matrix data for each of Y_0,Y_1,Y_2,Y_3,Cb and Cr.
+// WORD * pwDiff - Pointer to the variable that hold the differences of the DC coefficients.
+// Adds the difference to the Prev Dc coefficient value to get the present DC coefficient value.
+// BYTE * pbySrcQT - Pointer to the Quantization table.
+// int nLumFlag - Flag if it is set, indicates that the image component is luminance.
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+void ReadJPEGImage(WORD * pwDCCoeffTable, WORD * pwACCoeffTable, WORD * pwImage, WORD * diff, BYTE * pbySrcQT, int nLumFlag)
+{
+ int nCounter;
+ HuffmanDecoding(pwDCCoeffTable, pwACCoeffTable, pwImage);
+ *diff = *diff + pwImage[0];
+ pwImage[0] = *diff;
+
+ //DeQuantization
+ for(nCounter=0; nCounter<64; nCounter++)
+ {
+ pwImage[nCounter] = pwImage[nCounter] * (WORD)pbySrcQT[nCounter];
+ }
+
+ //InvertZigZagOrder
+ for(nCounter=0; nCounter<64; nCounter++)
+ {
+ jpeg_zigzag_order_temp[nCounter] = *((WORD *)((BYTE *)pwImage+(jpeg_zigzag_order[nCounter]<<1)));
+ }
+ memcpy(pwImage,jpeg_zigzag_order_temp, 128);
+ InvertDCT(pwImage);
+
+ if(nLumFlag)
+ {
+ //Add128
+ for(nCounter=0; nCounter<64; nCounter++)
+ pwImage[nCounter] +=128;
+ }
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: ReadJPEGImage_YUV
+//
+// Description: Reads the 8x8 matrix data for each of Y_0,Y_1,Y_2,Y_3,Cb and Cr.
+// The final output will be RGB pixel data.
+//
+// Input: DWORD * pdwBuffer - RGB format of image data.
+// WORD wSampling - Value tells whether image is YUV111(luminance
+// as well as chrominance is taken for every pixel) or
+// YUV122(luminance is taken for every pixel while chrominance
+// is taken as medium value for 2x2 block of pixels).
+// Since the sampling factor for Luminance is 2, all the pixel
+// values are stored, where as for Cb and Cr, only the average
+// of 2x2 pixels is stored.
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+void ReadJPEGImage_YUV(DWORD * pdwBuffer, WORD wSampling){
+ int nCounter = 0;
+ int nCbCrCounter = 0;
+ ReadJPEGImage(wDCLumtable, wACLumtable, image_Y, &diff_Y, bQTLumTable, 1);
+
+ if(0x122 ==wSampling)
+ {
+ ReadJPEGImage(wDCLumtable, wACLumtable, image_Y1,&diff_Y, bQTLumTable, 1);
+ ReadJPEGImage(wDCLumtable, wACLumtable, image_Y2,&diff_Y, bQTLumTable, 1);
+ ReadJPEGImage(wDCLumtable, wACLumtable, image_Y3,&diff_Y, bQTLumTable, 1);
+ }
+
+ ReadJPEGImage(wDCChrtable, wACChrtable, image_Cr,&diff_Cr, bQTChrTable, 0);
+ ReadJPEGImage(wDCChrtable, wACChrtable, image_Cb,&diff_Cb, bQTChrTable, 0);
+
+ for(nCounter=0; nCounter< 64; nCounter++){
+#if MKF_JPEG_YUV111_SUPPORT
+ if(0x111 ==wSampling)
+ pdwBuffer[nCounter] = ConvertYCbCrToRGB(image_Y[nCounter], image_Cr[nCounter], image_Cb[nCounter]);
+ else
+#endif
+ if(0x122 ==wSampling)
+ {
+ nCbCrCounter = (nCounter&0xfff7)/2;
+ pdwBuffer[nCounter] = ConvertYCbCrToRGB(image_Y[nCounter], image_Cr[nCbCrCounter], image_Cb[nCbCrCounter]);
+ pdwBuffer[64+nCounter] = ConvertYCbCrToRGB(image_Y1[nCounter], image_Cr[nCbCrCounter + 4], image_Cb[nCbCrCounter + 4]);
+ pdwBuffer[128+nCounter] = ConvertYCbCrToRGB(image_Y2[nCounter], image_Cr[nCbCrCounter + 32], image_Cb[nCbCrCounter + 32]);
+ pdwBuffer[192+nCounter] = ConvertYCbCrToRGB(image_Y3[nCounter], image_Cr[nCbCrCounter + 32 + 4], image_Cb[nCbCrCounter + 32 + 4]);
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: HuffmanDecoding
+//
+// Description: This routine decodes the AC and DC coefficients using the
+// Huffman tables stored in the JPEG image.
+//
+// Input: WORD * pwDCCoeffTable - DC Luminance/ Chrominance Huffman Table.
+// WORD * pwACCoeffTable - AC Luminance/ Chrominance Huffman Table.
+// WORD * pwImage -Pointer to the memory location that contains the decoded data.
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+void HuffmanDecoding(WORD * pwDCCoeffTable, WORD * pwACCoeffTable, WORD * pwImage)
+{
+ int nBlockCount=0;
+
+ WORD wLengthDC_RunSizeAC = 0;
+ WORD wCoeffVal = 0;
+
+ memset(pwImage,(64*sizeof(WORD)),0);
+
+ GetDCValue(pwDCCoeffTable, &wCoeffVal, &wLengthDC_RunSizeAC);
+ pwImage[nBlockCount++] = wCoeffVal; // DC coefficient Value
+
+ for(;nBlockCount<64;nBlockCount++)
+ {
+ GetDCValue(pwACCoeffTable, &wCoeffVal, &wLengthDC_RunSizeAC);
+ if(0==wLengthDC_RunSizeAC){
+ break;
+ }
+ wLengthDC_RunSizeAC&=0x0F0;
+ wLengthDC_RunSizeAC>>=4;
+
+ for(;wLengthDC_RunSizeAC>0;wLengthDC_RunSizeAC--){
+ pwImage[nBlockCount++] = 0;
+ }
+
+ pwImage[nBlockCount] = wCoeffVal; // AC coefficient Value
+ }
+
+ return;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: GetDCValue
+//
+// Description: This routine returns the differences(DCCoefficientpresent -
+// DCCoefficientprev) for the DC coefficient. For AC coefficients,
+// it returns the actual AC coefficient value and Run/Size.
+//
+// Input: WORD * pwHuffmanTable - Pointer to the huffman table ?DC Luminance,
+// DC Chrominance, AC Luminance, AC Chrominance.
+// WORD * pwValue - Code Word (Actual Bit representation).
+// WORD * pwLengthDC_RunSizeAC - Indicates the no: of zeroes.
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+void GetDCValue(WORD * pwHuffmanTable, WORD * pwValue, WORD * pwLengthDC_RunSizeAC)
+{
+ WORD dc_value_length=0;
+ WORD wCoeffLen=0;
+ DWORD dwCoeffVal=0;
+ int i=0;
+
+ while(1)
+ {
+ wCoeffLen<<=1;
+ if(GetEncodedBit())
+ wCoeffLen|=0x1;
+
+ dc_value_length++;
+
+ if( 0xffff == dc_value_length ) //EIP-114841 Corrupted Jpeg
+ return;
+
+ if(SearchHuffmanCode(pwHuffmanTable, (WORD*)&wCoeffLen,dc_value_length)){
+ break;
+ }
+ };
+
+
+ *pwLengthDC_RunSizeAC = wCoeffLen;
+
+ wCoeffLen&=0x0f;
+
+ for(i=0;i<wCoeffLen;i++)
+ {
+ dwCoeffVal<<=1;
+ if(GetEncodedBit())
+ dwCoeffVal|=0x1;
+ }
+
+
+ if(0!=wCoeffLen--)
+ {
+ if(!( dwCoeffVal & (0x1<<(wCoeffLen%16)) ) )
+ {
+ wCoeffLen = (14+16) - wCoeffLen;
+
+ dwCoeffVal=(dwCoeffVal<<(wCoeffLen&0xff)) | 0x80000000;
+
+ *((signed int *)(&dwCoeffVal)) >>= (wCoeffLen&0xff);
+ dwCoeffVal++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ *pwValue = (WORD)dwCoeffVal;
+ return;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: SearchHuffmanCode
+//
+// Description: Searches the Huffman code of the DC/AC Luminance/Chrominace
+// values in Huffman code tables and find the appropriate HuffmanCodeValue.
+//
+// Input: WORD * pwSearchTablePos - Pointer to the huffman table ?DC Luminance,
+// DC Chrominance, AC Luminance, AC Chrominance.
+// WORD * pwHuffmanCodeValue - Pointer to the variable that contains
+// the Huffman code value.
+// WORD wDc_value_length - No: of bits in the Huffman code.
+//
+// Output: BOOL - TRUE/FALSE.
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+BOOL SearchHuffmanCode(WORD * pwSearchTablePos, WORD * pwHuffmanCodeValue, WORD wDc_value_length)
+{
+ BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
+
+ while(wDc_value_length>=(*pwSearchTablePos))
+ {
+ if(wDc_value_length==(*pwSearchTablePos))
+ {
+ if(*pwHuffmanCodeValue==*(pwSearchTablePos+1))
+ {
+ *pwHuffmanCodeValue=*(pwSearchTablePos+2);
+ bReturn = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ pwSearchTablePos+=3;
+ }
+ return bReturn;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: GetEncodedBit
+//
+// Description: Reads bits from the stream and returns whether the carry
+// flag is set or not.
+//
+// Input: None
+//
+// Output: BOOL - TRUE/FALSE depending on whether the Carry flag is set or not.
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+BOOL GetEncodedBit()
+{
+
+ UINTN unBitStreamOFFSETCopy;
+ BYTE bStreamData;
+
+ unBitStreamOFFSETCopy = unBitStreamOFFSET;
+ if(8==bNumBitsRead){
+ bStreamData=*(BYTE *)(unBitStreamOFFSETCopy++);
+ if(0xff==bStreamData){
+ if(0!=(*(BYTE *)(unBitStreamOFFSETCopy++))){
+ bStreamData=*(BYTE *)(unBitStreamOFFSETCopy++);
+ }
+ }
+ unBitStreamOFFSET = unBitStreamOFFSETCopy;
+ btempBitStreamByte = bStreamData;
+ bNumBitsRead=0;
+ }
+ bNumBitsRead++;
+ bStreamData = btempBitStreamByte;
+
+ if( (bStreamData&(0x1<<(8-bNumBitsRead))) ){
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else{
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: OutputJPEGImage_YUV
+//
+// Description: This functions writes to the Global Screen Buffer by calling
+// Output8x8Image function.
+//
+// Input: WORD wX_position - X Start Position within the output buffer
+// from where the image needs to be decoded.
+// WORD wY_position - Y Start Position within the output buffer
+// from where the image needs to be decoded.
+// WORD wX_length - Width of the image.
+// WORD wY_length - Height of the image.
+// WORD wSampling - Value tells whether image is YUV111(luminance
+// as well as chrominance is taken for every pixel) or YUV122
+// (luminance is taken for every pixel while chrominance is
+// taken as medium value for 2x2 block of pixels).
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+void OutputJPEGImage_YUV(WORD wX_position, WORD wY_position, WORD wX_length, WORD wY_length, WORD wSampling)
+{
+ WORD Temp_X_Pos= wX_position;
+ WORD Temp_X_Len= wX_length;
+ UINTN BlkCount=0;
+
+ if(wSampling==0x122)
+ {
+ wY_length+= 0x0f;
+ wY_length >>=4;
+ }
+#if MKF_JPEG_YUV111_SUPPORT
+ else if(wSampling==0x111)
+ {
+ wY_length+= 0x07;
+ wY_length >>=3;
+ }
+#endif
+ for(;wY_length>0;wY_length--)
+ {
+ wX_position = Temp_X_Pos;
+ wX_length = Temp_X_Len;
+
+ if(wSampling==0x122)
+ {
+ wX_length+= 0x0f;
+ wX_length >>=4;
+
+ for(;wX_length>0;wX_length--)
+ {
+// memset(space_image,sizeof(space_image),0);
+ {
+ ReadJPEGImage_YUV((DWORD *)space_image,wSampling);
+ Output8x8Image(wX_position, wY_position, (BYTE *)space_image);
+ Output8x8Image(wX_position+8, wY_position, (BYTE *)space_image+256);
+ Output8x8Image(wX_position, wY_position+8, (BYTE *)space_image+(256*2));
+ Output8x8Image(wX_position+8, wY_position+8, (BYTE *)space_image+(256*3));
+ wX_position+=16;
+ BlkCount++;
+ // if Restart Interval valid Support for YUV122
+ if(gRsi && ((BlkCount%gRsi) == 0))
+ {
+ UINT8 *jpgScan = (UINT8*)unBitStreamOFFSET;
+ // It is going to be 0xFFD0 .. 0xFFD7
+ if((jpgScan[0] == 0xFF) && ((jpgScan[1]& 0xF8 ) == 0xD0))
+ {
+ // Restart the scan params
+ InitGlobals();
+ // Skip the Rsi maraker
+ unBitStreamOFFSET+=2;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ wY_position+=16;
+ }
+#if MKF_JPEG_YUV111_SUPPORT
+ else if(wSampling==0x111)
+ {
+ wX_length+= 0x07;
+ wX_length >>=3;
+ for(;wX_length>0;wX_length--)
+ {
+ //memset(space_image,sizeof(space_image),wSampling);
+ ReadJPEGImage_YUV((DWORD *)space_image,wSampling);
+ Output8x8Image(wX_position, wY_position, (BYTE *)space_image);
+ wX_position+=8;
+ BlkCount++;
+ // if Restart Interval valid
+ if(gRsi && ((BlkCount%gRsi) == 0))
+ {
+ UINT8 *jpgScan = (UINT8*)unBitStreamOFFSET;
+ // It is going to be 0xFFD0 .. 0xFFD7
+ if((jpgScan[0] == 0xFF) && ((jpgScan[1]& 0xF8 ) == 0xD0))
+ {
+ // Restart the scan params
+ InitGlobals();
+ // Skip the Rsi maraker
+ unBitStreamOFFSET+=2;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ wY_position+=8;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: Output8x8Image
+//
+// Description: This functions writes to the Global Screen Buffer.
+//
+// Input: WORD wLeft - Left coordinate from where the Screen buffer
+// is to be filled.
+// WORD wTop - Top coordinate from where the Screen buffer is to be filled.
+// BYTE * pspace_image - Pointer to 8x8 block of image.
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+void Output8x8Image(WORD wLeft, WORD wTop, BYTE * pspace_image){
+ int nCounterY=0;
+ int nCounterX=0;
+ AMI_TRUECOLOR_PIXEL_JPEG * pStartofLineInScreenBuffer = (AMI_TRUECOLOR_PIXEL_JPEG *)ScreenBufferJPEG + wTop * g_un32BufferWidth + wLeft;
+
+ for(;nCounterY<8;nCounterY++){
+ if((UINT32)(wTop + nCounterY) >= g_un32BufferHeight){
+ break;
+ }
+ for(nCounterX=0;nCounterX<8; nCounterX++){
+ if( (UINT32)(wLeft + nCounterX) < g_un32BufferWidth){
+ (pStartofLineInScreenBuffer + nCounterX)->Red = *pspace_image;
+ (pStartofLineInScreenBuffer + nCounterX)->Green = *(pspace_image+1);
+ (pStartofLineInScreenBuffer + nCounterX)->Blue = *(pspace_image+2);
+ }
+ pspace_image+=4;
+ }
+ pStartofLineInScreenBuffer+=g_un32BufferWidth;
+ }
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: GetTables
+//
+// Description: Gets the 2 Quantization Tables and 4 Huffman Tables.
+// Checks the type of table and then builds the corresponding table.
+//
+// Input: BYTE bNumQT - Number of Quantization Tables.
+// BYTE bNumHT - Number of Huffman Tables.
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+void GetTables(BYTE bNumQT, BYTE bNumHT)
+{
+ int i,j;
+
+ for(j=0;j<bNumQT;j++)
+ {
+
+ switch(*((BYTE*)QT[j]))
+ {
+ case 0x00:
+ for(i=0;i<64;i++)
+ {
+ bQTLumTable[i] = *((BYTE*)QT[j]+i+1);
+ }
+ break;
+ case 0x01:
+ for(i=0;i<64;i++)
+ {
+ bQTChrTable[i] = *((BYTE*)QT[j]+i+1);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ for(i=0;i<bNumHT;i++)
+ {
+ switch((*(BYTE*)(HT[i])))
+ {
+ case 0x00:
+ BuildHuffmanCodeTable(wDCLumtable,(BYTE *)(HT[i]));
+ break;
+ case 0x10:
+ BuildHuffmanCodeTable(wACLumtable,(BYTE *)(HT[i]));
+ break;
+ case 0x01:
+ BuildHuffmanCodeTable(wDCChrtable,(BYTE *)(HT[i]));
+ break;
+ case 0x11:
+ BuildHuffmanCodeTable(wACChrtable,(BYTE *)(HT[i]));
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: InitJpegParams
+//
+// Description: Reads the image parameters and checks whether the image
+// is supported or not.
+// TSE Jpeg Algorithm Supports following Markers
+// ==================================================
+// 0C0h - Start Of Frame (Baseline DCT) (REQUIRED)
+// 0C4h - Define Huffman Table (REQUIRED)
+// 0D0h - RSI0 Marker (OPTIONAL)
+// 0D1h - RSI1 Marker (OPTIONAL)
+// 0D2h - RSI2 Marker (OPTIONAL)
+// 0D3h - RSI3 Marker (OPTIONAL)
+// 0D4h - RSI4 Marker (OPTIONAL)
+// 0D5h - RSI5 Marker (OPTIONAL)
+// 0D6h - RSI6 Marker (OPTIONAL)
+// 0D7h - RSI7 Marker (OPTIONAL)
+// 0D8h - Start of Image (REQUIRED)
+// 0D9h - End of Image (REQUIRED)
+// 0DAh - Start Of Scan (REQUIRED)
+// 0DBh - Define Quantization Table (REQUIRED)
+// 0DDh - Define Restart Interval (OPTIONAL)
+// 0E0h - 0xEF - APPx Markers (Does Depend on and just Skips marker) (DON'T CARE)
+// 0F0h - 0xFD - Reserved for JPEG extensions (Does Depend on and just Skips marker) (DON'T CARE)
+// 0FEh - Jpeg Comment (Does Depend on and just Skips marker) (DON'T CARE)
+//
+// TSE Jpeg Algorithom Does not Support following Markers
+// ======================================================
+// 000h-0BFh - RESERVED
+// 0C1h - Start Of Frame (Extended sequential DCT)
+// 0C2h - Start Of Frame (Progressive DCT)
+// 0C3h - Start Of Frame (Lossless (sequential))
+// 0C5h - Start Of Frame (Differential sequential DCT)
+// 0C6h - Start Of Frame (Differential progressive DCT)
+// 0C7h - Start Of Frame (Differential lossless (sequential))
+// 0C8h - Start Of Frame (Reserved for JPEG extensions)
+// 0C9h - Start Of Frame (Extended sequential DCT)
+// 0CAh - Start Of Frame (Progressive DCT)
+// 0CBh - Start Of Frame (Lossless (sequential))
+// 0CDh - Start Of Frame (Differential sequential DCT)
+// 0CEh - Start Of Frame (Differential progressive DCT)
+// 0CFh - Start Of Frame (Differential lossless (sequential))
+// 0CCh - Arithmetic coding conditioning
+// 0DCh - Define number of lines
+// 0DEh - Define hierarchical progression
+// 0DFh - Expand reference component(s)
+// 0FFh - RESERVED
+//
+// Input: BYTE * pbyImage - Pointer to the JPEG image.
+//
+// Output: BOOL TRUE/FALSE.
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+BOOL InitJpegParams(BYTE * pbyImage)
+{
+
+ BYTE bJpegImageFlag = 0;
+ BYTE bCount = 0;
+ int i = 0;
+ BYTE bNumHT=0;
+ BYTE bNumQT=0;
+ WORD wLen = 0;
+
+ if ( ( *pbyImage != 0xFF ) || ( *(pbyImage+1) != 0xD8 ) ) // if marker is not Start Of Image
+ return FALSE;
+ do{
+ if(0x0FF== *pbyImage){
+ pbyImage++;
+ //; start of image
+ if ( 0xD8 == *pbyImage )
+ {
+ pbyImage++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ //; end of image
+ if(0x0D9== *pbyImage){
+ break;
+ }
+ if(*pbyImage){
+ // APPx Marks No information needed for us
+ if((0x0F0 & *pbyImage) == 0x0E0){
+ }
+ // ; if maker is Start Of Frame
+ else if(0x0C0== *pbyImage){
+ bJpegImageFlag|=2;
+ unSOF0 = (UINTN)(pbyImage+1);
+ }
+ //; if maker is Define Huffman Table
+ else if(0x0C4== *pbyImage){
+ HT[bNumHT] = (UINTN)(pbyImage+3);
+ bNumHT++;
+ }
+ else if((0x0F0 & *pbyImage) == 0xC0){
+ // ; if Frame markers
+ switch(*pbyImage)
+ {
+ //Unsupported Frame Markers
+ case 0x0C1: //Start Of Frame (Extended sequential DCT)
+ case 0x0C2: //Start Of Frame (Progressive DCT)
+ case 0x0C3: //Start Of Frame (Lossless (sequential))
+ case 0x0C5: //Start Of Frame (Differential sequential DCT)
+ case 0x0C6: //Start Of Frame (Differential progressive DCT)
+ case 0x0C7: //Start Of Frame (Differential lossless (sequential))
+ case 0x0C8: //Start Of Frame (Reserved for JPEG extensions)
+ case 0x0C9: //Start Of Frame (Extended sequential DCT)
+ case 0x0CA: //Start Of Frame (Progressive DCT)
+ case 0x0CB: //Start Of Frame (Lossless (sequential))
+ case 0x0CD: //Start Of Frame (Differential sequential DCT)
+ case 0x0CE: //Start Of Frame (Differential progressive DCT)
+ case 0x0CF: //Start Of Frame (Differential lossless (sequential))
+ //Arithmetic coding conditioning
+ case 0x0CC:
+ return FALSE;
+ default:
+ // Never comes here as C4 and C0 is handled above
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ //; if maker is Start Of Scan
+ else if(0x0DA== *pbyImage){
+ //SOS = (UINTN)(pbyImage+1);
+ unBitStreamOFFSET = (UINTN)(pbyImage+13);
+ break;
+ }
+ //; if maker is Define Quantization Table
+ else if(0x0DB== *pbyImage){
+ QT[bNumQT] = (UINTN)(pbyImage+3);
+ bNumQT++;
+ }
+ //; if marker is Define Restart Interval Start
+ else if(0x0DD== *pbyImage){
+ *((BYTE *)&gRsi) = *(pbyImage+4);
+ *((BYTE *)&gRsi+1) = *(pbyImage+3);
+ }
+ // if Restart RSIx Marker
+ else if((*pbyImage & 0xF8 ) == 0xD0){
+ }
+ //; if marker is Define number of lines
+ else if(0x0DC== *pbyImage){
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ //; if marker is Define hierarchical progression
+ else if(0x0DE== *pbyImage){
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ //; if marker is Expand reference component(s)
+ else if(0x0DF== *pbyImage){
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ // Reserved for JPEG extensions and Comment. Skip it
+ else if((*pbyImage >= 0xF0) && (*pbyImage <= 0xFE)){
+ }
+ // if the Marker is Less then 0xC0 Or 0xFF then they are reserved marker. No Valid
+ // JPEG file may use it. We don't handle such files
+ // that is ((*pbyImage < 0xC0) || (*pbyImage == 0xFF))
+ else
+ {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ pbyImage++;
+ *((BYTE *)&wLen) = *(pbyImage+1);
+ *((BYTE *)&wLen+1) = *pbyImage;
+ pbyImage += wLen;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }while(1);
+
+ //Support for 1 QT
+ if(1 == bNumQT)
+ {
+ QT[bNumQT++] = (UINTN)(QT[0]+65);
+ }
+
+ //Support for 1 HT
+ if(1 == bNumHT)
+ {
+ while(bNumHT<4)
+ {
+ bCount = 0;
+ for(i=0;i<16;i++)
+ {
+ bCount = bCount + *(BYTE*)(HT[bNumHT-1]+i+1);
+ }
+ HT[bNumHT++] = (UINTN)(HT[bNumHT-1]+bCount+17);
+ }
+ }
+// Check for 4 HT and 2 QT and SOF0
+ if((4==bNumHT)&&(2==bNumQT)&&(0x02 & bJpegImageFlag))
+ {
+ GetTables(bNumQT, bNumHT);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+else
+return FALSE;
+
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: Check
+//
+// Description: Internal function for doing a check for each color component
+//
+// Input: INT32 n32ColorComp - Color Component (R, G or B).
+//
+// Output: The color component value after the check.
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+INT32 Check(INT32 n32ColorComp)
+{
+ n32ColorComp>>=14;
+ if(0x8000==(n32ColorComp&0x8000))
+ n32ColorComp=0;
+
+ if((n32ColorComp&0xffff)>255)
+ n32ColorComp=0x00ff;//mov CX,255
+
+ return n32ColorComp;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: ConvertYCbCrToRGB
+//
+// Description: Converts the luminance(Y) and chrominance(Cb and Cr) values
+// of the image to R, G, B values. The R,G, B values are stored
+// in a DWORD variable.
+//
+// Input: short Y - Y is the luminance value.
+// short Cb - Cb is the chrominance Hue value.
+// short Cr - Cr is the chrominance Saturation value.
+//
+// Output: Variable having the RGB value, which is a DWORD.
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+DWORD ConvertYCbCrToRGB(short Y, short Cb, short Cr)
+{
+ DWORD dwRGB =0;
+ INT32 n32ColorComp =0;
+ INT32 YComp = (((INT32)(Y))<<14);
+ INT32 CrComp = (((INT32)(Cr))*c_g_cr);
+ INT32 CbComp = ((INT32)(Cb) * c_g_cb);
+ //;;;cal r
+ n32ColorComp = Check((YComp + (CrComp<<1)));
+ dwRGB = ((n32ColorComp<<16)|((unsigned int)n32ColorComp>>16));
+
+ //;;;cal g
+ n32ColorComp = Check((YComp-CrComp-CbComp));
+ *(((char *)(&dwRGB))+1) = *(char *)(&n32ColorComp);
+
+ //;;;cal b
+ n32ColorComp = Check((YComp + CbComp + (CbComp<<2) + (CbComp>>3)));
+ *(char *)(&dwRGB) = *(char *)(&n32ColorComp);
+
+ return dwRGB;
+
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: InvertDCT
+//
+// Description: Performs inverse discrete cosine transform on dequantized data.
+//
+// Input: WORD * pwSource - Input is dequantized array of 8x8 pixels and
+// output is data after applying inverse discrete cosine transform.
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+void InvertDCT(WORD * pwSource){
+ WORD * pwSourceCopy=pwSource;
+ int nCounter=0;
+
+ for(nCounter=0; nCounter<8; nCounter++){
+ InvertDCT_xy(pwSource,1);
+ pwSource+=8;
+ }
+ pwSource = pwSourceCopy;
+ for(nCounter=0; nCounter<8; nCounter++){
+ InvertDCT_xy(pwSource,8);
+ pwSource++;
+ }
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: InvertDCT_xy
+//
+// Description: Performs inverse discrete cosine transform on dequantized
+// data in x and y direction.
+//
+// Input: WORD * pwSource - Input is dequantized array of 8x8 pixels
+// and output is data after applying inverse discrete cosine transform.
+// WORD wVal -
+// wVal = 1, then the routine performs inverse discrete
+// cosine transform on dequantized data in x direction.
+// wVal = 8, then the routine performs inverse discrete cosine
+// transform on dequantized data in y direction.
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+void InvertDCT_xy(WORD * pwSource, WORD wVal)
+{
+INT32 buf1[8];
+INT32 buf2[8];
+int Index[8];
+int i=0;
+for(;i<8;i++)
+Index[i] = i*wVal;
+
+//;;;stage 1, 2 ,3
+
+// ;;o0=x0 and normalize
+ buf2[0] = (((INT32)(INT16)(pwSource[0])*c1_sqrt2))>>14;
+
+
+// ;;o1=x4*c1_4
+ buf2[1] = (((INT32)(INT16)(pwSource[Index[4]]))*c1_4)>>14;
+
+// ;;o2=x2
+
+ buf2[2] = ((INT32)(INT16)(pwSource[Index[2]]));
+// ;;;o3=(x2+x6)*c1_4
+
+ buf2[3] = ((((buf2[2] + (INT32)(INT16)(pwSource[Index[6]]))*c1_4))>>14);
+
+// ;;o4=x1
+
+ buf2[4] = (INT32)(INT16)(pwSource[Index[1]]);
+
+// ;;;o6=x1+x3
+
+ buf2[6] = buf2[4] + (INT32)(INT16)(pwSource[Index[3]]);
+
+// ;;;o7=(x1+x3+x5+x7)*c1_4
+
+ buf2[7] = (((buf2[6]+((INT32)(INT16)(pwSource[Index[5]]))+((INT32)(INT16)(pwSource[Index[7]])))*c1_4)>>14);
+
+// ;;;o5=(x3+x5)*c1_4
+
+ buf2[5] = (((((INT32)(INT16)(pwSource[Index[3]]))+((INT32)(INT16)(pwSource[Index[5]])))*c1_4)>>14);
+
+//;;;stage 4, 5
+
+// ;;b0=o0+o1
+ buf1[0] = buf2[0]+buf2[1];
+
+// ;;b1=o0-o1
+ buf1[1] = buf2[0]-buf2[1];
+
+// ;;b2=(o2+o3)*c1_8
+
+ buf1[2]=(((buf2[2]+buf2[3])*c1_8)>>14);
+
+// ;;b3=(o2-o3)*c3_8
+
+ buf1[3]=(((buf2[2]-buf2[3])*c3_8)>>14);
+
+// ;;b4=o4+o5
+ buf1[4] = buf2[4]+buf2[5];
+
+// ;;b5=o4-o5
+ buf1[5] = buf2[4]-buf2[5];
+
+// ;;b6=(o6+o7)*c1_8
+
+ buf1[6]=(((buf2[6]+buf2[7])*c1_8)>>14);
+
+// ;;b7=(o6-o7)*c3_8
+
+ buf1[7]=(((buf2[6]-buf2[7])*c3_8)>>14);
+
+//;;;stage 6, 7
+
+// ;;o0=b0+b2
+ buf2[0] = buf1[0]+buf1[2];
+
+// ;;o2=b0-b2
+ buf2[2] = buf1[0]-buf1[2];
+
+// ;;o1=b1+b3
+ buf2[1] = buf1[1]+buf1[3];
+
+// ;;o3=b1-b3
+ buf2[3] = buf1[1]-buf1[3];
+
+// ;;o4=(b4+b6)*c1_16
+
+ buf2[4] = (((buf1[4]+buf1[6])*c1_16)>>14);
+
+// ;;o6=(b4-b6)*c7_16
+
+ buf2[6] = (((buf1[4]-buf1[6])*c7_16)>>14);
+
+// ;;o5=(b5+b7)*c3_16
+
+ buf2[5] = (((buf1[5]+buf1[7])*c3_16)>>14);
+
+// ;;o7=(b5-b7)*c5_16
+
+ buf2[7] = (((buf1[5]-buf1[7])*c5_16)>>14);
+
+//;;;stage 8
+
+// ;;b0=o0+o4
+
+ pwSource[0] = (WORD)((buf2[0]+buf2[4])>>1);
+
+// ;;b7=o0-o4
+
+ pwSource[Index[7]] = (WORD)((buf2[0]-buf2[4])>>1);
+
+// ;;b1=o1+o5
+
+ pwSource[Index[1]] = (WORD)((buf2[1]+buf2[5])>>1);
+
+// ;;b6=o1-o5
+
+ pwSource[Index[6]] = (WORD)((buf2[1]-buf2[5])>>1);
+
+// ;;b2=o3+o7
+
+ pwSource[Index[2]] = (WORD)((buf2[3]+buf2[7])>>1);
+
+// ;;b5=o3-o7
+
+ pwSource[Index[5]] = (WORD)((buf2[3]-buf2[7])>>1);
+
+// ;;b3=o2+o6
+
+ pwSource[Index[3]] = (WORD)((buf2[2]+buf2[6])>>1);
+
+// ;;b4=o2-o6
+
+ pwSource[Index[4]] = (WORD)((buf2[2]-buf2[6])>>1);
+ }
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
+//** **
+//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **
+//** **
+//** All Rights Reserved. **
+//** **
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **
+//** **
+//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **
+//** **
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/pcx.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/pcx.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0295c8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/pcx.h
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//** **//
+//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **//
+//** **//
+//** All Rights Reserved. **//
+//** **//
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **//
+//** **//
+//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **//
+//** **//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/pcx.h $
+//
+// $Author: Arunsb $
+//
+// $Revision: 4 $
+//
+// $Date: 10/18/12 5:53a $
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// Revision History
+// ----------------
+// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/pcx.h $
+//
+// 4 10/18/12 5:53a Arunsb
+// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission
+//
+// 6 10/10/12 12:35p Arunsb
+// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio
+//
+// 3 2/19/10 1:02p Madhans
+// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history.
+//
+// 4 2/19/10 8:11a Mallikarjunanv
+// updated year in copyright message
+//
+// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar
+// Added File Headers for Header Files
+//
+// 2 6/12/09 7:43p Presannar
+// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0
+//
+// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 11:16p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 10:27p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 1 6/30/06 4:22p Madhans
+// PCX image support in C.
+//
+// 1 6/16/06 8:15a Shirinmd
+// Added PCX Support in C for Minisetup
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//<AMI_FHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: pcx.h
+//
+// Description: Header file for pcx image format related code
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_FHDR_END>
+
+
+#ifndef _PCX_H_13_JUNE_2006
+#define _PCX_H_13_JUNE_2006
+
+#include "MyDefs.h"
+
+#pragma pack(1)
+
+typedef struct _AMI_TRUECOLOR_PIXEL{
+ BYTE Blue;
+ BYTE Green;
+ BYTE Red;
+ BYTE Reserved;
+}AMI_TRUECOLOR_PIXEL, *PAMI_TRUECOLOR_PIXEL;
+
+#pragma pack()
+
+
+//PCX File Header (128 bytes)
+typedef struct _PCX_HEADER{
+ BYTE bManufacturer;
+ BYTE bVersion;
+ BYTE bEncoding;
+ BYTE bBitsPerPixel;
+ WORD wXmin;
+ WORD wYmin;
+ WORD wXmax;
+ WORD wYmax;
+ WORD wHres;
+ WORD wVres;
+ BYTE bPalette[48];
+ BYTE bReserved;
+ BYTE bColorPlanes;
+ WORD wBytesPerLine;
+ WORD wPaletteType;
+ WORD wHorizontalSize;
+ WORD wVerticalSize;
+ BYTE bFiller[54];
+}PCX_HEADER;
+
+typedef struct _PCX_INFO{
+ WORD wImageWidth;
+ WORD wImageHeight;
+ WORD wBytesPerLine;
+ BYTE bBitsPerPixel;
+ DWORD dwPCXImageSize;
+ BYTE *bpPCXData;
+ BYTE *bpPalette;
+}PCX_INFO;
+
+
+#endif //#ifndef _PCX_H_13_JUNE_2006
+
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
+//** **
+//** (C)Copyright 1985-2007, American Megatrends, Inc. **
+//** **
+//** All Rights Reserved. **
+//** **
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **
+//** **
+//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **
+//** **
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/pcxc.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/pcxc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c1f9fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/pcxc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//** **//
+//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **//
+//** **//
+//** All Rights Reserved. **//
+//** **//
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **//
+//** **//
+//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **//
+//** **//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/pcxc.c $
+//
+// $Author: Arunsb $
+//
+// $Revision: 5 $
+//
+// $Date: 10/18/12 5:53a $
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// Revision History
+// ----------------
+// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/pcxc.c $
+//
+// 5 10/18/12 5:53a Arunsb
+// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission
+//
+// 8 10/10/12 12:35p Arunsb
+// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio
+//
+// 4 2/19/10 1:02p Madhans
+// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history.
+//
+// 6 2/19/10 8:11a Mallikarjunanv
+// updated year in copyright message
+//
+// 5 8/13/09 12:16p Blaines
+// Move Image support to binary module
+//
+// 4 8/04/09 10:23a Madhans
+// Fix to support big PCX images.(previously it was not supporing 800x600
+// images.)
+//
+// 3 6/23/09 7:09p Blaines
+// Coding standard update,
+// Remove spaces from file header to allow proper chm function list
+// creation.
+//
+// 2 6/12/09 7:43p Presannar
+// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0
+//
+// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 11:16p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 10:27p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 3 7/05/06 11:19a Madhans
+//
+// 2 7/05/06 11:09a Madhans
+// DecodePCX function optimized.
+//
+// 1 6/30/06 4:22p Madhans
+// PCX image support in C.
+//
+// 2 6/26/06 8:41a Shirinmd
+// Modifications based on design change suggested by Madhan
+//
+// 1 6/16/06 8:15a Shirinmd
+// Added PCX Support in C for Minisetup
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+
+//<AMI_FHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: pcx.c
+//
+// Description: This file contains code for pcx image handling
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_FHDR_END>
+
+#include "pcx.h"
+
+
+AMI_TRUECOLOR_PIXEL * ScreenBuffer = (AMI_TRUECOLOR_PIXEL *)NULL;
+
+//Functions
+BOOL PCX_Init(BYTE * pbyPCXImage, PCX_INFO *pPCX_INFO, DWORD dwPCXImageSize);
+BOOL GetPCXDimensions( BYTE * pbyPCXImageData, UINT32 * pn32Width, UINT32 * pn32Height);
+BOOL DecodePCX(BYTE * pbyPCXInputData, BYTE * pbyPCXOutputData, DWORD dwPCXImageSize);
+void Decode_Line(DWORD *wCountX, PCX_INFO *pPCX_INFO, BYTE *pbOneLineBuffer);
+void Output_Line(DWORD wTop, PCX_INFO *pPCX_INFO, BYTE *pbOneLineBuffer);
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: PCX_Init
+//
+// Description: This routine is used to fill the PCX_INFO structure.
+//
+// Input: BYTE * pbyPCXImage - Pointer that gives the memory location
+// where the PCX input data is available.
+// PCX_INFO *pPCX_INFO - Pointer to PCX_INFO structure
+// DWORD dwPCXImageSize - Size of the PCX Image
+//
+// Output: BOOL - TRUE/FALSE
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+BOOL PCX_Init(BYTE * pbyPCXImage, PCX_INFO *pPCX_INFO, DWORD dwPCXImageSize)
+{
+ PCX_HEADER *pPCX_HEADER = (PCX_HEADER *)pbyPCXImage;
+
+ if(pPCX_HEADER->bVersion != 5 || pPCX_HEADER->bBitsPerPixel == 1 || pPCX_HEADER->bBitsPerPixel == 2 || pPCX_HEADER->bColorPlanes != 1)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ pPCX_INFO->wImageWidth = pPCX_HEADER->wXmax - pPCX_HEADER->wXmin + 1;
+ pPCX_INFO->wImageHeight = pPCX_HEADER->wYmax - pPCX_HEADER->wYmin + 1;
+ pPCX_INFO->wBytesPerLine = pPCX_HEADER->wBytesPerLine;
+ pPCX_INFO->bBitsPerPixel = pPCX_HEADER->bBitsPerPixel;
+ pPCX_INFO->dwPCXImageSize = dwPCXImageSize;
+ pPCX_INFO->bpPCXData = pbyPCXImage + 128;
+ if(pPCX_HEADER->bBitsPerPixel == 8) //256 color image palette at the end
+ pPCX_INFO->bpPalette = pbyPCXImage + dwPCXImageSize - 768;
+ else if(pPCX_HEADER->bBitsPerPixel == 4) //16 color image palette in the header
+ pPCX_INFO->bpPalette = pPCX_HEADER->bPalette;
+ return TRUE;
+
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: GetPCXDimensions
+//
+// Description: Get the dimensions (Width and Height of the PCX Image).
+//
+// Input: BYTE * pbyPCXImageData - Pointer to the buffer that contains the PCX data
+// UINT32 * pun32Width - Pointer to the UINT32 variable that will
+// receive the Width of the PCX Image
+// UINT32 * pun32Height - Pointer to the UINT32 variable that
+// will receive the Height of the PCX Image
+//
+// Output: BOOL - TRUE/FALSE
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+BOOL GetPCXDimensions( BYTE * pbyPCXImageData, UINT32 * pun32Width, UINT32 * pun32Height){
+ BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
+ WORD wWidth = 0;
+ WORD wHeight= 0;
+ wWidth = *((WORD*)(pbyPCXImageData+8)) - *((WORD*)(pbyPCXImageData+4)) + 1;
+ wHeight = *((WORD*)(pbyPCXImageData+10)) - *((WORD*)(pbyPCXImageData+6)) + 1;
+ if( (wWidth > 0) && (wHeight > 0))
+ {
+ *pun32Width = (UINT32)wWidth;
+ *pun32Height = (UINT32)wHeight;
+ bReturn = TRUE;
+ }
+ return bReturn;
+
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: Decode_Line
+//
+// Description: This routine will first check whether the PCX image is 16
+// color or 256 color and then decode the PCX image data one
+// line at a time and put the decoded data in a One Line Buffer.
+//
+// Input: WORD *wCountX - Pointer to the index of the image data after 128 byte header
+// PCX_INFO *pPCX_INFO - Pointer to PCX_INFO structure
+// BYTE *pbOneLineBuffer - Pointer to the buffer that holds one line of decoded data.
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+void Decode_Line(DWORD *wCountX, PCX_INFO *pPCX_INFO, BYTE *pbOneLineBuffer)
+{
+ WORD wOffset_of_buffer = 0;
+ int nDataCount = 0;
+ WORD wLength_of_buffer = 0;
+ while(wLength_of_buffer < (pPCX_INFO->wImageWidth))
+ {
+ if((pPCX_INFO->bpPCXData[*wCountX] & 0xC0) >= 0xC0)
+ nDataCount = (pPCX_INFO->bpPCXData[(*wCountX)++] & 0x3f);
+ else
+ nDataCount = 1;
+
+ while(nDataCount--)
+ {
+ if(pPCX_INFO->bBitsPerPixel == 8)
+ {
+ pbOneLineBuffer[wOffset_of_buffer++] = pPCX_INFO->bpPCXData[*wCountX];
+ (wLength_of_buffer)++;
+ }
+ else if(pPCX_INFO->bBitsPerPixel == 4)
+ {
+ pbOneLineBuffer[wOffset_of_buffer++] = ((pPCX_INFO->bpPCXData[*wCountX]) >> 4);
+ pbOneLineBuffer[wOffset_of_buffer++] = ((pPCX_INFO->bpPCXData[*wCountX]) & 0x0f);
+ (wLength_of_buffer) = (wLength_of_buffer)+2;
+ }
+ }
+ (*wCountX)++;
+ }
+
+
+ if(pPCX_INFO->bBitsPerPixel == 8)
+ {
+ if((pPCX_INFO->wImageWidth) != (pPCX_INFO->wBytesPerLine))
+ (*wCountX)++;
+ }
+ else if(pPCX_INFO->bBitsPerPixel == 4)
+ {
+ if(wLength_of_buffer < ((pPCX_INFO->wBytesPerLine)<<1))
+ (*wCountX)++;
+ }
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: Output_Line
+//
+// Description: This routine is used to map the decoded data to the palette
+// and fill the global Screen Buffer.
+//
+// Input: WORD wTop - This variable gives the position from where a
+// line should start in the Screen Buffer
+// PCX_INFO *pPCX_INFO - Pointer to PCX_INFO structure
+// BYTE *pbOneLineBuffer - Pointer to the buffer that holds one line of decoded data.
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+void Output_Line(DWORD wTop, PCX_INFO *pPCX_INFO, BYTE *pbOneLineBuffer)
+{
+ WORD wCountX;
+ int nIndex;
+ AMI_TRUECOLOR_PIXEL * pStartofLineInScreenBuffer = (AMI_TRUECOLOR_PIXEL *)ScreenBuffer + (wTop*(pPCX_INFO->wImageWidth));
+
+ for(wCountX = 0; wCountX< pPCX_INFO->wImageWidth; wCountX++)
+ {
+ nIndex = (3 * (int)(pbOneLineBuffer[wCountX]));
+ pStartofLineInScreenBuffer->Red = pPCX_INFO->bpPalette[nIndex];
+ pStartofLineInScreenBuffer->Green = pPCX_INFO->bpPalette[nIndex + 1];
+ pStartofLineInScreenBuffer->Blue = pPCX_INFO->bpPalette[nIndex + 2];
+ pStartofLineInScreenBuffer++;
+ }
+
+
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: DecodePCX
+//
+// Description: This routine will call functions to decode both 16 and 256
+// color PCX images of version 5 (with palette information) and
+// fill the Screen Buffer.
+//
+// Input: BYTE * pbyPCXInputData - Pointer that gives the memory location
+// where the PCX input data is available.
+// BYTE * pbyPCXOutputData - Pointer to the buffer that will
+// receive the decoded PCX image
+// DWORD dwPCXImageSize - Size of the PCX Image
+//
+// Output: BOOL - TRUE/FALSE
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+BOOL DecodePCX(BYTE * pbyPCXInputData, BYTE * pbyPCXOutputData, DWORD dwPCXImageSize)
+{
+ PCX_INFO pcx_info;
+ BYTE * bOneLineBuffer = NULL;
+ DWORD wCountY = 0;
+ DWORD wCountX = 0;
+
+ bOneLineBuffer = EfiLibAllocatePool(sizeof(BYTE)*1280);
+ if(bOneLineBuffer == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ ScreenBuffer = (AMI_TRUECOLOR_PIXEL *)pbyPCXOutputData;
+ if(PCX_Init(pbyPCXInputData, &pcx_info, dwPCXImageSize))
+ {
+ for(wCountY = 0; wCountY < pcx_info.wImageHeight; wCountY++)
+ {
+ Decode_Line(&wCountX, &pcx_info, bOneLineBuffer);
+ Output_Line(wCountY, &pcx_info, bOneLineBuffer);
+ }
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&bOneLineBuffer);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&bOneLineBuffer);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+}
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
+//** **
+//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **
+//** **
+//** All Rights Reserved. **
+//** **
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **
+//** **
+//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **
+//** **
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/png.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/png.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2abf2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/png.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1353 @@
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//** **//
+//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **//
+//** **//
+//** All Rights Reserved. **//
+//** **//
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **//
+//** **//
+//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **//
+//** **//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/png.c $
+//
+// $Author: Arunsb $
+//
+// $Revision: 3 $
+//
+// $Date: 10/18/12 5:53a $
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// Revision History
+// ----------------
+// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/png.c $
+//
+// 3 10/18/12 5:53a Arunsb
+// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission
+//
+// 2 10/10/12 12:35p Arunsb
+// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio
+//
+// 2 6/20/11 1:20p Rajashakerg
+// [TAG] EIP60910
+// [Description] Updated with respect to the review comments.
+//
+// 1 6/13/11 12:21p Rajashakerg
+// EIP:60910 -PNG image support in TSE.
+//
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+
+//<AMI_FHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: png.c
+//
+// Description: This file contains code for png image handling
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_FHDR_END>
+
+#include "minisetup.h"
+#include "png.h"
+#include EFI_PROTOCOL_DEFINITION(GraphicsOutput)
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Macros
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#define MakeDword(a,b,c,d) ((a)*0x1000000+(b)*0x10000+(c)*0x100+(d))
+#define IHDR MakeDword('I','H','D','R')
+#define IDAT MakeDword('I','D','A','T')
+#define PLTE MakeDword('P','L','T','E')
+#define IEND MakeDword('I','E','N','D')
+#define pHYs MakeDword('p','H','y','s')
+#define tRNS MakeDword('t','R','N','S')
+#define gAMA MakeDword('g','A','M','A')
+#define PNG_SIGNATURE_LENGTH 8
+#define CHUNK_LENGTH 4
+#define CHUNK_TYPE 4
+#define CRC_LENGTH 4
+
+static unsigned char *ImageBuffer = (unsigned char *)NULL;
+
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: PngGetUnsignedInt()
+//
+// Description: To get decimal values
+//
+// Input: const unsigned char dat[]
+//
+// Output: unsigned int
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+unsigned int PngGetUnsignedInt(const unsigned char dat[4])
+{
+ return (unsigned)dat[3] + (unsigned)dat[2] * 0x100 + (unsigned)dat[1] * 0x10000 + (unsigned)dat[0] * 0x1000000;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: FindImageSize()
+//
+// Description: To find the PNG image size
+//
+// Input: none
+//
+// Output: unsigned int
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+unsigned int FindImageSize()
+{
+ unsigned char *dwBuf = (unsigned char *)NULL;
+ UINT32 i = 0;
+ unsigned int ImageSize = 0;
+ unsigned int length = 0;
+ unsigned int chunkType = 0;
+
+ ImageBuffer = ImageBuffer + PNG_SIGNATURE_LENGTH;
+ dwBuf = (unsigned char *)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(CHUNK_LENGTH);
+ if (dwBuf == NULL) {
+ goto ERREND;
+ }
+ ImageSize = PNG_SIGNATURE_LENGTH;
+ while (chunkType != IEND) //IEND is end of PNG image file
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < CHUNK_LENGTH; i++) {
+ dwBuf[i] = ImageBuffer[i];
+ }
+ ImageSize = ImageSize + CHUNK_LENGTH; //Adding 4 byte for Chunk Length to move the pointer to Chunk type field
+ ImageBuffer = ImageBuffer + CHUNK_LENGTH;
+
+ length = PngGetUnsignedInt(dwBuf);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < CHUNK_TYPE; i++) {
+ dwBuf[i] = ImageBuffer[i];
+ }
+ ImageSize = ImageSize + CHUNK_TYPE; //Adding 4 byte for Chunk type to move the pointer to Chunk data field
+ ImageBuffer = ImageBuffer + CHUNK_TYPE;
+
+ chunkType = PngGetUnsignedInt(dwBuf);
+ ImageSize = ImageSize + length + CRC_LENGTH; //Adding Chunk data length and CRC length to move the pointer to next Chunk
+ ImageBuffer = ImageBuffer + length + CRC_LENGTH;
+ }
+ if (dwBuf) {
+ MemFreePointer(&dwBuf);
+ }
+
+ return ImageSize;
+ERREND:
+ return 0;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: Header_Decode()
+//
+// Description: To Store the header values in the PngHeader variables
+//
+// Input: unsigned char dat[]
+//
+// Output: none
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+void Header_Decode(unsigned char dat[])
+{
+ gPng_Info.hdr.width = PngGetUnsignedInt(dat);
+ gPng_Info.hdr.height = PngGetUnsignedInt(dat+4);
+ gPng_Info.hdr.bitDepth = dat[8]; // Storing IHDR values in PngHeader structure
+ gPng_Info.hdr.colorType = dat[9];
+ gPng_Info.hdr.compressionMethod = dat[10];
+ gPng_Info.hdr.filterMethod = dat[11];
+ gPng_Info.hdr.interlaceMethod = dat[12];
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: Palette_Decode()
+//
+// Description: To store the PLTE data values in PngPalette variables
+//
+// Input: unsigned length,unsigned char dat[]
+//
+// Output: int
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS Palette_Decode(unsigned length, unsigned char dat[])
+{
+ if (length%3 != 0) //PLTE Length should be divisable by three
+ {
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+
+ if (gPng_Info.plt.entry != NULL)
+ {
+ MemFreePointer(&gPng_Info.plt.entry);
+ gPng_Info.plt.nEntry = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (length > 0)
+ {
+ gPng_Info.plt.entry = (unsigned char *)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(length);
+ if (gPng_Info.plt.entry != NULL)
+ {
+ unsigned int i;
+ gPng_Info.plt.nEntry = length/3;
+ for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
+ {
+ gPng_Info.plt.entry[i] = dat[i];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: Transparency_Decode()
+//
+// Description: To store the tRNS data values in PngPalette variables
+//
+// Input: unsigned int length,unsigned char dat[],unsigned int colorType
+//
+// Output: int
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS Transparency_Decode(unsigned int length, unsigned char dat[], unsigned int colorType)
+{
+ unsigned int i;
+ switch (colorType) //See PNG specification for the color Types
+ {
+ case 0:
+ if (length >= 2)
+ {
+ gPng_Info.trns.col[0] = (unsigned int)dat[0] * 256 + (unsigned int)dat[1];
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ if (length >= 6)
+ {
+ gPng_Info.trns.col[0] = (unsigned int)dat[0] * 256 + (unsigned int)dat[1];
+ gPng_Info.trns.col[1] = (unsigned int)dat[2] * 256 + (unsigned int)dat[3];
+ gPng_Info.trns.col[2] = (unsigned int)dat[4] * 256 + (unsigned int)dat[5];
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ for (i=0; i < 3 && i < length; i++)
+ {
+ gPng_Info.trns.col[i] = dat[i];
+ }
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ return EFI_ABORTED;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: Initialize()
+//
+// Description: to initialize the PngImageDecoder member variables
+//
+// Input: none
+//
+// Output: none
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+void Initialize(void)
+{
+ gPng_Info.gamma = gamma_default;
+ gPng_Info.trns.col[0] = 0x7fffffff;
+ gPng_Info.trns.col[1] = 0x7fffffff;
+ gPng_Info.trns.col[2] = 0x7fffffff;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: ReadChunk()
+//
+// Description: To Read all the chunk data
+//
+// Input: unsigned &length,unsigned char *&buf,unsigned &chunkType,unsigned &crc
+//
+// Output: int
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS ReadChunk(unsigned *length, unsigned char **buf, unsigned *chunkType, unsigned *crc)
+{
+ unsigned char *dwBuf = (unsigned char *)NULL;
+ UINT32 i = 0;
+ EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+
+ dwBuf = (unsigned char *)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(4);
+ if (dwBuf == NULL) {
+ Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ goto EndRead;
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+ dwBuf[i] = ImageBuffer[i];
+ }
+ ImageBuffer = ImageBuffer + CHUNK_LENGTH; //Adding 4 byte for Chunk Length to move the pointer to Chunk type field
+
+ *length = PngGetUnsignedInt(dwBuf);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+ dwBuf[i] = ImageBuffer[i];
+ }
+ ImageBuffer = ImageBuffer + CHUNK_TYPE; //Adding 4 byte for Chunk type to move the pointer to Chunk data field
+
+ *chunkType = PngGetUnsignedInt(dwBuf);
+
+ if(*length > 0)
+ {
+ *buf = (unsigned char *)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(*length);
+ if (*buf == NULL) {
+ Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ goto EndRead;
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < *length; i++) {
+ (*buf)[i] = ImageBuffer[i];
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *buf = (unsigned char *)NULL;
+ }
+ ImageBuffer = ImageBuffer + *length; //Adding Chunk data length to move the pointer to CRC field
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+ dwBuf[i] = ImageBuffer[i];
+ }
+ ImageBuffer = ImageBuffer + CRC_LENGTH; //Adding 4 byte for CRC length to move the pointer to next Chunk
+
+ *crc = PngGetUnsignedInt(dwBuf);
+
+EndRead:
+
+ if (dwBuf) { //Fix for Fortify issue - Memory Leak
+ MemFreePointer(&dwBuf);
+ }
+
+ return Status;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: Decode()
+//
+// Description: Read all the PNG chunks and do convert the png format to RGB format.
+//
+// Input: unsigned char *PNGImage,UINT32 PNGImageSize
+//
+// Output: int
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS Decode(unsigned char *PNGImage, UINT32 PNGImageSize)
+{
+ unsigned char *datBuf = (unsigned char *)NULL;
+ unsigned datBufUsed;
+ unsigned char *buf;
+ unsigned length,chunkType,crc;
+
+ if (PNGImage)
+ {
+ ImageBuffer = PNGImage;
+ PNGImageSize = FindImageSize(); //Find the png image size if the PNGImageSize is zero
+
+ datBufUsed = 0;
+ datBuf = (unsigned char *)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(PNGImageSize);
+ if (datBuf == NULL) {
+ goto ERREND;
+ }
+
+ ImageBuffer = PNGImage + PNG_SIGNATURE_LENGTH; //Adding 8 bytes to move the pointer to Chunk length
+ while (ReadChunk(&length,&buf,&chunkType,&crc) == EFI_SUCCESS && chunkType != IEND) //Read the Chunk data upto IEND(End of the PNG image)
+ {
+ if(buf == NULL){
+ break; //If the buffer is invalid, break from the loop
+ }
+ switch (chunkType)
+ {
+ case IHDR:
+ if (length >= 13)
+ {
+ Header_Decode(buf); //Stores the IHDR values in the PngHeader structure
+ }
+ MemFreePointer(&buf);
+ break;
+ case PLTE:
+ if (Palette_Decode(length,buf)) //Stores the PLTE values in the PngPalette structure
+ {
+ MemFreePointer(&buf);
+ goto ERREND;
+ }
+ MemFreePointer(&buf);
+ break;
+ case tRNS:
+ if (Transparency_Decode(length,buf,gPng_Info.hdr.colorType)) //Stores the tRNS values in the PngTransparency structure
+ {
+ MemFreePointer(&buf);
+ goto ERREND;
+ }
+ MemFreePointer(&buf);
+ break;
+ case gAMA:
+ if(length >= 4)
+ {
+ gPng_Info.gamma = PngGetUnsignedInt(buf); //Stores the gAMA chunk values
+ MemFreePointer(&buf);
+ }
+ break;
+ case IDAT:
+ if (buf != NULL)
+ {
+ unsigned i;
+ for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
+ {
+ datBuf[datBufUsed+i] = buf[i]; //Stores the IDAT chunk value in datbuf[]
+ }
+ datBufUsed += length; //datBufUsed used to store consecutive IDAT chunk sequentialy
+ MemFreePointer(&buf);
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ MemFreePointer(&buf); //Modified to remove the fortify warning
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (PrepareOutput() == EFI_SUCCESS) // Check the combination of Color type and bit debth
+ {
+ //PngUncompressor uncompressor;
+ //uncompressor.output = this;
+ if (Uncompress(datBufUsed,datBuf)) { //Convert the PNG image data into the RGB format in PngImageDecoder.rgba variable
+ goto ERREND;
+ }
+ } else {
+ goto ERREND;
+ }
+
+ MemFreePointer(&datBuf);
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ERREND:
+ if (datBuf) {
+ MemFreePointer(&datBuf);
+ }
+ return EFI_ABORTED;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: Paeth()
+//
+// Description:
+//
+// Input: unsigned int ua,unsigned int ub,unsigned int uc
+//
+// Output: unsigned char
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+unsigned char Paeth(unsigned int ua,unsigned int ub,unsigned int uc)
+{
+ int a,b,c,p,pa,pb,pc;
+
+ a = (int)ua;
+ b = (int)ub;
+ c = (int)uc;
+
+ p = a + b - c;
+ pa = (p>a ? p-a : a-p); //Paeth filtering as per the PNG Specification
+ pb = (p>b ? p-b : b-p);
+ pc = (p>c ? p-c : c-p);
+
+ if (pa <= pb && pa <= pc)
+ {
+ return (unsigned char)a; //Fix for Fortify issue - Type Mismatch : Signed to Unsigned
+ }
+ else if(pb <= pc)
+ {
+ return (unsigned char)b; //Fix for Fortify issue - Type Mismatch : Signed to Unsigned
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return (unsigned char)c; //Fix for Fortify issue - Type Mismatch : Signed to Unsigned
+ }
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: Filter8()
+//
+// Description:
+//
+// Input: unsigned char curLine[],unsigned char prvLine[],int x,int y,int unitLng,int filter
+//
+// Output: none
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+void Filter8(unsigned char curLine[],unsigned char prvLine[],int x,int y,int unitLng,int filter)
+{
+ int i;
+ switch (filter) //filtering algorithm
+ {
+ case 1:
+ if (x > 0)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < unitLng; i++)
+ {
+ curLine[ x * unitLng + i] = curLine[ x * unitLng + i] + curLine[ x * unitLng + i - unitLng];
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ if (y > 0)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < unitLng; i++)
+ {
+ curLine[x * unitLng + i] = curLine[x * unitLng + i] + prvLine[ x * unitLng + i];
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ for (i = 0; i < unitLng; i++)
+ {
+ unsigned int a;
+ a = (x > 0 ? curLine[x * unitLng + i - unitLng] : 0);
+ a += (y > 0 ? prvLine[x * unitLng + i] : 0);
+ curLine[x * unitLng + i] += (unsigned char)a / 2;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ for (i = 0; i < unitLng; i++)
+ {
+ unsigned int a,b,c;
+ a = (x > 0 ? curLine[x * unitLng + i - unitLng] : 0);
+ b = (y > 0 ? prvLine[x * unitLng + i] : 0);
+ c = ((x > 0 && y > 0) ? prvLine[x * unitLng - unitLng + i] : 0);
+ curLine[x * unitLng + i] = curLine[x * unitLng + i] + Paeth(a,b,c);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: ShiftTwoLineBuf()
+//
+// Description:
+//
+// Input: none
+//
+// Output: none
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+void ShiftTwoLineBuf(void)
+{
+ if (gPng_Info.twoLineBuf8 != NULL)
+ {
+ unsigned char *swap;
+ swap = gPng_Info.curLine8;
+ gPng_Info.curLine8 = gPng_Info.prvLine8;
+ gPng_Info.prvLine8 = swap;
+ }
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: PrepareOutput()
+//
+// Description: To validate the colorType and bitDepth combination and prepare the output data
+//
+// Input: none
+//
+// Output: int
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS PrepareOutput(void)
+{
+ int supported;
+ unsigned int twoLineBufLngPerLine = 0;
+
+ supported = 0;
+ switch ( gPng_Info.hdr.colorType)
+ {
+ case 0: // Greyscale
+ switch (gPng_Info.hdr.bitDepth)
+ {
+ case 8:
+ case 1:
+ supported = 1;
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ case 4:
+ case 16:
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 2: // Truecolor
+ switch (gPng_Info.hdr.bitDepth)
+ {
+ case 8:
+ case 16:
+ supported = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 3: // Indexed-color
+ switch (gPng_Info.hdr.bitDepth)
+ {
+ case 4:
+ case 8:
+ supported = 1;
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ case 2:
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 4: // Greyscale with alpha
+ switch (gPng_Info.hdr.bitDepth)
+ {
+ case 8:
+ supported = 1;
+ break;
+ case 16:
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 6: // Truecolor with alpha
+ switch (gPng_Info.hdr.bitDepth)
+ {
+ case 8:
+ supported = 1;
+ break;
+ case 16:
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (supported == 0)
+ {
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+
+ gPng_Info.wid = gPng_Info.hdr.width;
+ gPng_Info.hei =gPng_Info.hdr.height;
+ if(gPng_Info.autoDeleteRgbaBuffer == 1 && gPng_Info.rgba != NULL)
+ {
+ MemFreePointer(&gPng_Info.rgba);
+ gPng_Info.rgba = (unsigned char *)NULL;
+ }
+ gPng_Info.rgba = (unsigned char *)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(gPng_Info.wid * gPng_Info.hei * 4);
+ gPng_Info.x = -1;
+ gPng_Info.y = 0;
+ gPng_Info.filter = 0;
+ gPng_Info.inLineCount = 0;
+ gPng_Info.inPixelCount = 0;
+ gPng_Info.firstByte = 1;
+ gPng_Info.index = 0;
+ gPng_Info.interlacePass = 1;
+
+ if (gPng_Info.twoLineBuf8 != NULL)
+ {
+ MemFreePointer(&gPng_Info.twoLineBuf8);
+ }
+
+
+ switch (gPng_Info.hdr.colorType)
+ {
+ case 0: // Greyscale
+ switch(gPng_Info.hdr.bitDepth)
+ {
+ case 1:
+ twoLineBufLngPerLine = (gPng_Info.hdr.width + 7) /8;
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ twoLineBufLngPerLine = (gPng_Info.hdr.width + 3) / 4;
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ twoLineBufLngPerLine = (gPng_Info.hdr.width + 1) / 2;
+ break;
+ case 8:
+ twoLineBufLngPerLine = gPng_Info.hdr.width;
+ break;
+ case 16:
+ twoLineBufLngPerLine = gPng_Info.hdr.width * 2;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 2: // Truecolor
+ switch (gPng_Info.hdr.bitDepth)
+ {
+ case 8:
+ twoLineBufLngPerLine = gPng_Info.hdr.width * 3;
+ break;
+ case 16:
+ twoLineBufLngPerLine = gPng_Info.hdr.width * 6;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 3: // Indexed-color
+ switch (gPng_Info.hdr.bitDepth)
+ {
+ case 1:
+ twoLineBufLngPerLine = (gPng_Info.hdr.width + 7) / 8;
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ twoLineBufLngPerLine = (gPng_Info.hdr.width + 3) / 4;
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ twoLineBufLngPerLine = (gPng_Info.hdr.width + 1) / 2;
+ break;
+ case 8:
+ twoLineBufLngPerLine = gPng_Info.hdr.width;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 4: // Greyscale with alpha
+ switch (gPng_Info.hdr.bitDepth)
+ {
+ case 8:
+ twoLineBufLngPerLine = gPng_Info.hdr.width * 2;
+ break;
+ case 16:
+ twoLineBufLngPerLine = gPng_Info.hdr.width * 4;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 6: // Truecolor with alpha
+ switch (gPng_Info.hdr.bitDepth)
+ {
+ case 8:
+ twoLineBufLngPerLine = gPng_Info.hdr.width * 4;
+ break;
+ case 16:
+ twoLineBufLngPerLine = gPng_Info.hdr.width * 8;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ gPng_Info.twoLineBuf8 = (unsigned char *) EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(twoLineBufLngPerLine*2);
+ gPng_Info.curLine8 = gPng_Info.twoLineBuf8;
+ gPng_Info.prvLine8 = gPng_Info.twoLineBuf8 + twoLineBufLngPerLine;
+
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: Output()
+//
+// Description: To create the output values in the RGB format.
+//
+// Input: unsigned char dat
+//
+// Output: int
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS Output(unsigned char dat)
+{
+ unsigned int i;
+ unsigned int colIdx;
+ unsigned int interlaceWid,interlaceHei,interlaceX,interlaceY;
+
+ if (gPng_Info.y >= gPng_Info.hei || (gPng_Info.rgba == NULL))
+ {
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+
+ if (gPng_Info.x == -1) // First byte is filter type for the line.
+ {
+ gPng_Info.filter = dat; // See PNG Specification for filtering
+ gPng_Info.inLineCount = 0;
+ gPng_Info.inPixelCount = 0;
+ gPng_Info.x++;
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ switch (gPng_Info.hdr.interlaceMethod)
+ {
+ case 0: // Non-Interlace
+ switch (gPng_Info.hdr.colorType) // See PNG Specification for colortype and values
+ {
+ case 0: // Grayscale
+ switch (gPng_Info.hdr.bitDepth)
+ {
+ case 1:
+ gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.x/8] = dat;
+ Filter8(gPng_Info.curLine8, gPng_Info.prvLine8, gPng_Info.x/8, gPng_Info.y, 1, gPng_Info.filter);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 8 && gPng_Info.x < gPng_Info.wid; i++)
+ {
+ colIdx = (gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.x/8] >> (7 - i))&1;
+ colIdx = (colIdx << 1) + colIdx;
+ colIdx = (colIdx << 2) + colIdx;
+ colIdx = (colIdx << 4) + colIdx;
+
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index] = (char)colIdx;
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+1] = (char)colIdx;
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+2] = (char)colIdx;
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+3] = 0;
+ gPng_Info.x++;
+ gPng_Info.index += 4;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 8:
+ gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.x] = dat;
+ Filter8(gPng_Info.curLine8, gPng_Info.prvLine8, gPng_Info.x, gPng_Info.y, 1, gPng_Info.filter);
+
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.x];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+1] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.x];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+2] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.x];
+ if (gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.x] == gPng_Info.trns.col[0] || gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.x] == gPng_Info.trns.col[1] || gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.x] == gPng_Info.trns.col[2])
+ {
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+3] = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+3] = 255;
+ }
+
+ gPng_Info.x++;
+ gPng_Info.index += 4;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 2: //True color
+ switch (gPng_Info.hdr.bitDepth)
+ {
+ case 8:
+ gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+gPng_Info.inPixelCount] = dat;
+ gPng_Info.inPixelCount++;
+ if (gPng_Info.inPixelCount == 3)
+ {
+ Filter8(gPng_Info.curLine8, gPng_Info.prvLine8, gPng_Info.x,gPng_Info.y, 3, gPng_Info.filter);
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+1] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+1];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+2] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+2];
+
+ if (gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount] == gPng_Info.trns.col[0] &&
+ gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+1] == gPng_Info.trns.col[1] &&
+ gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+2] == gPng_Info.trns.col[2])
+ {
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+3] = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+3] = 255;
+ }
+
+ gPng_Info.x++;
+ gPng_Info.index += 4;
+ gPng_Info.inLineCount += 3;
+ gPng_Info.inPixelCount = 0;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 16:
+ gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+gPng_Info.inPixelCount] = dat;
+ gPng_Info.inPixelCount++;
+ if (gPng_Info.inPixelCount == 6)
+ {
+ Filter8(gPng_Info.curLine8, gPng_Info.prvLine8, gPng_Info.x, gPng_Info.y, 6, gPng_Info.filter);
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index] =gPng_Info. curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+1] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+2];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+2] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+4];
+
+ gPng_Info.r = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount] * 256 + gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+1];
+ gPng_Info.g = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+2] * 256 + gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+3];
+ gPng_Info.b = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+4] * 256 + gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+5];
+ if (gPng_Info.r == gPng_Info.trns.col[0] && gPng_Info.g == gPng_Info.trns.col[1] && gPng_Info.b == gPng_Info.trns.col[2])
+ {
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+3] = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+3] = 255;
+ }
+ gPng_Info.x++;
+ gPng_Info.index += 4;
+ gPng_Info.inLineCount += 6;
+ gPng_Info.inPixelCount = 0;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 3: // Indexed color
+ switch (gPng_Info.hdr.bitDepth)
+ {
+ case 4:
+ gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.x/2] = dat;
+ Filter8(gPng_Info.curLine8, gPng_Info.prvLine8, gPng_Info.x/2, gPng_Info.y, 1, gPng_Info.filter);
+
+ for (i = 0; i<2 && gPng_Info.x < gPng_Info.wid; i++)
+ {
+ colIdx = (gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.x/2] >> ((1 - i) * 4))&0x0f;
+
+ if (colIdx < gPng_Info.plt.nEntry)
+ {
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index] = gPng_Info.plt.entry[colIdx*3];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+1] = gPng_Info.plt.entry[colIdx*3+1];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+2] = gPng_Info.plt.entry[colIdx*3+2];
+ if (colIdx == gPng_Info.trns.col[0] || colIdx == gPng_Info.trns.col[1] || colIdx == gPng_Info.trns.col[2])
+ {
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+3] = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+3] = 255;
+ }
+ }
+ gPng_Info.x++;
+ gPng_Info.index += 4;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 8:
+ gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.x] = dat;
+ Filter8(gPng_Info.curLine8, gPng_Info.prvLine8, gPng_Info.x, gPng_Info.y, 1, gPng_Info.filter);
+ colIdx = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.x];
+
+ if (colIdx < gPng_Info.plt.nEntry)
+ {
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index] = gPng_Info.plt.entry[colIdx*3];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+1] = gPng_Info.plt.entry[colIdx*3+1];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+2] = gPng_Info.plt.entry[colIdx*3+2];
+ if (colIdx == gPng_Info.trns.col[0] || colIdx == gPng_Info.trns.col[1] || colIdx == gPng_Info.trns.col[2])
+ {
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+3] = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+3] = 255;
+ }
+ }
+ gPng_Info.x++;
+ gPng_Info.index += 4;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 4: // Greyscale with alpha
+ switch(gPng_Info.hdr.bitDepth)
+ {
+ case 8:
+ gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount + gPng_Info.inPixelCount] = dat;
+ gPng_Info.inPixelCount++;
+ if (gPng_Info.inPixelCount == 2)
+ {
+ Filter8(gPng_Info.curLine8, gPng_Info.prvLine8, gPng_Info.x, gPng_Info.y, 2, gPng_Info.filter);
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+1] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+2] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+3] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+1];
+ gPng_Info.index += 4;
+ gPng_Info.x++;
+ gPng_Info.inLineCount += 2;
+ gPng_Info.inPixelCount = 0;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 6: // Truecolor with alpha
+ switch(gPng_Info.hdr.bitDepth)
+ {
+ case 8:
+ gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+gPng_Info.inPixelCount] = dat;
+ gPng_Info.inPixelCount++;
+ if (gPng_Info.inPixelCount == 4)
+ {
+ Filter8(gPng_Info.curLine8, gPng_Info.prvLine8,gPng_Info.x, gPng_Info.y, 4, gPng_Info.filter);
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+1] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+1];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+2] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+2];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+3] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+3];
+ gPng_Info.index += 4;
+ gPng_Info.x++;
+ gPng_Info.inLineCount += 4;
+ gPng_Info.inPixelCount = 0;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ } // switch(hdr.colorType)
+
+ if (gPng_Info.x >= gPng_Info.wid)
+ {
+ gPng_Info.y++;
+ gPng_Info.x = -1;
+ ShiftTwoLineBuf();
+ }
+
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+
+ case 1: // Interlace
+ // 1 6 4 6 2 6 4 6
+ // 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
+ // 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6
+ // 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
+ // 3 6 4 6 3 6 4 6
+ // 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
+ // 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6
+ // 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
+ switch (gPng_Info.interlacePass)
+ {
+ case 1:
+ interlaceWid = (gPng_Info.wid + 7) / 8;
+ interlaceHei = (gPng_Info.hei + 7) / 8;
+ interlaceX = gPng_Info.x * 8;
+ interlaceY = gPng_Info.y * 8;
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ interlaceWid = (gPng_Info.wid + 3) / 8;
+ interlaceHei = (gPng_Info.hei + 7) / 8;
+ interlaceX = 4 + gPng_Info.x * 8;
+ interlaceY = gPng_Info.y * 8;
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ interlaceWid = (gPng_Info.wid + 3) / 4;
+ interlaceHei = (gPng_Info.hei + 3) / 8;
+ interlaceX = gPng_Info.x * 4;
+ interlaceY = 4 + gPng_Info.y * 8;
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ interlaceWid = (gPng_Info.wid + 1) / 4;
+ interlaceHei = (gPng_Info.hei + 3) / 4;
+ interlaceX = 2 + gPng_Info.x * 4;
+ interlaceY = gPng_Info.y * 4;
+ break;
+ case 5:
+ interlaceWid = (gPng_Info.wid + 1) / 2;
+ interlaceHei = (gPng_Info.hei + 1) / 4;
+ interlaceX = gPng_Info.x * 2;
+ interlaceY = 2 + gPng_Info.y * 4;
+ break;
+ case 6:
+ interlaceWid = (gPng_Info.wid) / 2;
+ interlaceHei = (gPng_Info.hei + 1) / 2;
+ interlaceX = 1 + gPng_Info.x * 2;
+ interlaceY = gPng_Info.y * 2;
+ break;
+ case 7:
+ interlaceWid = gPng_Info.wid;
+ interlaceHei = gPng_Info.hei / 2;
+ interlaceX = gPng_Info.x;
+ interlaceY = 1 + gPng_Info.y * 2;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ } // switch(interlacePass)
+
+ switch (gPng_Info.hdr.colorType) // See PNG Specification for Colour types and values
+ {
+ case 0: // Grayscale
+ switch (gPng_Info.hdr.bitDepth)
+ {
+ case 8:
+ gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount] = dat;
+ Filter8(gPng_Info.curLine8, gPng_Info.prvLine8, gPng_Info.x, gPng_Info.y, 1, gPng_Info.filter);
+
+ gPng_Info.index = interlaceX * 4 + interlaceY * gPng_Info.wid * 4;
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+1] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+2] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount];
+
+ if (gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount] == gPng_Info.trns.col[0] ||
+ gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount] == gPng_Info.trns.col[1] ||
+ gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount] == gPng_Info.trns.col[2])
+ {
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+3] = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+3] = 255;
+ }
+
+ gPng_Info.x++;
+ gPng_Info.inLineCount++;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 2: // True color
+ switch (gPng_Info.hdr.bitDepth)
+ {
+ case 8:
+ gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+gPng_Info.inPixelCount] = dat;
+ gPng_Info.inPixelCount++;
+ if (gPng_Info.inPixelCount == 3)
+ {
+ Filter8(gPng_Info.curLine8, gPng_Info.prvLine8, gPng_Info.x, gPng_Info.y, 3, gPng_Info.filter);
+
+ gPng_Info.index = interlaceX * 4 + interlaceY * gPng_Info.wid * 4;
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+1] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+1];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+2] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+2];
+
+ if ( gPng_Info.curLine8[ gPng_Info.inLineCount] == gPng_Info.trns.col[0] &&
+ gPng_Info.curLine8[ gPng_Info.inLineCount+1] == gPng_Info.trns.col[1] &&
+ gPng_Info.curLine8[ gPng_Info.inLineCount+2] == gPng_Info.trns.col[2])
+ {
+ gPng_Info.rgba[ gPng_Info.index+3] = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ gPng_Info.rgba[ gPng_Info.index+3] = 255;
+ }
+
+ gPng_Info.x++;
+ gPng_Info.inLineCount += 3;
+ gPng_Info.inPixelCount = 0;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 16:
+ gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+gPng_Info.inPixelCount] = dat;
+ gPng_Info.inPixelCount++;
+ if (gPng_Info.inPixelCount == 6)
+ {
+ Filter8(gPng_Info.curLine8, gPng_Info.prvLine8, gPng_Info.x, gPng_Info.y, 6, gPng_Info.filter);
+ gPng_Info.index = interlaceX * 4 + interlaceY * gPng_Info.wid * 4;
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+1] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+2];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+2] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+4];
+
+ gPng_Info.r = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount] * 256 + gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+1];
+ gPng_Info.g = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+2] * 256 + gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+3];
+ gPng_Info.b = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+4] * 256 + gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+5];
+
+ if(gPng_Info.r==gPng_Info.trns.col[0] && gPng_Info.g==gPng_Info.trns.col[1] && gPng_Info.b==gPng_Info.trns.col[2])
+ {
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+3] = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+3] = 255;
+ }
+
+ gPng_Info.x++;
+ gPng_Info.inLineCount += 6;
+ gPng_Info.inPixelCount = 0;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 3: // Indexed color
+ switch (gPng_Info.hdr.bitDepth)
+ {
+ case 8:
+ gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount] = dat;
+ Filter8(gPng_Info.curLine8, gPng_Info.prvLine8, gPng_Info.x, gPng_Info.y, 1, gPng_Info.filter);
+
+ gPng_Info.index = interlaceX * 4 + interlaceY *gPng_Info.wid * 4;
+ colIdx = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount];
+ if (colIdx < gPng_Info.plt.nEntry)
+ {
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index] = gPng_Info.plt.entry[colIdx*3];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+1] = gPng_Info.plt.entry[colIdx*3+1];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+2] = gPng_Info.plt.entry[colIdx*3+2];
+ if (colIdx == gPng_Info.trns.col[0] || colIdx == gPng_Info.trns.col[1] || colIdx == gPng_Info.trns.col[2])
+ {
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+3] = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+3] = 255;
+ }
+ }
+
+ gPng_Info.x++;
+ gPng_Info.inLineCount++;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 4: // Greyscale with alpha
+ switch (gPng_Info.hdr.bitDepth)
+ {
+ case 8:
+ gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+gPng_Info.inPixelCount] = dat;
+ gPng_Info.inPixelCount++;
+ if (gPng_Info.inPixelCount == 2)
+ {
+ Filter8(gPng_Info.curLine8, gPng_Info.prvLine8, gPng_Info.x, gPng_Info.y, 2, gPng_Info.filter);
+
+ gPng_Info.index = interlaceX * 4 + interlaceY * gPng_Info.wid * 4;
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+1] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+2] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+3] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+1];
+
+ gPng_Info.x++;
+ gPng_Info.inLineCount += 2;
+ gPng_Info.inPixelCount = 0;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 6: // Truecolor with alpha
+ switch (gPng_Info.hdr.bitDepth)
+ {
+ case 8:
+ gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+gPng_Info.inPixelCount] = dat;
+ gPng_Info.inPixelCount++;
+ if (gPng_Info.inPixelCount == 4)
+ {
+ Filter8(gPng_Info.curLine8, gPng_Info.prvLine8, gPng_Info.x, gPng_Info.y, 4, gPng_Info.filter);
+
+ gPng_Info.index = interlaceX * 4 + interlaceY * gPng_Info.wid * 4;
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+1] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+1];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+2] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+2];
+ gPng_Info.rgba[gPng_Info.index+3] = gPng_Info.curLine8[gPng_Info.inLineCount+3];
+
+ gPng_Info.x++;
+ gPng_Info.inLineCount += 4;
+ gPng_Info.inPixelCount = 0;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ } // switch(hdr.colorType)
+
+ if (gPng_Info.x >= (int)interlaceWid)
+ {
+ gPng_Info.y++;
+ gPng_Info.x = -1;
+ ShiftTwoLineBuf();
+ if (gPng_Info.y >= (int)interlaceHei)
+ {
+ gPng_Info.y = 0;
+ gPng_Info.interlacePass++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+ default:
+ return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: ConvertPNGToBlt()
+//
+// Description: Decode the PNG and store the output in RGB format
+//
+// Input: IN VOID *PNGImage, IN UINT32 PNGImageSize, IN OUT VOID **Blt,
+// IN OUT UINTN *BltSize, OUT UINT32 *PixelHeight, OUT UINT32 *PixelWidth
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS ConvertPNGToUgaBlt( IN VOID *PNGImage, IN UINT32 PNGImageSize, IN OUT VOID **Blt, IN OUT UINTN *BltSize, OUT UINT32 *PixelHeight, OUT UINT32 *PixelWidth )
+{
+ //PngImageDecoder pngDecoder;
+ //pngDecoder.Initialize();
+ EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
+ unsigned int x,y;
+ EFI_UGA_PIXEL *buf = (EFI_UGA_PIXEL *)NULL;
+ unsigned char *tempRGBA;
+ PNGImageSize = 0;
+ Initialize();
+ if (Decode((unsigned char*)PNGImage, PNGImageSize) == EFI_SUCCESS) //Decodes the PNG image to convert PNG image data to RGB format
+ {
+
+
+ *PixelHeight = gPng_Info.hei;
+ *PixelWidth = gPng_Info.wid;
+ *BltSize = (*PixelHeight) * (*PixelWidth) * 4;
+
+ *Blt = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(*BltSize);
+ if (*Blt == NULL)
+ {
+ Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+ return Status;
+ }
+
+ buf = (EFI_UGA_PIXEL *)*Blt;
+
+ for(y = 0; y < *PixelHeight; y++) {
+ for(x = 0; x < *PixelWidth; x++) {
+
+ if(x < (unsigned int)gPng_Info.wid)
+ {
+ tempRGBA = gPng_Info.rgba + (y * gPng_Info.wid + x) * 4;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tempRGBA = gPng_Info.rgba + (y * gPng_Info.wid + gPng_Info.wid - 1) * 4;
+ }
+
+ buf->Blue = tempRGBA[2];
+ buf->Green = tempRGBA[1]; //Stores the converted image data(RGB format)
+ buf->Red = tempRGBA[0];
+ buf++;
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ Status = EFI_ABORTED;
+ }
+ return Status;
+}
+
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
+//** **
+//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **
+//** **
+//** All Rights Reserved. **
+//** **
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **
+//** **
+//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **
+//** **
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/png.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/png.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e18132
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/png.h
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//** **//
+//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **//
+//** **//
+//** All Rights Reserved. **//
+//** **//
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **//
+//** **//
+//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **//
+//** **//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/png.h $
+//
+// $Author: Arunsb $
+//
+// $Revision: 2 $
+//
+// $Date: 10/18/12 5:53a $
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// Revision History
+// ----------------
+// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/png.h $
+//
+// 2 10/18/12 5:53a Arunsb
+// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission
+//
+// 2 10/10/12 12:35p Arunsb
+// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio
+//
+// 1 6/13/11 12:21p Rajashakerg
+// EIP:60910 -PNG image support in TSE.
+//
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+
+//<AMI_FHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: png.h
+//
+// Description: Header file for png image format related code
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_FHDR_END>
+
+
+#include "MyDefs.h"
+
+#include EFI_PROTOCOL_DEFINITION(GraphicsOutput)
+#ifndef _PNG_H_
+#define _PNG_H_
+
+EFI_STATUS ConvertPNGToBlt ( IN VOID *PNGImage, IN UINT32 PNGImageSize, IN OUT VOID **Blt, IN OUT UINTN *BltSize, OUT UINT32 *PixelHeight, OUT UINT32 *PixelWidth);
+
+typedef struct _PngHeader //information about the PNG image
+{
+ unsigned int width; //width of the image in pixels
+ unsigned int height; //height of the image in pixels
+ unsigned int bitDepth;
+ unsigned int colorType;
+ unsigned int compressionMethod; //compression method of the original file
+ unsigned int filterMethod; //filter method of the original file
+ unsigned int interlaceMethod; //interlace method of the original file
+} PngHeader;
+
+typedef struct _PngPalette
+{
+ unsigned int nEntry;
+ unsigned char *entry;
+} PngPalette;
+
+typedef struct _PngTransparency
+{
+ unsigned int col[3];
+} PngTransparency;
+
+enum{
+ gamma_default=100000
+ };
+
+typedef struct _PngImageDecoder
+{
+ PngHeader hdr;
+ PngPalette plt;
+ PngTransparency trns;
+ int wid,hei;
+ unsigned char *rgba; // Raw data of R,G,B,A
+ int autoDeleteRgbaBuffer;
+ int filter,x,y,firstByte;
+ int inLineCount;
+ int inPixelCount;
+ unsigned int r,g,b,msb; // msb for reading 16 bit depth
+ unsigned int index;
+ unsigned int interlacePass;
+ unsigned char *twoLineBuf8,*curLine8,*prvLine8; // For filtering
+ unsigned int gamma;
+}PngImageDecoder;
+
+PngImageDecoder gPng_Info;
+
+void Initialize(void);
+ int CheckSignature(CHAR8 *PNGImage);
+ EFI_STATUS ReadChunk(unsigned *length,unsigned char **buf,unsigned *chunkType,unsigned *crc);
+ void Header_Decode(unsigned char dat[]);
+ EFI_STATUS Palette_Decode(unsigned length,unsigned char dat[]);
+ EFI_STATUS Transparency_Decode(unsigned length,unsigned char dat[],unsigned int colorType);
+ EFI_STATUS Decode(unsigned char *PNGImage,UINT32 PNGImageSize);
+ void ShiftTwoLineBuf(void);
+ EFI_STATUS PrepareOutput(void);
+ EFI_STATUS Output(unsigned char dat);
+ EFI_STATUS EndOutput(void);
+EFI_STATUS Uncompress(unsigned length, unsigned char dat[]);
+
+
+#endif //#ifndef _PNG_H_
+
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
+//** **
+//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **
+//** **
+//** All Rights Reserved. **
+//** **
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **
+//** **
+//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **
+//** **
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/pnguncmp.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/pnguncmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..655994f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/pnguncmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,879 @@
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//** **//
+//** (C)Copyright 2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **//
+//** **//
+//** All Rights Reserved. **//
+//** **//
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **//
+//** **//
+//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **//
+//** **//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/pnguncmp.c $
+//
+// $Author: Arunsb $
+//
+// $Revision: 3 $
+//
+// $Date: 10/18/12 5:53a $
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// Revision History
+// ----------------
+// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/pnguncmp.c $
+//
+// 3 10/18/12 5:53a Arunsb
+// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission
+//
+// 2 10/10/12 12:35p Arunsb
+// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio
+//
+// 2 6/20/11 1:19p Rajashakerg
+// [TAG] EIP60910
+// [Description] Updated with respect to the review comments.
+//
+// 1 6/13/11 12:21p Rajashakerg
+// EIP:60910 -PNG image support in TSE.
+//
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+
+//<AMI_FHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: pnguncmp.c
+//
+// Description: This file contains code for pcx image handling
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_FHDR_END>
+
+#include "png.h"
+#define codeLengthLen 19
+
+typedef struct _PngHuffmanTree
+{
+ unsigned dat;
+ struct _PngHuffmanTree *zero, *one;
+}PngHuffmanTree;
+
+void MakeFixedHuffmanCode(unsigned *hLength, unsigned *hCode);
+void MakeDynamicHuffmanCode(unsigned hLength[288], unsigned hCode[288], unsigned nLng, unsigned lng[]);
+EFI_STATUS DecodeDynamicHuffmanCode
+ (unsigned int *hLit, unsigned int *hDist, unsigned int*hCLen,
+ unsigned int **hLengthLiteral, unsigned int **hCodeLiteral,
+ unsigned int **hLengthDist, unsigned int **hCodeDist,
+ unsigned int *hLengthBuf, unsigned int *hCodeBuf,
+ const unsigned char dat[], unsigned int *bytePtr, unsigned int *bitPtr);
+
+PngHuffmanTree *MakeHuffmanTree(unsigned n, unsigned *hLength, unsigned *hCode);
+void DeleteHuffmanTree(PngHuffmanTree *node);
+
+unsigned GetCopyLength(unsigned value, unsigned char dat[], unsigned *bytePtr, unsigned *bitPtr);
+unsigned GetBackwardDistance(unsigned distCode, unsigned char dat[], unsigned *bytePtr, unsigned *bitPtr);
+
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: GetNextBit()
+//
+// Description: To get the Next Bit
+//
+// Input: const unsigned char dat[], unsigned *bytePtr, unsigned *bitPtr
+//
+// Output: unsigned int
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+unsigned int GetNextBit(const unsigned char dat[], unsigned *bytePtr, unsigned *bitPtr)
+{
+ unsigned a;
+ unsigned b;
+ a = dat[*bytePtr] & *bitPtr;
+ *bitPtr <<= 1;
+ if(*bitPtr >= 256)
+ {
+ *bitPtr = 1;
+ (*bytePtr)++;
+ }
+ b = (a != 0 ? 1 : 0);
+ return b;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: GetNextMultiBit()
+//
+// Description: To get the Next multiple Bits.
+//
+// Input: const unsigned char dat[], unsigned *bytePtr, unsigned *bitPtr, unsigned n
+//
+// Output: unsigned int
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+unsigned int GetNextMultiBit(const unsigned char dat[], unsigned *bytePtr, unsigned *bitPtr, unsigned n)
+{
+ unsigned value,mask,i;
+ value = 0;
+ mask = 1;
+ for(i = 0; i < n; i++)
+ {
+ if(GetNextBit(dat,bytePtr,bitPtr))
+ {
+ value |= mask;
+ }
+ mask <<= 1;
+ }
+ return value;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: MakeFixedHuffmanCode()
+//
+// Description: To make the fixed huffman code
+//
+// Input: unsigned hLength[288],unsigned hCode[288]
+//
+// Output: none
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+void MakeFixedHuffmanCode(unsigned *hLength, unsigned *hCode)
+{
+ unsigned i;
+ for(i = 0; i <= 143; i++)
+ {
+ hLength[i] = 8;
+ hCode[i] = 0x30+i;
+ }
+ for(i = 144; i <= 255; i++)
+ {
+ hLength[i] = 9;
+ hCode[i] = 0x190 + (i-144);
+ }
+ for(i = 256; i <= 279; i++)
+ {
+ hLength[i] = 7;
+ hCode[i] = i - 256;
+ }
+ for(i=280; i<=287; i++)
+ {
+ hLength[i] = 8;
+ hCode[i] = 0xc0 + (i-280);
+ }
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: MakeDynamicHuffmanCode()
+//
+// Description: To make the Dynamic Huffman Code
+//
+// Input: unsigned hLength[],unsigned hCode[],unsigned nLng,unsigned lng[]
+//
+// Output: none
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+void MakeDynamicHuffmanCode(unsigned hLength[], unsigned hCode[], unsigned nLng, unsigned lng[])
+{
+ unsigned i, maxLng, code, *bl_count, *next_code, bits, n;
+
+ for(i = 0; i < nLng; i++)
+ {
+ hLength[i] = lng[i];
+ hCode[i] = 0;
+ }
+
+ maxLng = 0;
+ for(i = 0; i < nLng; i++)
+ {
+ if(maxLng < lng[i])
+ {
+ maxLng = lng[i];
+ }
+ }
+
+ bl_count = (unsigned int *) EfiLibAllocateZeroPool((maxLng+1)*sizeof(unsigned));
+ if (!bl_count) {
+ return;
+ }
+ next_code = (unsigned int *) EfiLibAllocateZeroPool((maxLng+1)*sizeof(unsigned));
+ if (!next_code) {
+ MemFreePointer(&bl_count);
+ return;
+ }
+ for(i = 0; i < maxLng+1; i++)
+ {
+ bl_count[i] = 0;
+ next_code[i] = 0;
+ }
+ for(i = 0; i < nLng; i++)
+ {
+ bl_count[lng[i]]++;
+ }
+
+ code = 0;
+ bl_count[0] = 0;
+ for (bits = 1; bits <= maxLng; bits++)
+ {
+ code = (code + bl_count[bits-1]) << 1;
+ next_code[bits] = code;
+ }
+
+ for (n = 0; n < nLng; n++)
+ {
+ unsigned len;
+ len = lng[n];
+ if (len > 0)
+ {
+ hCode[n] = next_code[len]++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (bl_count != NULL)
+ {
+ MemFreePointer(&bl_count);
+ }
+ if (next_code != NULL)
+ {
+ MemFreePointer(&next_code);
+ }
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: DecodeDynamicHuffmanCode()
+//
+// Description: Decodeing the Dynamic Huffman Code
+//
+// Input: unsigned int &hLit,unsigned int &hDist,unsigned int &hCLen,
+// unsigned int *&hLengthLiteral,unsigned int *&hCodeLiteral,
+// unsigned int *&hLengthDist,unsigned int *&hCodeDist,
+// unsigned int hLengthBuf[322],unsigned int hCodeBuf[322],
+// const unsigned char dat[],unsigned int &bytePtr,unsigned int &bitPtr
+//
+// Output: int
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS DecodeDynamicHuffmanCode
+ (unsigned int *hLit, unsigned int *hDist, unsigned int *hCLen,
+ unsigned int **hLengthLiteral, unsigned int **hCodeLiteral,
+ unsigned int **hLengthDist, unsigned int **hCodeDist,
+ unsigned int *hLengthBuf, unsigned int *hCodeBuf,
+ const unsigned char dat[], unsigned int *bytePtr, unsigned int *bitPtr)
+{
+ unsigned int i;
+ unsigned int nExtr=0;
+ PngHuffmanTree *lengthTree, *lengthTreePtr;
+ unsigned value, copyLength;
+ unsigned codeLengthOrder[codeLengthLen] =
+ {
+ 16,17,18,0,8,7,9,6,10,5,11,4,12,3,13,2,14,1,15
+ };
+ unsigned codeLengthCode[codeLengthLen];
+ unsigned hLengthCode[codeLengthLen],hCodeCode[codeLengthLen];
+
+ *hLit = 0;
+ *hDist = 0;
+ *hCLen = 0;
+
+ *hLit = GetNextMultiBit(dat, bytePtr, bitPtr, 5);
+ *hDist = GetNextMultiBit(dat, bytePtr, bitPtr, 5);
+ *hCLen = GetNextMultiBit(dat, bytePtr, bitPtr, 4);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < codeLengthLen; i++)
+ {
+ codeLengthCode[i] = 0;
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < *hCLen+4; i++)
+ {
+ codeLengthCode[codeLengthOrder[i]] = GetNextMultiBit(dat, bytePtr, bitPtr, 3);
+ }
+
+ MakeDynamicHuffmanCode(hLengthCode, hCodeCode, codeLengthLen, codeLengthCode);
+
+ *hLengthLiteral = hLengthBuf;
+ *hCodeLiteral = hCodeBuf;
+ *hLengthDist = hLengthBuf + *hLit + 257;
+ *hCodeDist = hCodeBuf+ *hLit + 257;
+
+
+ lengthTree = MakeHuffmanTree(codeLengthLen, hLengthCode, hCodeCode);
+ if (lengthTree == NULL) {
+ return EFI_ABORTED;
+ }
+
+ lengthTreePtr = lengthTree;
+ while (nExtr < *hLit + 257 + *hDist +1)
+ {
+ if (GetNextBit(dat, bytePtr, bitPtr))
+ {
+ if(lengthTreePtr->one){
+ lengthTreePtr = lengthTreePtr->one;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if(lengthTreePtr->zero){
+ lengthTreePtr = lengthTreePtr->zero;
+ }
+ }
+ if (lengthTreePtr->zero == NULL && lengthTreePtr->one == NULL)
+ {
+
+ value = lengthTreePtr->dat;
+
+ if (value <= 15)
+ {
+ hLengthBuf[nExtr++] = value;
+ }
+ else if (value == 16)
+ {
+ copyLength = 3 + GetNextMultiBit(dat, bytePtr, bitPtr, 2);
+ while (copyLength > 0)
+ {
+ hLengthBuf[nExtr] = hLengthBuf[nExtr-1];
+ nExtr++;
+ copyLength--;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (value == 17)
+ {
+ copyLength = 3 + GetNextMultiBit(dat, bytePtr, bitPtr, 3);
+ while (copyLength > 0)
+ {
+ hLengthBuf[nExtr++] = 0;
+ copyLength--;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (value == 18)
+ {
+ copyLength = 11 + GetNextMultiBit(dat, bytePtr, bitPtr, 7);
+ while (copyLength > 0)
+ {
+ hLengthBuf[nExtr++] = 0;
+ copyLength--;
+ }
+ }
+
+ lengthTreePtr = lengthTree;
+ }
+ }
+
+ MakeDynamicHuffmanCode(*hLengthLiteral, *hCodeLiteral, *hLit+257, *hLengthLiteral);
+ MakeDynamicHuffmanCode(*hLengthDist, *hCodeDist, *hDist+1, *hLengthDist);
+
+ DeleteHuffmanTree(lengthTree);
+
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: MakeHuffmanTree()
+//
+// Description: To create the huffman tree
+//
+// Input: unsigned n,unsigned hLength[],unsigned hCode[]
+//
+// Output: PngHuffmanTree
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+PngHuffmanTree *MakeHuffmanTree(unsigned n, unsigned *hLength, unsigned *hCode)
+{
+ unsigned i, j, mask;
+ PngHuffmanTree *root, *ptr;
+
+ root = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(sizeof(PngHuffmanTree));
+ if (root == NULL) {
+ return (PngHuffmanTree *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+ {
+ if (hLength[i] > 0)
+ {
+ ptr = root;
+ mask = (1<<(hLength[i]-1));
+ for (j = 0; j < hLength[i]; j++)
+ {
+ if (hCode[i] & mask)
+ {
+ if (ptr->one == NULL)
+ {
+ ptr->one = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(sizeof(PngHuffmanTree));
+ }
+ ptr = ptr->one;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (ptr->zero == NULL)
+ {
+ ptr->zero = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(sizeof(PngHuffmanTree));
+ }
+ ptr = ptr->zero;
+ }
+ mask >>= 1;
+ }
+ ptr->dat = i;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return root;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: DeleteHuffmanTree()
+//
+// Description: Deleting the created Trees
+//
+// Input: PngHuffmanTree *node
+//
+// Output: String size
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+void DeleteHuffmanTree(PngHuffmanTree *node)
+{
+ if (node != NULL)
+ {
+ DeleteHuffmanTree(node->zero); //Delete the Huffman tree
+ DeleteHuffmanTree(node->one);
+ MemFreePointer( &node);
+ }
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: GetCopyLength()
+//
+// Description: To Get the correct Copy Length
+//
+// Input: unsigned value,unsigned char dat[],unsigned &bytePtr,unsigned &bitPtr
+//
+// Output: unsigned int
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+unsigned GetCopyLength(unsigned value, unsigned char dat[], unsigned *bytePtr, unsigned *bitPtr)
+{
+ unsigned copyLength;
+ unsigned base,offset,extBits;
+
+ if (value <= 264)
+ {
+ copyLength = 3 + (value - 257);
+ }
+ else if (value >= 285)
+ {
+ copyLength = 258;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ extBits = 1 + (value-265) / 4;
+ base = (8 << ((value-265) / 4)) + 3;
+ offset = ((value-265) & 3) * (2 << ((value - 265) / 4));
+
+ copyLength = GetNextMultiBit(dat, bytePtr, bitPtr, extBits);
+ copyLength += base+offset;
+ }
+
+ return copyLength;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: GetBackwardDistance()
+//
+// Description: To get the Backward Distance
+//
+// Input: unsigned distCode,unsigned char dat[],unsigned &bytePtr,unsigned &bitPtr
+//
+// Output: unsigned int
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+unsigned GetBackwardDistance
+ (unsigned distCode, unsigned char dat[], unsigned *bytePtr, unsigned *bitPtr)
+{
+ unsigned backDist;
+ unsigned base, offset, extBits;
+
+ if (distCode <= 3)
+ {
+ backDist = distCode + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+
+
+ base = (4 << ((distCode - 4) / 2)) + 1;
+ offset = (distCode&1) * (2 << ((distCode - 4) / 2));
+ extBits = (distCode - 2) / 2;
+
+ backDist = GetNextMultiBit(dat,bytePtr,bitPtr,extBits);
+ backDist += base + offset;
+ }
+
+ return backDist;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: Uncompress()
+//
+// Description: Used to Uncompress the Image data and to convert the RGB format.
+//
+// Input: unsigned length,unsigned char dat[]
+//
+// Output: int
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS Uncompress(unsigned length, unsigned char dat[])
+{
+ unsigned windowUsed;
+ unsigned char *windowBuf;
+ unsigned nByteExtracted;
+ PngHuffmanTree *codeTree, *codeTreePtr;
+ PngHuffmanTree *distTree, *distTreePtr;
+ unsigned bytePtr, bitPtr;
+ unsigned char cmf, flg;
+ unsigned cm, cInfo, windowSize;
+ unsigned fDict;
+ unsigned *hLengthBuf = (unsigned *)NULL;
+ unsigned *hCodeBuf = (unsigned *)NULL;
+ unsigned *hLength = (unsigned *)NULL;
+ unsigned *hCode = (unsigned *)NULL;
+ unsigned value;
+ unsigned copyLength,distCode,backDist;
+ int i=0;
+ windowBuf = (unsigned char *)NULL;
+
+ codeTree = (PngHuffmanTree *)NULL;
+ distTree = (PngHuffmanTree *)NULL;
+ bytePtr = 0;
+ bitPtr = 1;
+ nByteExtracted = 0;
+
+ cmf = dat[bytePtr++];
+ flg = dat[bytePtr++];
+
+ cm = cmf&0x0f;
+ if (cm != 8)
+ {
+ goto ERREND;
+ }
+
+ cInfo = (cmf&0xf0)>>4;
+ windowSize = 1 << (cInfo + 8);
+
+ windowBuf = (unsigned char *)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(windowSize);
+ windowUsed = 0;
+
+ fDict = (flg&32) >> 5;
+
+ if (fDict != 0)
+ {
+ goto ERREND;
+ }
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ unsigned bFinal,bType;
+
+ bFinal = GetNextBit(dat, &bytePtr, &bitPtr);
+ bType = GetNextMultiBit(dat, &bytePtr, &bitPtr, 2);
+
+ if (bytePtr >= length)
+ {
+ goto ERREND;
+ }
+
+ if (bType == 0) // No Compression
+ {
+ unsigned len;
+ if (bitPtr != 1) //Skip the current byte.
+ {
+ bitPtr = 1;
+ bytePtr++;
+ }
+ if (bytePtr >= length)
+ {
+ goto ERREND;
+ }
+
+ len = dat[bytePtr] + dat[bytePtr + 1] * 256;
+ bytePtr += 4; //Skip bytes for length(2 bytes) and 1's complement of length(2 bytes).
+
+ for( i=0; i<(int)len; i++) //Feed the image data that is not compressed to output buffer.
+ {
+ Output(dat[bytePtr+i]);
+ }
+ bytePtr += len;
+ }
+ else if (bType == 1 || bType == 2)
+ {
+ codeTree = (PngHuffmanTree *)NULL;
+
+ if (bType == 1)
+ {
+ hLength = (unsigned *)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(288 * sizeof(unsigned)); //Prefast issue fix - Exceeds stack size issue
+ hCode = (unsigned *)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(288 * sizeof(unsigned));
+ if (!hLength || !hCode) {
+ goto ERREND;
+ }
+ MakeFixedHuffmanCode(hLength, hCode);
+ codeTree = MakeHuffmanTree(288, hLength, hCode);
+ distTree = (PngHuffmanTree *)NULL;
+ if (hLength) { //Prefast issue fix - Exceeds stack size issue
+ MemFreePointer( &hLength);
+ }
+ if (hCode) {
+ MemFreePointer( &hCode);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ unsigned hLit, hDist, hCLen;
+ unsigned *hLengthLiteral, *hCodeLiteral;
+ unsigned *hLengthDist, *hCodeDist;
+
+ hLengthBuf = (unsigned *)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(322 * sizeof(unsigned)); //Prefast issue fix - Exceeds stack size issue
+ hCodeBuf = (unsigned *)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(322 * sizeof(unsigned));
+
+ /*Changes
+ hLengthLiteral = (unsigned *)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(322 * sizeof(unsigned));
+ hCodeLiteral = (unsigned *)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(322 * sizeof(unsigned));
+ hLengthDist = (unsigned *)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(322 * sizeof(unsigned));
+ hCodeDist = (unsigned *)EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(322 * sizeof(unsigned));
+
+ */
+ if (!hLengthBuf || !hCodeBuf) {
+ goto ERREND;
+ }
+
+ if (DecodeDynamicHuffmanCode
+ (&hLit, &hDist, &hCLen,
+ &hLengthLiteral, &hCodeLiteral, &hLengthDist, &hCodeDist, hLengthBuf, hCodeBuf,
+ dat, &bytePtr, &bitPtr)) {
+ goto ERREND;
+ }
+
+ codeTree = MakeHuffmanTree(hLit+257, hLengthLiteral, hCodeLiteral);
+ if (codeTree == NULL) {
+ goto ERREND;
+ }
+ distTree = MakeHuffmanTree(hDist+1, hLengthDist, hCodeDist);
+ if (distTree == NULL) {
+ goto ERREND;
+ }
+ /*
+ if (hLengthLiteral) { //Prefast issue fix - Exceeds stack size issue
+ MemFreePointer( &hLengthLiteral);
+ }
+ if (hCodeLiteral) { //Prefast issue fix - Exceeds stack size issue
+ MemFreePointer( &hCodeLiteral);
+ }
+ if (hLengthDist) { //Prefast issue fix - Exceeds stack size issue
+ MemFreePointer( &hLengthDist);
+ }
+ if (hCodeDist) { //Prefast issue fix - Exceeds stack size issue
+ MemFreePointer( &hCodeDist);
+ }
+ */
+ if (hLengthBuf) { //Prefast issue fix - Exceeds stack size issue
+ MemFreePointer( &hLengthBuf);
+ }
+ if (hCodeBuf) {
+ MemFreePointer( &hCodeBuf);
+ }
+ }
+
+ codeTreePtr = codeTree;
+ if (codeTree != NULL)
+ {
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (GetNextBit(dat, &bytePtr, &bitPtr))
+ {
+ codeTreePtr = codeTreePtr->one;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ codeTreePtr = codeTreePtr->zero;
+ }
+
+ if (codeTreePtr == NULL)
+ {
+ goto ERREND;
+ }
+
+ if (codeTreePtr->zero == NULL && codeTreePtr->one == NULL)
+ {
+
+ value = codeTreePtr->dat;
+ if (value < 256)
+ {
+ windowBuf[windowUsed++] = (unsigned char)value;
+ windowUsed &= (windowSize - 1);
+ if (Output((unsigned char)value))
+ {
+ goto ERREND;
+ }
+ nByteExtracted++;
+ }
+ else if (value == 256)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (value <= 285)
+ {
+
+ copyLength = GetCopyLength(value, dat, &bytePtr, &bitPtr);
+
+ if (bType == 1)
+ {
+ distCode = 16 * GetNextBit(dat, &bytePtr, &bitPtr); // 5 bits fixed
+ distCode += 8 * GetNextBit(dat, &bytePtr, &bitPtr); // Reversed order
+ distCode += 4 * GetNextBit(dat, &bytePtr, &bitPtr);
+ distCode += 2 * GetNextBit(dat, &bytePtr, &bitPtr);
+ distCode += GetNextBit(dat, &bytePtr, &bitPtr);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ distTreePtr = distTree;
+ while (distTreePtr->zero != NULL || distTreePtr->one != NULL)
+ {
+ if (GetNextBit(dat,&bytePtr,&bitPtr))
+ {
+ if (distTreePtr->one) //Fix for Fortify issue - Null Dereference
+ distTreePtr = distTreePtr->one;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (distTreePtr->zero) //Fix for Fortify issue - Null Dereference
+ distTreePtr = distTreePtr->zero;
+ }
+ }
+ distCode = distTreePtr->dat;
+ }
+ backDist = GetBackwardDistance(distCode,dat,&bytePtr,&bitPtr);
+
+
+ for(i=0; i < (int)copyLength; i++)
+ {
+ unsigned char dat;
+ dat = windowBuf[(windowUsed-backDist)&(windowSize-1)];
+ if (Output(dat))
+ {
+ goto ERREND;
+ }
+ nByteExtracted++;
+ windowBuf[windowUsed++] = dat;
+ windowUsed &= (windowSize-1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ codeTreePtr = codeTree;
+ }
+
+ if (length <= bytePtr)
+ {
+ goto ERREND;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ DeleteHuffmanTree(codeTree);
+ DeleteHuffmanTree(distTree);
+ codeTree = (PngHuffmanTree *)NULL;
+ distTree = (PngHuffmanTree *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ goto ERREND;
+ }
+
+
+ if (bFinal != 0)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ MemFreePointer( &windowBuf);
+ windowBuf = (unsigned char *)NULL;
+
+ return EFI_SUCCESS;
+
+ERREND:
+ if (windowBuf != NULL)
+ {
+ MemFreePointer( &windowBuf);
+ }
+ if (codeTree != NULL)
+ {
+ DeleteHuffmanTree(codeTree);
+ codeTree = (PngHuffmanTree *)NULL;
+ }
+ if (distTree != NULL)
+ {
+ DeleteHuffmanTree(distTree);
+ distTree = (PngHuffmanTree *)NULL;
+ }
+ if (hLength) { //Prefast issue fix - Exceeds stack size issue
+ MemFreePointer( &hLength);
+ }
+ if (hCode) {
+ MemFreePointer( &hCode);
+ }
+ if (hLengthBuf) {
+ MemFreePointer( &hLengthBuf);
+ }
+ if (hCodeBuf) {
+ MemFreePointer( &hCodeBuf);
+ }
+ return EFI_ABORTED;
+}
+
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
+//** **
+//** (C)Copyright 1985-2011, American Megatrends, Inc. **
+//** **
+//** All Rights Reserved. **
+//** **
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **
+//** **
+//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **
+//** **
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
+
+
+
+ \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/special.c b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/special.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ab3ef6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/special.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1898 @@
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//** **//
+//** (C)Copyright 2014, American Megatrends, Inc. **//
+//** **//
+//** All Rights Reserved. **//
+//** **//
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **//
+//** **//
+//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **//
+//** **//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/special.c $
+//
+// $Author: Premkumara $
+//
+// $Revision: 47 $
+//
+// $Date: 8/28/14 11:49a $
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// Revision History
+// ----------------
+// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/special.c $
+//
+// 47 8/28/14 11:49a Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP174031
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Removed TODO comments and added proper comments in those
+// places
+// [Files] commonoem.c, commonhelper.c, special.c, submenu.c,
+// minisetupext.c, uefi21wapper.c and legacy.c
+//
+// 46 5/02/14 12:55p Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP131549
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity:] Important
+// [Symptom:] After adding boot/driver options and Loading defaults causes
+// crashing issue.
+// [Root Cause] While discarding boot/driver options the boot order get
+// corrupted by copying extra data because of wrong size.
+// [Solution] Handled proper size to copy boot/driver options while
+// loading defaults
+// [Files] AddBootOption.c, Special.c
+//
+// 45 2/11/14 7:47p Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP140870
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity:] Normal
+// [Symptom:] BBS EFI OS boot entry will not disappear after remove EFI OS
+// Hdd.
+// [Root Cause] Once EFI-HDD is removed still NVRAM is giving boot data
+// for
+// EFI-HDD(Windows BootManager) with the Active = 0x9(Active+Hidden).
+// But TSE is not checking this Active flag for BootOverride menu.
+// [Solution] Checked Boot option for Hidden or Active before creating
+// controlInfo
+// [Files] special.c
+//
+// 44 12/04/13 2:18p Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP131549
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity:] Important
+// [Symptom:] After adding boot/driver options and Loading defaults causes
+// crashing issue.
+// [Root Cause] While discarding boot/driver options the boot order get
+// corrupted by copying extra data because of wrong size.
+// [Solution] Handled proper size to copy boot/driver options while
+// loading defaults
+// [Files] AddBootOption.c, Special.c
+//
+// 43 4/11/13 3:36a Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP117538
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Normal
+// [Symptom] Boot override of BSU could not see the deivces
+// [RootCause] Hidden boot devices not handled properly
+// [Solution] Hidden boot devices included in all boot options display
+// related cases.
+// [Files] special.c
+//
+// 42 10/18/12 5:53a Arunsb
+// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission
+//
+// 21 10/10/12 12:35p Arunsb
+// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio
+//
+// 40 9/25/12 5:41a Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP100099
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Added submenu icon for driver health options
+// [Files] special.c
+//
+// 39 9/21/12 9:43a Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP 97704
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Support BootFFFF variable
+// [Files] Boot.h, Boot.c, Special.c
+//
+// 38 9/17/12 6:08a Rajashakerg
+// Updated EIP changes for 2.16 release.
+//
+// 36 8/29/12 8:43a Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP-91817
+// [Description] To avoid comparing garbage gBootData for
+// LoadOptionHidden when SETUP_SHOW_ALL_BBS_DEVICES = 1
+// [Files] Special.c
+//
+// 35 4/03/12 12:40a Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP83704
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Important
+// [Symptom] HDD user password and Admin password entries are
+// disappeared.
+// [RootCause] When HDD is freeze VARIABLE_ID_IDE_SECURITY variable is
+// not updated while navigating to page by page
+// [Solution] Updated VARIABLE_ID_IDE_SECURITY variable when HDD is
+// freeze before navigate to pages.
+// [Files] Special.c
+//
+// 34 1/31/12 6:13a Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP79955
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Normal
+// [Symptom] GEOMETRICSHAPE_RIGHT_TRIANGLE Mark is missing for AddBoot
+// option in TSE advanced
+// [RootCause] Since AddBoot Option is a special control
+// GEOMETRICSHAPE_RIGHT_TRIANGLE is not drawn.
+// [Solution] Drawn GEOMETRICSHAPE_RIGHT_TRIANGLE for AddBoot Option
+// control
+// [Files] Special.c
+//
+// 33 1/13/12 1:24a Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP80360
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Important
+// [Symptom] HDDSecurity module - Issue in login with TSE, Master
+// password disabled
+// [RootCause] Cache not updated
+// [Solution] Cache updated properly
+// [Files] Tseadvanced.c, special.c and uefi21wapper.c
+//
+// 32 1/04/12 4:10p Blaines
+// [TAG] EIP 78627
+// [Category] Sighting
+// [Symptom] SAS controller card items in the main list should begin
+// with an > (arrow/sideways triagle)
+// [RootCause] TSE dynamically creates submenu links (controls with the
+// SubMenuType = 2, draw without arrow ) to Dynamic Pages (Hii pages
+// published by offboard cards with UEFI Option Rom).
+// [Solution] For Dynamic pages, set the control's property submenu->
+// SubMenuType = 1, to draw the control text with an arrow.
+//
+// [Files Changed]
+// - special.c
+//
+// [Functions Changed]
+// - _SpecialControlExtras
+//
+// 31 12/08/11 9:11p Arunsb
+// Wrapper function added for GetFormSetTitleAndHelp fnc to resolve the
+// build error in 2.0
+//
+// 30 12/01/11 7:16p Blaines
+// Fix build errors in Uefi2.0
+//
+// 29 11/30/11 1:29p Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP75352
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer
+// [Files] Boot.c, bbs.c, TseAdvanced.c, Special.c, Variable.c,
+// TseLiteHelper.c, PopupSel.c, AddBootOption.c, Hii.c, FormBrowser2.c
+//
+// 28 11/30/11 12:26a Premkumara
+// [TAG] EIP75351
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Static code analysis.Suppress the warnings from static
+// code analyzer
+// [Files] String.c, HiiString21.c, TseAdvanced.c, Special.c,
+// UefiAction., Time.c, PopupEdit.c, MessageBox.c, Label.c, Edit.c, Date.c
+//
+// 27 11/13/11 12:38p Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP70421
+// [Category] New Feature
+// [Description] Support for driver order in TSE
+// [Files] AMITSE.SDL, CommonHelper.c, setup.ini, uefisetup.ini,
+// boot.c,
+// minisetup.h, bbs.c, special.c, special.h, tseadvanced.c,
+// addbootoption.c,
+// callback.c, minisetupext.c, minisetupext.h, popupsel.c, popupsel.h,
+// TseLitehelper.c, variable.c, Uefi21Wapper.c, AMIVfr.h, boot.h,
+// TseElink.h, variable.h,
+// setup.h, Boot.vfr and Setup.uni
+//
+// 26 10/31/11 9:43a Rajashakerg
+// [TAG] EIP71120,71512
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Important
+// [Symptom] BIOS gets stuck in infinite loop On enabling
+// TSE_LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN token,In first boot incorrect devices is
+// disabled in Setup & BBS table but in second boot the correct device is
+// disabled in both places.
+// [Solution] Hidden option handled properly.
+// [Files] TseLite\variable.c, TseLite\minisetupext.c, TseAdvanced.c,
+// special.c, BootOnly\minisetup.h,BootOnly\boot.c, BootOnly\bbs.c
+//
+// 25 10/20/11 12:25p Blaines
+// Correct the comments.
+//
+// 24 10/20/11 11:48a Blaines
+// [TAG] EIP 72333
+// [Category] Sighting
+// [Symptom] Some SAS controller card HII Screen Titles are displaying
+// the wrong information
+// [RootCause] Menu tab always displays the root page title when
+// navigating submenu pages. TSE did not support the display of Formset
+// Help.
+//
+// [Solution] Display Formset Help for Dynamic page, Display page title of
+// submenu pages in the menu tab.
+//
+// [Files Changed]
+// - AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, special.c, Menu.c, minisetupext.h,
+// TseUefiHii.h, Uefi21Wapper.c
+//
+// 23 6/30/11 4:12a Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP57661
+// [Category] New Feature
+// [Description] Boot manager algorithm for interaction with Driver
+// Health protocol.
+// Driver health special controls handled.
+// [Files] amitse.cif, amitse.sdl, faketokens.c, amitsestr.uni,
+// commonhelper.c, uefisetup.ini, tsedrvhealth.h,
+// amivfr.h, minisetupbin.mak,
+// hiistring21.c, hiistring20.c, tseadvanced.c, special.c,
+// special.h, boot.h, minisetup.h,
+// uefi20wapper.c, formbrowser2.c, hii.c, parse.c and
+// uefi21wapper.c.
+//
+// 22 6/28/11 4:37p Madhans
+// [TAG] EIP55290
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Minor
+// [Symptom] Keeping Different Default Language other then English will
+// cause Lanuage options to show same language repeated.
+// [RootCause] The Language name was not updated protperly.
+// [Solution] Fix to read to update token.
+// [Files] special.c
+//
+// 21 6/20/11 11:50a Rajashakerg
+// [TAG] EIP59417
+// [Category] New Feature
+// [Description] Spport LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN option in TSE
+// [Files] boot.h, AMITSE.sdl, CommonHelper.c, bbs.c, boot.c,
+// minisetup.h, special.c, callback.c
+//
+// 20 6/01/11 4:14p Madhans
+// [TAG] EIP61588
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Important
+// [Symptom] In Advanced page Iscsi page link disappears when any update
+// happens
+// [RootCause] When pages are updated dynamically we might have few
+// invalidated PageInfo. Dynamic page grouping special control want not
+// checking them
+// [Solution] Dynamic page grouping special control check if the page is
+// valid or not.
+// [Files] Special.c
+// Parse.c
+//
+// 19 4/29/11 4:31p Arunsb
+// For 2.13 public patch release IFR RefX feature is omitted
+//
+// 16 3/23/11 8:38p Blaines
+// [TAG] - EIP 23601
+// [Category]- Enhancement
+// [Symptom]- Add support for OEM special controls.
+// [Files] - AmiTse.sdl, CommonHelper.c, Setup.ini, UefiSetup.ini,
+// AmiVfr.h, minisetup.h, minisetup.sdl, variable.c, special.c
+//
+// 15 3/15/11 5:18a Rajashakerg
+// [TAG] EIP51671
+// [Category] New Feature
+// [Description] Boot overide menu devices are not disable
+// [Files] boot.c, minisetup.h, special.c, minisetupext.c, AMITSE.sdl,
+// boot.h, CommonHelper.c
+//
+// 14 2/10/11 12:32p Blaines
+// [TAG] - EIP 53146
+// [Category]- New Feature
+// [Description] -Add the support to Move the Dynamic IFR Pages under
+// subpages. It should be customizable to move around.
+//
+// 13 1/10/11 9:36a Mallikarjunanv
+// Updated the file with respect to new changes regarding EIP51619
+//
+// 12 1/07/11 12:28a Mallikarjunanv
+// [TAG] EIP51619
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Normal
+// [Symptom] Changing the option in the "HDD BBS Priority" option not
+// reflected in the boot options list.
+// [RootCause] Boot page is not updated properly with changes made by
+// BBS HDD BBS Priority
+// [Solution] Updated the boot page with changes made by BBS HDD BBS
+// Priority
+// [Files] special.c, variable.c
+//
+// 11 12/25/10 6:44a Mallikarjunanv
+// [TAG] EIP48391
+// [Category] Bug Fix
+// [Severity] Important
+// [Symptom] BOOT menu string disappeared, and BOOT page not displayed
+// properly while adding more than 100 boot options using "Add boot
+// option"
+// [RootCause] if the number of options exceeds the option limit which
+// is UINT16, it get crashed
+// [Solution] Added a new function GetSpecialBootoptionToken(), in which
+// by updating the strings in hii for those tokens which are previously
+// not updated. If for a token the string is already udpated, we will
+// skipt that token.
+// [Files] special.c
+//
+// 10 10/27/10 3:15p Madhans
+// [TAG] EIP45785
+// [Category] Defect
+// [Symptom] Grayingout the BBS priorities is not working. only supporess
+// the first one. for UEFI 2.0
+// [RootCause] The condition showing only one disabled option is not
+// affecting the original condition.
+// [Solution] The control condition will not be updated if it evaluates to
+// not COND_NONE.
+// [Files] Special.c
+//
+// 9 9/20/10 6:47p Madhans
+// [TAG] EIP44542
+// [Category] BUILD ISSUE FIX
+// [Symptom] Build issues with TSE label (INT)4.6.2_TSE_2_10_1207_TEST
+// when IdeSecurity and FastBoot modules added to the project
+// [RootCause] -
+// [Solution] Build issues resolved
+// [Files] CommonHelper.c, Tsecommon.h, Hiilib.h, Boot.h, minisetup.h,
+// bbs.c, special.c, Bds.c TseLitehelp
+//
+// 8 9/16/10 8:38p Madhans
+// Update for TSE 2.10. Refer Changelog.log for more details.
+//
+// 15 9/16/10 3:14p Madhans
+// To Avoid build issues with TSE_USE_EDK_LIBRARY Building.
+//
+// 14 8/27/10 5:04a Mallikarjunanv
+// EIP-39334: support to build TSE without the CSM module support
+//
+// 13 8/19/10 12:50p Mallikarjunanv
+// EIP-42520: Updated to get the BBS group type from the Board module in
+// case of a non standard type.
+//
+// 12 8/12/10 1:04p Blaines
+// Use of reference to gFrame.AddControl to allow option to customization
+// outside of
+//
+// 11 7/07/10 7:45p Madhans
+// Changes to Support Adding Conditions to Suppress or Grayout the Special
+// controls.
+//
+// 10 4/02/10 4:37p Madhans
+// To get ride of TSEOEM.H referance in TSE. Oem hearder files can be
+// refered only in Tse Binary.
+//
+// 9 3/23/10 5:10p Blaines
+// Add new style module hook
+//
+// 8 2/19/10 8:12a Mallikarjunanv
+// updated year in copyright message
+//
+// 7 2/08/10 5:39a Mallikarjunanv
+// EIP-34679: Typo error fix
+//
+// 6 1/09/10 4:55a Mallikarjunanv
+// Updated TSE2.01 Release sources with coding standards
+//
+// 5 12/18/09 2:27p Madhans
+// EIP: 32350 To fix the Add/Delete Boot option issues with TSE 2.0.
+//
+// 4 9/15/09 9:37a Sudhirv
+// added support for SETUP_OEM_SPECIAL_CONTROL_SUPPORT and updated the
+// Handling of Add Del Boot Option related sources
+//
+// 3 8/13/09 7:37a Mallikarjunanv
+// eip:24971 - supporting tse features without tse sources
+//
+// 2 6/12/09 7:43p Presannar
+// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0
+//
+// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans
+//
+// 2 4/29/09 9:02p Madhans
+// Bug Fixes after unit Testing..
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 11:16p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 10:27p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+
+//<AMI_FHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: Special.c
+//
+// Description: This file contains code to handle special Operations
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_FHDR_END>
+
+#include "minisetup.h"
+#include "Special.h"
+
+#define BOOT_OPTION_SIZE sizeof(UINT16)
+
+extern VOID UefiSetHelpField(VOID *IfrPtr,UINT16 Token);
+EFI_STATUS GetFormSetTitleAndHelpWrapper (VOID *Handle, UINT16 *Title, UINT16 *Help);
+extern BOOLEAN gSetupUpdated;//EIP:51619 Flag which represents the setup update
+VOID _SpecialControlExtras(CONTROL_DATA *ctrlData);
+VOID _SpecialFixupBootOrder( CONTROL_INFO *control , UINT16 value);
+VOID _SpecialFixupLanguages( CONTROL_INFO *control );
+VOID _SpecialFixupBBSOrder( CONTROL_INFO *control, UINT16 value );
+VOID _SpecialFixupBBSCondition(UINT16 ControlIndex,CONTROL_INFO *control,UINT16 PrevControlQuestionID);
+VOID _SpecialFixupBootCondition(UINT16 ControlIndex,CONTROL_INFO *control,UINT16 PrevControlQuestionID);
+
+UINT32 FindVarFromITKQuestionId(UINT16 QuestionId);
+VOID _SpecialFixupAddBootOption( CONTROL_INFO *control);
+UINT16 GetNoVarStoreBootCountOffset();
+
+UINT16 BBSGetNonStandardGroupType(UINT16 DeviceType); //EIP-42520
+
+#if SETUP_OEM_SPECIAL_CONTROL_SUPPORT
+extern UINT16 OEMSpecialGetControlCount(CONTROL_INFO *controlInfo);
+extern VOID OEMSpecialOneOfFixup( CONTROL_INFO *control , UINT16 value );
+extern VOID OEMSpecialGotoFixup(CONTROL_INFO *control, UINT16 value );
+#endif //#if SETUP_OEM_SPECIAL_CONTROL_SUPPORT
+extern STYLECOLORS Colors;
+
+//EIP 57661 Driver health support
+CHAR16 *FindDriverHealthDriverName (UINT16);
+CHAR16 *GetCtrlNameAndHealth (UINT16 ControllerEntry);
+//EIP 57661 Ends
+//EIP70421 Support for Driver Order starts
+VOID *gDriverPageHandle = NULL;
+UINTN gDriverOptionTokenCount;
+UINT16 *gDriverOptionTokenArray;
+BOOLEAN CheckForAddDelDriverOption (VOID);
+VOID _SpecialFixupDriverOrder (CONTROL_INFO *control, UINT16 value);
+//EIP70421 Support for Driver Order ends
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: _SpecialGetIfrPtr
+//
+// Description: function to handle the operation of getting the Ifr Pointer.
+//
+// Input: VOID* conditional,
+// UINT32 variable,
+// GUID_INFO **guidInfo
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID *_SpecialGetIfrPtr( CONTROL_INFO *controlInfo, UINT32 * variable, GUID_INFO **guidInfo )
+{
+ *variable = (UINT32)GetControlConditionVarId(controlInfo);
+ return UefiGetSpecialEqIDIfrPtr(controlInfo, variable, guidInfo);
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: SpecialGetValue
+//
+// Description: function to handle the operation of getting the Ifr Value.
+//
+// Input: CONTROL_DATA *control,
+// GUID_INFO **guidInfo
+//
+// Output: UINT16
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+UINT16 SpecialGetValue( CONTROL_DATA *control, GUID_INFO **guidInfo )
+{
+ return UefiGetSpecialEqIDValue(&control->ControlData, guidInfo);
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: _SpecialGetValue
+//
+// Description: function to handle the operation of getting the Ifr Value.
+//
+// Input: CONTROL_INFO *controlinfo,
+// GUID_INFO **guidInfo
+//
+// Output: UINT16
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+UINT16 _SpecialGetValue( CONTROL_INFO *controlinfo, GUID_INFO **guidInfo )
+{
+ return UefiGetSpecialEqIDValue(controlinfo, guidInfo);
+}
+
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: _SpecialAddControl
+//
+// Description: function to Handle adding a control.
+//
+// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame ,
+// CONTROL_INFO *controlinfo,
+// BOOLEAN *SetFocus
+//
+// Output: EFI_STATUS
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+EFI_STATUS _SpecialAddControl(FRAME_DATA *frame , CONTROL_INFO *ControlInfo, BOOLEAN *SetFocus)
+{
+ EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
+ STYLECOLORS saveColors ;
+
+
+ //Save original style colors
+ saveColors = Colors ;
+
+ //Special control color scheme...
+ StyleControlColor(frame, &Colors);
+
+ //Adds controls to this frame...
+ Status = gFrame.AddControl( frame, ControlInfo );
+
+ //Restore original style colors
+ Colors = saveColors;
+
+ if ( EFI_ERROR(Status) )
+ return Status;
+
+ if ( *SetFocus )
+ {
+ if ( _FrameSetControlFocus( frame, frame->ControlCount-1 ) )
+ {
+ frame->CurrentControl = frame->ControlCount-1;
+ *SetFocus = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Status;
+
+}
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: DoAddBootOptionFixup
+//
+// Description:
+//
+// Input: CONTROL_INFO *newControlInfo
+//
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID DoAddBootOptionFixup( CONTROL_INFO *newControlInfo )
+{
+ _SpecialFixupAddBootOption(newControlInfo);
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: _SpecialAddMultipleControls
+//
+// Description: Adds Multiple controls for special controls
+//
+// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame , CONTROL_INFO *controlInfo, GUID_INFO *guidInfo, BOOLEAN *SetFocus
+//
+// Output: VOID
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID _SpecialAddMultipleControls( FRAME_DATA *frame , CONTROL_INFO *controlInfo, GUID_INFO *guidInfo, BOOLEAN *SetFocus )
+{
+ CONTROL_INFO *newControlInfo;
+ VARIABLE_INFO *varInfo = NULL;
+ UINT8 *dataPtr;
+ VOID *ifrPtr;
+ CHAR16 *name = NULL;
+
+ UINT16 count, max = 0, value = 0, HiddenBootOptionCount=0;//EIP : 59417 Declaration for the Hidden Boot option count
+ UINT16 PrevControlQuestionID=0;
+
+ UINT32 varnum=0;
+ UINTN condSize;
+
+ if ( frame == NULL )
+ return;
+
+ if ( guidInfo->GuidFlags.GuidLaunchCallbackUpdateTemplate )
+ {
+ UefiSpecialGuidCallback( controlInfo->ControlHandle, 0xFFFE, &guidInfo->GuidValue);
+ }
+
+ varnum = GetControlConditionVarId(controlInfo); //controlInfo->ControlConditionalVariable[0];
+ ifrPtr = _SpecialGetIfrPtr( controlInfo, &varnum, NULL ); // TO get the special variable.
+
+ if(NoVarStoreSupport())
+ {
+ //More info needed.
+ if(varnum == VARIABLE_ID_SETUP)
+ {
+ ifrPtr = _SpecialGetIfrPtr( controlInfo, &varnum, NULL );
+
+ //The variable supplied is setup find the right variable
+ varnum = FindVarFromITKQuestionId(UefiGetEqIDQuestionID(ifrPtr));
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( varnum == VARIABLE_ID_ERROR_MANAGER ) // if it is error manager variable, get the real updated nvram data.
+ VarUpdateVariable(varnum);
+
+ varInfo = ((VARIABLE_INFO *)((UINT8 *)gVariables + gVariables->VariableList[varnum]));
+ name = GetGUIDNameByID(VARIABLE_ID_LANGUAGE);
+ //The following is replaced by Name comparision
+ //if ( ((VARIABLE_INFO *)((UINT8 *)gVariables + gVariables->VariableList[varnum]))->VariableID == LANGUAGE_CODES_KEY_ID )
+ if(EfiStrCmp(varInfo->VariableName, name) == 0)
+ {
+ MemFreePointer(&name);
+ max = 1;
+ }
+ else if (
+ (
+ CheckForAddDelBootOption () &&
+ ((VARIABLE_ID_DEL_BOOT_OPTION == controlInfo->ControlVariable) || (VARIABLE_ID_ADD_BOOT_OPTION == controlInfo->ControlVariable))
+ ) ||
+ (
+ CheckForAddDelDriverOption () && //EIP70421 & 70422
+ ((VARIABLE_ID_DEL_DRIVER_OPTION == controlInfo->ControlVariable) || (VARIABLE_ID_ADD_DRIVER_OPTION == controlInfo->ControlVariable))
+ )
+ )
+ {
+ max = 1;
+ }
+#if SETUP_OEM_SPECIAL_CONTROL_SUPPORT
+ else if(varnum == VARIABLE_ID_OEM_TSE_VAR )
+ {
+ max = OEMSpecialGetControlCount(controlInfo);
+ }
+#endif
+ else
+ {
+ VarGetValue( varnum, 0, sizeof(UINT16), &max );
+ }
+ for (count = 0; count < max; count++)
+ {
+ if ( ( controlInfo->ControlPtr == 0 ) || ( controlInfo->ControlConditionalPtr == 0 ) )
+ continue;
+ if (
+ (gLoadOptionHidden && ((VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_MANAGER == varnum) || (VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_NOW == varnum) || (VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_MANAGER == varnum))) &&
+ (VARIABLE_ID_DEL_BOOT_OPTION != controlInfo->ControlVariable) && //For deleting the boot/driver option max is 1 so if first option is hidden nothing will proceed
+ (VARIABLE_ID_ADD_BOOT_OPTION != controlInfo->ControlVariable) &&
+ (VARIABLE_ID_DEL_DRIVER_OPTION != controlInfo->ControlVariable) &&
+ (VARIABLE_ID_ADD_DRIVER_OPTION != controlInfo->ControlVariable)
+ )
+ {
+ if (count < gBootOptionCount) //EIP-91817 To avoid comparing garbage gBootData for LoadOptionHidden when SETUP_SHOW_ALL_BBS_DEVICES = 1
+ {
+ if ((VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_MANAGER == varnum) ? (LoadOptionhidden (count, DRIVER_ORDER_OPTION)) : (LoadOptionhidden (count, BOOT_ORDER_OPTION)))
+ {
+ HiddenBootOptionCount ++; // If the Boot option has the attribute Hidden increment the HiddenBootOptionCount
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ newControlInfo = EfiLibAllocatePool( sizeof( CONTROL_INFO ) );
+ if ( newControlInfo == NULL )
+ continue;
+
+ MemCopy( newControlInfo, controlInfo, sizeof( CONTROL_INFO ) );
+ condSize = (UINTN)controlInfo->ControlPtr - (UINTN)controlInfo->ControlConditionalPtr;
+
+ // 256 should be replaced by ControlDataLength, but HPKTool currently does not set it
+ dataPtr = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( 256 + condSize );
+ if(dataPtr == NULL)
+ {
+ MemFreePointer((void**)&newControlInfo);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ newControlInfo->ControlConditionalPtr = dataPtr;
+ MemCopy( dataPtr, (VOID *)controlInfo->ControlConditionalPtr, condSize );
+ dataPtr += condSize;
+ newControlInfo->ControlPtr = dataPtr;
+ MemCopy( dataPtr, (VOID *)controlInfo->ControlPtr, 256 );
+
+ ifrPtr = _SpecialGetIfrPtr( newControlInfo, &varnum, NULL );
+
+ if ( ifrPtr != NULL )
+ {
+ if ((UefiIsOneOfControl ((VOID *)dataPtr)) && ((VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_MANAGER == varnum) || (VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_MANAGER == varnum)))
+ {
+ UefiSetEqIDValue (ifrPtr, count - HiddenBootOptionCount);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UefiSetEqIDValue (ifrPtr, count);
+ }
+ }
+ ifrPtr = (VOID *)dataPtr;
+
+ // EIP:51671 START
+ //Depending on the value of the token hide of the disabled boot options is done
+ if (gSetupHideDisableBootOptions)
+ {
+ if(((VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_MANAGER == varnum)||(VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_NOW == varnum))&&(!(UefiIsOneOfControl( ifrPtr ))))
+ {
+ if (IsBootDeviceEnabled (count, gShowAllBbsDev, BootNowInBootOrderSupport (), 1))
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ // EIP:51671 END
+ // EIP:59417 START
+ //Checking for the Bootmanger variable and the token for Load Option hidden
+
+ // EIP:59417 END
+ if (UefiIsOneOfControl (ifrPtr))
+ {
+ UINTN size;
+ CHAR16 *newText;
+ CHAR16 *text ;
+
+ text = HiiGetString( controlInfo->ControlHandle, UefiGetPromptField(ifrPtr) );
+ //EIP-75351 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer
+ if (NULL == text) {
+ text = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool(2*sizeof(CHAR16));
+ if(!text)
+ return;
+ EfiStrCpy(text,L" ");
+ }
+
+ size = sizeof(CHAR16) * ( EfiStrLen( text ) + 10 );
+ newText = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool( size );
+
+ SPrint( newText, size, text, count + 1 - HiddenBootOptionCount );
+
+ value = _SpecialGetValue( newControlInfo, &guidInfo );
+ UefiSetPromptField(ifrPtr, HiiAddString( controlInfo->ControlHandle, newText ));
+
+ // update boot order , bbs and language tokens, prevent double initialization
+ // this code was part of AddControlExtras().
+ UefiUpdateControlVarOffset (newControlInfo->ControlPtr, value * sizeof(UINT16));
+
+ switch ( guidInfo->GuidKey )
+ {
+ case GUID_KEY_BOOT_NOW:
+ if (NoVarStoreSupport())
+ {
+ _SpecialFixupBootOrder (newControlInfo, value);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (newControlInfo->ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER)
+ {
+ _SpecialFixupBootOrder (newControlInfo, value);
+ //if count not eq to 0 and count-1 Control is Disabled then supress the current control.
+ _SpecialFixupBootCondition(count,newControlInfo,PrevControlQuestionID);
+ PrevControlQuestionID = UefiGetQuestionID(newControlInfo);
+ }
+ else if (newControlInfo->ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_DEL_BOOT_OPTION)
+ {
+ TSESpecialFixupDelBootOption (newControlInfo);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case GUID_KEY_ADD_BOOT_OPTION:
+ if ((CheckForAddDelBootOption()) && (newControlInfo->ControlVariable == VARIABLE_ID_ADD_BOOT_OPTION))
+ {
+ UefiUpdateControlVarOffset(newControlInfo->ControlPtr, UefiGetQuestionOffset(controlInfo->ControlPtr));
+ TseDoAddBootOptionFixup( newControlInfo );
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case GUID_KEY_LANG_CODES:
+ if ( gLangCount > 0 )
+ _SpecialFixupLanguages( newControlInfo );
+ break;
+
+ case GUID_KEY_BBS_ORDER:
+ _SpecialFixupBBSOrder( newControlInfo, value);
+ if(!NoVarStoreSupport())
+ {
+ //if count not eq to 0 and count-1 Control is Disabled then supress the current control.
+ _SpecialFixupBBSCondition(count,newControlInfo,PrevControlQuestionID);
+ PrevControlQuestionID = UefiGetQuestionID(newControlInfo);
+ }
+ break;
+ case GUID_KEY_DRIVER_OPTION: //EIP70421 & 70422
+ if (VARIABLE_ID_DRIVER_ORDER == newControlInfo->ControlVariable)
+ {
+ _SpecialFixupDriverOrder (newControlInfo, value);
+ //if count not eq to 0 and count-1 Control is Disabled then supress the current control.
+ _SpecialFixupBootCondition (count, newControlInfo, PrevControlQuestionID);
+ PrevControlQuestionID = UefiGetQuestionID(newControlInfo);
+ }
+ else if (VARIABLE_ID_DEL_DRIVER_OPTION == newControlInfo->ControlVariable)
+ {
+ TSESpecialFixupDelDriverOption (newControlInfo);
+ }
+ break;
+#if SETUP_OEM_SPECIAL_CONTROL_SUPPORT
+ case GUID_KEY_OEM_CONTROL:
+ // Do the OEM Special Control's OneOf Fixup
+ OEMSpecialOneOfFixup( newControlInfo, value);
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&newText );
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text );
+ }
+ _SpecialAddControl( frame, newControlInfo, SetFocus );
+ // update optional info specially for boot order controls
+ _SpecialControlExtras((frame->ControlList[frame->ControlCount-1]));
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&newControlInfo );
+ }
+
+ gSetupUpdated = FALSE; //EIP:51619 Reset the SetupUpdated Flag here.
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: _SpecialFixupLanguages
+//
+// Description: function to fixup the languages
+//
+// Input: CONTROL_INFO *control
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID _SpecialFixupLanguages( CONTROL_INFO *control )
+{
+ VOID *ifrPtr, *templatePtr, *oneOf;
+ VOID *tempPtr;
+ UINTN i, length = 0;
+ BOOLEAN flag = FALSE;
+
+ ifrPtr = (VOID *)control->ControlPtr;
+ length = UefiGetIfrLength(ifrPtr);
+
+ if(PlatformLangVerSupport())
+ UefiSetWidth(ifrPtr, 6);
+ else
+ UefiSetWidth(ifrPtr, 3);
+
+ tempPtr = UefiCreateOneOfWithOptionsTemplate( gLangCount, control );
+ if ( tempPtr == NULL )
+ return;
+
+ templatePtr = (UINT8*)ifrPtr + length;
+ oneOf = (UINT8*)tempPtr + length;
+ length = UefiGetIfrLength(templatePtr);
+ for ( i = 0; i < gLangCount; i++ )
+ {
+ MemCopy( oneOf, templatePtr, length );
+ flag = 0;
+ gLanguages[i].Token = HiiChangeString( gHiiHandle, gLanguages[i].Token, gLanguages[i].LangString );
+ UefiSetOneOfOption(oneOf, i, BOOT_OPTION_SIZE, flag, gLanguages[i].Token);
+ oneOf = (UINT8*)oneOf +length;
+ }
+
+ // Add an End op to close scope of the One of control
+ UefiAddEndOp(oneOf);
+
+ tempPtr = HiiGetString( control->ControlHandle, UefiGetPromptField(ifrPtr) );
+ UefiSetPromptField (control->ControlPtr,HiiAddString( gHiiHandle, tempPtr ));
+
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&tempPtr );
+ tempPtr = HiiGetString( control->ControlHandle, UefiGetHelpField(ifrPtr) );
+
+ control->ControlHelp = HiiAddString( gHiiHandle, tempPtr );
+ control->ControlHandle = gHiiHandle;
+
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&tempPtr );
+}
+
+//EIP-48391: Start
+
+static VOID *gBootPageHandle = NULL;
+static UINTN gBootOptionTokenCount;
+static UINT16 *gBootOptionTokenArray;
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: GetSpecialBootoptionToken
+//
+// Description: function to get the boot option token properly when loading the boot page
+//
+// Input: VOID* handle, UINTN Index
+//
+// Output: TOKEN
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+UINT16 GetSpecialBootoptionToken(VOID* handle, UINTN Index)
+{
+ UINTN i;
+
+ // EIP:51619 TO make sure it is called by _SpecialFixupBootOrder() and Boot page not modified
+ if (gBootPageHandle == handle)
+ {
+ if(FALSE == gSetupUpdated)
+ {
+ if(!gBootOptionTokenCount)
+ {
+ // Create the gBootOptionTokenArray
+ gBootOptionTokenArray = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool (sizeof(UINT16) * gBootOptionCount);
+ gBootOptionTokenCount = gBootOptionCount;
+ for(i=0;i< gBootOptionTokenCount;i++)
+ {
+ gBootOptionTokenArray[i] = INVALID_TOKEN;
+ }
+ }
+ else if(gBootOptionTokenCount < gBootOptionCount)
+ { // Boot options added. Update gBootOptionTokenArray
+ gBootOptionTokenArray = MemReallocateZeroPool(gBootOptionTokenArray, (sizeof(UINT16) * gBootOptionTokenCount), (sizeof(UINT16) * gBootOptionCount));
+ for(i= gBootOptionTokenCount; i< gBootOptionCount ;i++)
+ {
+ gBootOptionTokenArray[i] = INVALID_TOKEN;
+ }
+ gBootOptionTokenCount = gBootOptionCount;
+ }
+
+ if(gBootOptionTokenArray[Index] == INVALID_TOKEN)
+ gBootOptionTokenArray[Index] = HiiAddString(handle, BootGetOptionName( &(gBootData[Index]) ) );
+ else
+ {
+ // Check if Update is needed
+ CHAR16 *text;
+ text = HiiGetString( handle, gBootOptionTokenArray[Index]);
+
+ if (NULL == text) //EIP-131549
+ return (UINT16)EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
+
+ if(EfiStrCmp(text, BootGetOptionName( &(gBootData[Index]) )) != 0)
+ {
+ // need to update the token with new BootoptionName.
+ UINT16 Token = HiiChangeString( handle, gBootOptionTokenArray[Index], BootGetOptionName( &(gBootData[Index]) ));
+ if(Token != gBootOptionTokenArray[Index])
+ gBootOptionTokenArray[Index] = Token;
+ }
+ MemFreePointer((VOID **)&text);
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ //If the some control modified with respect to boot page..
+ gBootOptionTokenArray[Index] = HiiAddString(handle, BootGetOptionName( &(gBootData[Index]) ) );
+ }
+ return gBootOptionTokenArray[Index];
+
+ }
+ else
+ //If the call is not from _SpecialFixupBootOrder()
+ return HiiAddString(handle, BootGetOptionName( &(gBootData[Index]) ) );
+}
+//EIP-48391: End
+
+//EIP70421 & 70422 Support for Driver Order starts
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: _GetSpecialDriveroptionToken
+//
+// Description: function to get the boot option token properly when loading the boot page
+//
+// Input: VOID* handle, UINTN Index
+//
+// Output: TOKEN
+//
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+UINT16 _GetSpecialDriveroptionToken (VOID* handle, UINTN Index)
+{
+ UINTN i;
+
+ if (gDriverPageHandle == handle)
+ {
+ if(FALSE == gSetupUpdated)
+ {
+ if (!gDriverOptionTokenCount)
+ {
+ // Create the gDriverOptionTokenArray
+ gDriverOptionTokenArray = EfiLibAllocateZeroPool (sizeof(UINT16) * gDriverOptionCount);
+ gDriverOptionTokenCount = gDriverOptionCount;
+ for (i = 0; i < gDriverOptionTokenCount; i ++)
+ {
+ gDriverOptionTokenArray [i] = INVALID_TOKEN;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (gDriverOptionTokenCount < gDriverOptionCount)
+ { // Drivers options added. Update gDriverOptionTokenArray
+ gDriverOptionTokenArray = MemReallocateZeroPool (gDriverOptionTokenArray, (sizeof (UINT16) * gDriverOptionTokenCount), (sizeof (UINT16) * gDriverOptionCount) );
+ for (i = gDriverOptionTokenCount; i < gDriverOptionCount ; i ++)
+ {
+ gDriverOptionTokenArray [i] = INVALID_TOKEN;
+ }
+ gDriverOptionTokenCount = gDriverOptionCount;
+ }
+
+ if (gDriverOptionTokenArray [Index] == INVALID_TOKEN)
+ gDriverOptionTokenArray [Index] = HiiAddString (handle, DriverGetOptionName (&(gDriverData [Index]) ) );
+ else
+ {
+ // Check if Update is needed
+ CHAR16 *text;
+ text = HiiGetString( handle, gDriverOptionTokenArray [Index]);
+ if(EfiStrCmp(text, DriverGetOptionName ( &(gDriverData[Index]) )) != 0)
+ {
+ // need to update the token with new DriveroptionName.
+ UINT16 Token = HiiChangeString( handle, gDriverOptionTokenArray [Index], DriverGetOptionName( &(gDriverData[Index]) ));
+ if(Token != gDriverOptionTokenArray [Index])
+ gDriverOptionTokenArray [Index] = Token;
+ }
+ MemFreePointer((VOID **)&text);
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ //If the some control modified with respect to boot page..
+ gDriverOptionTokenArray [Index] = HiiAddString (handle, DriverGetOptionName (&(gDriverData [Index]) ) );
+ }
+ return gDriverOptionTokenArray [Index];
+
+ }
+ else
+ //If the call is not from _SpecialFixupBootOrder()
+ return HiiAddString(handle, DriverGetOptionName (&(gDriverData [Index]) ) );
+}
+//EIP70421 & 70422 Support for Driver Order ends
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: _SpecialFixupBootOrder
+//
+// Description: function to fixup the Boot device order
+//
+// Input: CONTROL_INFO *control,
+// UINT16 value
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID _SpecialFixupBootOrder (CONTROL_INFO *control, UINT16 value)
+{
+ VOID *tempPtr, *ifrPtr;
+ VOID *templatePtr, *oneOf;
+ UINTN i;
+ CHAR16 *text;
+ UINT8 length = 0;
+ UINT16 option = 0;
+ UINT8 flag = 0;
+
+ ifrPtr = control->ControlPtr;
+ length = UefiGetIfrLength(ifrPtr);
+ //Create one one_of_option for each boot option + 1 for Disable option
+ tempPtr = UefiCreateOneOfWithOptionsTemplate (gBootOptionCount+1, control);
+ if ( tempPtr == NULL )
+ return;
+
+ templatePtr = ((UINT8*)ifrPtr + length);
+ oneOf = ((UINT8*)tempPtr + length);
+ length = UefiGetIfrLength(templatePtr);
+
+//EIP-48391: Start
+ gBootPageHandle = control->ControlHandle; //++
+ for ( i = 0; i < gBootOptionCount; i++ ) {
+ flag = (i == value)? (UINT8)HiiGetDefaultMask() : 0;
+ //option = HiiAddString( control->ControlHandle, BootGetOptionName( &(gBootData[i]) ) ); // --
+ //EIP:59417 - Checking the LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN for the boot option
+ if (gLoadOptionHidden && (gBootData [i].Active & LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN) )
+ continue;
+ option = GetSpecialBootoptionToken (control->ControlHandle, i);
+ MemCopy (oneOf, templatePtr, length);
+ // Add one of option
+ UefiSetOneOfOption (oneOf, gBootData[i].Option, BOOT_OPTION_SIZE, flag, option);
+ oneOf = (UINT8*)oneOf +length;
+ }
+//EIP-48391: End
+
+ //Create one of option for Disabled
+ flag = 0;
+ MemCopy (oneOf, templatePtr, length);
+ text = HiiGetString (gHiiHandle, STR_CTRL_CHKBOX_DISABLE);
+ option = HiiAddString (control->ControlHandle, text);
+
+ //UefiSetOneOfOption (oneOf, 0xFFFF, BOOT_OPTION_SIZE, flag, option); //EIP-97704 BootFFFF
+ UefiSetOneOfOption (oneOf, DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION, BOOT_OPTION_SIZE, flag, option);
+
+ MemFreePointer((VOID **)&text);
+ oneOf = (UINT8*)oneOf +length;
+
+ // Add an End op to close scope of the One of control
+ UefiAddEndOp(oneOf);
+
+ ifrPtr = control->ControlPtr;
+ control->ControlHelp = UefiGetHelpField(ifrPtr);
+
+ if(NoVarStoreSupport())
+ {
+ VOID *ifrPtr;
+ UINT16 QuestionId;
+
+ control->ControlVariable = VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_ORDER;
+ control->ControlConditionalVariable[0] = VARIABLE_ID_BOOT_MANAGER;
+
+ ifrPtr = _SpecialGetIfrPtr( control, VARIABLE_ID_SETUP, NULL);
+ QuestionId = UefiGetEqIDQuestionID(ifrPtr);
+ QuestionId = QuestionId - GetNoVarStoreBootCountOffset();
+ UefiSetEqIDQuestionID(ifrPtr, QuestionId);
+ }
+}
+
+//EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order starts
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: _SpecialFixupDriverOrder
+//
+// Description: Function to fixup the driver order
+//
+// Input: CONTROL_INFO *control,
+// UINT16 value
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID _SpecialFixupDriverOrder (CONTROL_INFO *control, UINT16 value)
+{
+ VOID *tempPtr, *ifrPtr;
+ VOID *templatePtr, *oneOf;
+ UINTN i;
+ CHAR16 *text;
+ UINT8 length = 0;
+ UINT16 option = 0;
+ UINT8 flag = 0;
+
+ ifrPtr = control->ControlPtr;
+ length = UefiGetIfrLength(ifrPtr);
+ //Create one one_of_option for each driver option + 1 for Disable option
+ tempPtr = UefiCreateOneOfWithOptionsTemplate (gDriverOptionCount+1, control);
+ if (NULL == tempPtr)
+ return;
+ templatePtr = ((UINT8*)ifrPtr + length);
+ oneOf = ((UINT8*)tempPtr + length);
+ length = UefiGetIfrLength(templatePtr);
+ gDriverPageHandle = control->ControlHandle;
+
+ for ( i = 0; i < gDriverOptionCount; i++ )
+ {
+ flag = (i == value)? (UINT8)HiiGetDefaultMask() : 0;
+ if (gLoadOptionHidden && (gDriverData [i].Active & LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN))
+ continue;
+ option = _GetSpecialDriveroptionToken (control->ControlHandle, i);
+ MemCopy (oneOf, templatePtr, length);
+ // Add one of option
+ UefiSetOneOfOption (oneOf, gDriverData [i].Option, BOOT_OPTION_SIZE, flag, option);
+ oneOf = (UINT8*)oneOf +length;
+ }
+ //Create one of option for Disabled
+ flag = 0;
+ MemCopy (oneOf, templatePtr, length);
+ text = HiiGetString (gHiiHandle, STR_CTRL_CHKBOX_DISABLE);
+ option = HiiAddString (control->ControlHandle, text);
+
+ //UefiSetOneOfOption (oneOf, 0xFFFF, BOOT_OPTION_SIZE, flag, option); //EIP-97704 DriverFFFF
+ UefiSetOneOfOption (oneOf, DISABLED_DRIVER_OPTION, BOOT_OPTION_SIZE, flag, option);
+
+ MemFreePointer((VOID **)&text);
+ oneOf = (UINT8*)oneOf +length;
+
+ // Add an End op to close scope of the One of control
+ UefiAddEndOp(oneOf);
+
+ ifrPtr = control->ControlPtr;
+ control->ControlHelp = UefiGetHelpField(ifrPtr);
+}
+//EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order ends
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: _SpecialFixupBootCondition
+//
+// Description: This function updates the Condition to avoid more then one
+// disabled option in Boot order.
+//
+// Input: ControlIndex, Control Info, PrevControlQuestionID
+//
+// Output: VOID
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID _SpecialFixupBootCondition (UINT16 ControlIndex,CONTROL_INFO *control,UINT16 PrevControlQuestionID)
+{
+ // Don't Update the Condition for First option
+ if(!ControlIndex)
+ return;
+ else
+ {
+ UINT8 u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( control );
+ if(u8ChkResult == COND_NONE)
+ {
+ VARIABLE_INFO *VarInfo;
+ VarInfo = VarGetVariableInfoIndex(control->ControlVariable);
+ if(NULL != VarInfo){//EIP-75352 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer
+ UefiCreateDynamicControlCondition(control,(UINT16)VarInfo->VariableID,PrevControlQuestionID,DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: _SpecialFixupBBSCondition
+//
+// Description: This function updates the Condition to avoid more then one
+// disabled option in BBS Dev order.
+//
+// Input: ControlIndex, Control Info, PrevControlQuestionID
+//
+// Output: VOID
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID _SpecialFixupBBSCondition(UINT16 ControlIndex,CONTROL_INFO *control,UINT16 PrevControlQuestionID)
+{
+ // Don't Update the Condition for First option
+ if(!ControlIndex)
+ return;
+ else
+ {
+ UINT8 u8ChkResult = CheckControlCondition( control );
+ if(u8ChkResult == COND_NONE)
+ {
+ VARIABLE_INFO *VarInfo;
+ VarInfo = VarGetVariableInfoIndex(control->ControlVariable);
+ if(NULL != VarInfo){//EIP-75352 Suppress the warnings from static code analyzer
+ UefiCreateDynamicControlCondition(control,(UINT16)VarInfo->VariableID,PrevControlQuestionID,DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: _SpecialFixupBBSOrder
+//
+// Description: function to fixup the Legacy Boot device order
+//
+// Input: CONTROL_INFO *control,
+// UINT16 value
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID _SpecialFixupBBSOrder( CONTROL_INFO *control, UINT16 value )
+{
+ VOID *ifrPtr, *templatePtr, *oneOf, *tempPtr;
+ UINTN i;
+ UINT16 count,option;
+ UINT16 length = 0;
+ CHAR16 *text;
+ UINT8 flag;
+
+ count = gCurrLegacyBootData->LegacyDevCount;
+
+ ifrPtr = (VOID *)control->ControlPtr;
+ length = UefiGetIfrLength(ifrPtr);
+ //Create one one_of_option for each device + 1 for Disable option
+ tempPtr = UefiCreateOneOfWithOptionsTemplate(count + 1, control);
+ if ( tempPtr == NULL )
+ return;
+
+
+ // set real offset into bbs variable for this control.
+ BBSUpdateControlOffset(control);
+
+ templatePtr = (UINT8*)ifrPtr + length;
+ oneOf = (UINT8*)tempPtr + length;
+ length = UefiGetIfrLength(templatePtr);
+
+ for ( i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ {
+ UINT16 bbsOptionVal = 0;
+
+ MemCopy( oneOf, templatePtr, length );
+ flag = (i == value)? (UINT8)HiiGetDefaultMask() : 0;
+ option = HiiAddString( control->ControlHandle, BBSGetOptionName( &bbsOptionVal,(UINT16)i ) );
+ MemCopy( oneOf, templatePtr, length );
+ // Add one of option
+ UefiSetOneOfOption(oneOf, bbsOptionVal, BOOT_OPTION_SIZE, flag, option);
+ oneOf = (UINT8*)oneOf +length;
+ }
+
+ //Create one of option for Disabled
+ flag = 0;
+ MemCopy( oneOf, templatePtr, length );
+ text = HiiGetString(gHiiHandle,STR_CTRL_CHKBOX_DISABLE);
+ option = HiiAddString( control->ControlHandle, text );
+
+ //UefiSetOneOfOption(oneOf, 0xFFFF, BOOT_OPTION_SIZE, flag, option); //EIP-97704 BootFFFF
+ UefiSetOneOfOption(oneOf, DISABLED_BOOT_OPTION, BOOT_OPTION_SIZE, flag, option);
+
+ MemFreePointer((VOID **)&text);
+ oneOf = (UINT8*)oneOf +length;
+
+ // Add an End op to close scope of the One of control
+ UefiAddEndOp(oneOf);
+
+ ifrPtr = control->ControlPtr;
+ control->ControlHelp = UefiGetHelpField(ifrPtr);
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: SpecialFixupDelBootOption
+//
+// Description: function to fixup the deletion of a boot device option
+//
+// Input: CONTROL_INFO *control,
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID SpecialFixupDelBootOption (CONTROL_INFO *control)
+{
+ VOID *ifrPtr, *templatePtr, *oneOf;
+ VOID *tempPtr;
+ UINTN i, length = 0;
+
+ ifrPtr = (VOID *)control->ControlPtr;
+ length = UefiGetIfrLength(ifrPtr);
+ //Create one one_of_option for each boot option + 1 for Disable option
+ tempPtr = UefiCreateOneOfWithOptionsTemplate (gBootOptionCount + 1, control);
+ if ( tempPtr == NULL )
+ return;
+
+ templatePtr = (UINT8*)ifrPtr + length;
+ oneOf = (UINT8*)tempPtr + length;
+ length = UefiGetIfrLength (templatePtr);
+
+ //Copy the first option and skip to next
+ MemCopy( oneOf, templatePtr, length );
+ oneOf = (UINT8*)oneOf +length;
+
+ for ( i = 0; i < gBootOptionCount; i++ )
+ {
+ if(
+ ((gBootData[i].DevicePath->Type == BBS_DEVICE_PATH) && (gBootData[i].DevicePath->SubType == BBS_BBS_DP)) ||
+ (gLoadOptionHidden && (gBootData [i].Active & LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN))
+ )
+ {
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UINT16 option = 0;
+ UINT8 flag = 0;
+
+ MemCopy( oneOf, templatePtr, length );
+ option = HiiAddString (control->ControlHandle, BootGetOptionName (&(gBootData[i])));
+ // Add one of option
+ UefiSetOneOfOption (oneOf, gBootData[i].Option, BOOT_OPTION_SIZE, flag, option);
+ oneOf = (UINT8*)oneOf +length;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Add an End op to close scope of the One of control
+ UefiAddEndOp (oneOf);
+ ifrPtr = control->ControlPtr;
+ control->ControlHelp = UefiGetHelpField (ifrPtr);
+}
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: _SpecialFixupAddBootOption
+//
+// Description: function to fixup the adding of a boot device option
+//
+// Input: CONTROL_INFO *control,
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID _SpecialFixupAddBootOption( CONTROL_INFO *control)
+{
+ VOID *ifrPtr, *templatePtr, *oneOf;
+ VOID *tempPtr;
+ UINTN i, length = 0;
+
+ ifrPtr = (VOID *)control->ControlPtr;
+ length = UefiGetIfrLength(ifrPtr);
+ //Create one one_of_option for each file sys
+ tempPtr = UefiCreateOneOfWithOptionsTemplate( gFsCount, control );
+ if ( tempPtr == NULL )
+ return;
+
+ UefiUpdateControlVarOffset(control, STRUCT_OFFSET(NEW_BOOT_OPTION, SelFs));
+
+ templatePtr = (UINT8*)ifrPtr + length;
+ oneOf = (UINT8*)tempPtr + length;
+ length = UefiGetIfrLength(templatePtr);
+
+ for ( i = 0; i < gFsCount; i++)
+ {
+ UINT16 option = 0;
+ UINT8 flag = 0;
+
+ MemCopy( oneOf, templatePtr, length );
+ // Add one of option
+ option = HiiAddString( control->ControlHandle, gFsList[i].FsId);
+ UefiSetOneOfOption(oneOf, (UINT16)i, BOOT_OPTION_SIZE, flag, option);
+ oneOf = (UINT8*)oneOf +length;
+
+ }
+
+ // Add an End op to close scope of the One of control
+ UefiAddEndOp(oneOf);
+ ifrPtr = control->ControlPtr;
+ control->ControlHelp = UefiGetHelpField(ifrPtr);
+}
+
+//EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order starts
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: SpecialFixupDelDriverOption
+//
+// Description: Function to fixup the deletion of a driver option
+//
+// Input: CONTROL_INFO *control,
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID SpecialFixupDelDriverOption (CONTROL_INFO *control)
+{
+ VOID *ifrPtr, *templatePtr, *oneOf;
+ VOID *tempPtr;
+ UINTN i, length = 0;
+
+ ifrPtr = (VOID *)control->ControlPtr;
+ length = UefiGetIfrLength (ifrPtr);
+ //Create one one_of_option for each driver option + 1 for Disable option
+ tempPtr = UefiCreateOneOfWithOptionsTemplate (gDriverOptionCount + 1, control);
+ if (NULL == tempPtr)
+ return;
+
+ templatePtr = (UINT8*)ifrPtr + length;
+ oneOf = (UINT8*)tempPtr + length;
+ length = UefiGetIfrLength (templatePtr);
+
+ //Copy the first option and skip to next
+ MemCopy (oneOf, templatePtr, length);
+ oneOf = (UINT8*)oneOf +length;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < gDriverOptionCount; i++)
+ {
+ if(
+ ((gDriverData [i].DevicePath->Type == BBS_DEVICE_PATH) && (gDriverData [i].DevicePath->SubType == BBS_BBS_DP)) ||
+ (gLoadOptionHidden && (gDriverData [i].Active & LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN))
+ )
+ {
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UINT16 option = 0;
+ UINT8 flag = 0;
+ MemCopy (oneOf, templatePtr, length);
+ option = HiiAddString (control->ControlHandle, DriverGetOptionName (&(gDriverData [i])));
+ // Add one of option
+ UefiSetOneOfOption (oneOf, gDriverData [i].Option, BOOT_OPTION_SIZE, flag, option);
+ oneOf = (UINT8*)oneOf +length;
+ }
+ }
+ // Add an End op to close scope of the One of control
+ UefiAddEndOp (oneOf);
+ ifrPtr = control->ControlPtr;
+ control->ControlHelp = UefiGetHelpField(ifrPtr);
+}
+//EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order ends
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: _SpecialExplodeControl
+//
+// Description: function to explode a perticular contorller
+//
+// Input: FRAME_DATA *frame,
+// CONTROL_INFO *ctrlData,
+// BOOLEAN *SetFocus
+//
+// Output: control Value
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+INT16 _SpecialExplodeControl( FRAME_DATA *frame, CONTROL_INFO *ctrlData, BOOLEAN *SetFocus )
+{
+ UINT16 value;
+ GUID_INFO *guidInfo;
+
+ value = _SpecialGetValue( ctrlData, &guidInfo );
+ if ( value == (UINT16)-1 )
+ _SpecialAddMultipleControls( frame,ctrlData, guidInfo, SetFocus );
+
+ return value;
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: _SpecialControlExtras
+//
+// Description: special handling of extra operations
+//
+// Input: CONTROL_DATA *ctrlData
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID _SpecialControlExtras(CONTROL_DATA *ctrlData)
+{
+ GUID_INFO *guidInfo = NULL;
+ UINT16 token = 0;
+
+ UINT16 value = _SpecialGetValue( &ctrlData->ControlData, &guidInfo );
+ if ( value != (UINT16)-2 )
+ {
+ switch(ctrlData->ControlData.ControlType)
+ {
+ case CONTROL_TYPE_SUBMENU:// submenu control
+ if (guidInfo->GuidKey != GUID_KEY_ADD_BOOT_OPTION)//EIP-79955 To draw GEOMETRICSHAPE_RIGHT_TRIANGLE for AddBootOption
+ ((SUBMENU_DATA*)ctrlData)->SubMenuType = 2;
+ if (guidInfo->GuidKey == GUID_KEY_BOOT_NOW)
+ {
+///EIP - 24971
+ token = HiiAddString( ctrlData->ControlData.ControlHandle, BootGetBootNowName(value,gShowAllBbsDev,BootNowInBootOrderSupport()));
+///EIP - 24971
+ //Update the submenu prompt field.
+ UefiSetPromptField(ctrlData->ControlData.ControlPtr, token);
+ }
+ else if ( guidInfo->GuidKey == GUID_KEY_ERROR_MANAGER )
+ {
+ UINTN size = 0;
+ ERROR_MANAGER *errManager = VarGetNvram( VARIABLE_ID_ERROR_MANAGER, &size );
+
+ if ( ( errManager != NULL ) && ( value < errManager->ErrorCount ) )
+ {
+ ERROR_LIST *errList = &(errManager->ErrorList[value]);
+
+ // Update the submenu prompt field.
+ UefiSetPromptField(ctrlData->ControlData.ControlPtr, errList->Summary);
+ ctrlData->ControlData.ControlHelp = errList->DetailInfo;
+ ctrlData->ControlData.ControlHandle = (VOID*)errList->Handle;
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&errManager );
+ }
+ }
+ else if (guidInfo->GuidKey == GUID_KEY_DYNAMIC_PAGE)
+ {
+ UINTN i = 0,j;
+ UINTN Index=0;
+ PAGE_INFO *pageInfo;
+ PAGE_INFO *tmppageInfo;
+ PAGE_DATA **page;
+
+ //EIP 78627: To maintain consistency, show arrow when displaying submenu (SubMenuType=0).
+ ((SUBMENU_DATA*)ctrlData)->SubMenuType = 0;
+
+ //Scan for dynamic pages
+ for(i = 0; i < gPages->PageCount; i++)
+ {
+ pageInfo = (PAGE_INFO *)((UINTN)gApplicationData + gPages->PageList[i]);
+
+
+ if((pageInfo->PageFlags.PageDynamic == TRUE) && (pageInfo->PageHandle != NULL))
+ {
+ if(Index == value)
+ {
+
+ CHAR16 *text;
+ UINT16 Title=0, Help=0 ;
+
+ // Get Formset Title and Help for Dynamic page
+ GetFormSetTitleAndHelpWrapper (pageInfo->PageHandle, &Title, &Help);
+
+ // Add the Prompt
+ text = HiiGetString( pageInfo->PageHandle, pageInfo->PageSubTitle);
+ token = HiiAddString( ctrlData->ControlData.ControlHandle, text);
+ UefiSetPromptField(ctrlData->ControlData.ControlPtr, token);
+
+ //EIP# 72333, Display Formset Help for Dynamic page
+ if(Help != 0)
+ {
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text );
+ text = HiiGetString( pageInfo->PageHandle, Help);
+ token = HiiAddString( ctrlData->ControlData.ControlHandle, text);
+ UefiSetHelpField(ctrlData->ControlData.ControlPtr, token);
+ ctrlData->ControlData.ControlHelp = token ;
+ }//EIP# 72333 End
+
+ // Fix the parent pageID
+ ctrlData->ControlData.ControlDestPageID = pageInfo->PageID ;
+ pageInfo->PageParentID = gApp->CurrentPage;
+ gDynamicParentPage = gApp->CurrentPage;
+ // Reinitilize the Page.
+ for(j = i; j < gPages->PageCount; j++)
+ {
+ tmppageInfo = (PAGE_INFO *)((UINTN)gApplicationData + gPages->PageList[j]);
+ if(pageInfo->PageHandle == tmppageInfo->PageHandle )
+ {
+ page = &gApp->PageList[tmppageInfo->PageID];
+ gPage.Destroy( *page, FALSE );
+ gPage.Initialize( *page, tmppageInfo );
+ }
+ }
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text );
+ }
+ Index++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+ else if (guidInfo->GuidKey == GUID_KEY_IDE_SECURITY)
+ {
+ CHAR16 *text;
+ UINT16 IDEStrToken = TSEIDEPasswordGetName(value);
+
+
+ if(IDEStrToken)
+ {
+ UINTN size;
+ IDE_SECURITY_CONFIG *ideSecConfig;
+ size = 0;
+ //Update mem copy of the IDE sec variable
+ ideSecConfig = VarGetVariable( VARIABLE_ID_IDE_SECURITY, &size );
+ if (NULL == ideSecConfig) {
+ break;
+ }
+ TSEIDEUpdateConfig(ideSecConfig, value);
+ VarSetValue( VARIABLE_ID_IDE_SECURITY, 0, size, ideSecConfig ); //EIP-83704 to update VARIABLE_ID_IDE_SECURITY variable when HDD is frozen in setup
+ MemFreePointer((VOID **)&ideSecConfig);
+
+ //VarUpdateVariable (VARIABLE_ID_IDE_SECURITY);
+ text = HiiGetString( gHiiHandle, IDEStrToken);
+ token = HiiAddString( ctrlData->ControlData.ControlHandle, text);
+ //Update the submenu prompt field.
+ UefiSetPromptField(ctrlData->ControlData.ControlPtr, token);
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text );
+ }
+ }
+#if SETUP_OEM_SPECIAL_CONTROL_SUPPORT
+ else if ( guidInfo->GuidKey == GUID_KEY_OEM_CONTROL )
+ {
+ OEMSpecialGotoFixup(&ctrlData->ControlData,value);
+ }
+#endif
+/**/
+ else if (guidInfo->GuidKey == GUID_KEY_BBS_ORDER)
+ {
+ CHAR16 *text = NULL;
+ UINTN i,j;
+ BOOT_DATA *bootData;
+
+ for(i=0,j=0; i<gBootOptionCount; i++)
+ {
+ bootData = &(gBootData[i]);
+ //EIP:59417 - Checking the LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN for the boot option
+ if(gLoadOptionHidden && (bootData->Active & LOAD_OPTION_HIDDEN))
+ continue;
+
+ if ( BBSValidDevicePath(bootData->DevicePath) )
+ {
+ if(value == j)
+ {
+ BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH *DevPath = (BBS_BBS_DEVICE_PATH *)bootData->DevicePath;
+
+ switch(DevPath->DeviceType)
+ {
+ case BBS_TYPE_FLOPPY:
+ text = HiiGetString( gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_FLOPPY_DISK_ORDER));
+ break;
+ case BBS_TYPE_HARDDRIVE:
+ text = HiiGetString( gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_HARD_DISK_ORDER));
+ break;
+ case BBS_TYPE_CDROM:
+ text = HiiGetString( gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_CDROM_ORDER));
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_TYPE_PCMCIA:
+ text = HiiGetString( gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_PCMCIA_ORDER));
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_TYPE_USB:
+ text = HiiGetString( gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_USB_ORDER));
+ break;
+
+ case BBS_TYPE_EMBEDDED_NETWORK:
+ text = HiiGetString( gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_NETWORK_ORDER));
+ break;
+ case BBS_TYPE_DEV:
+ text = HiiGetString( gHiiHandle, STRING_TOKEN(STR_BEV_ORDER));
+ break;
+ default:
+ /// EIP-42520: Updated to get the BBS group type from the Board module in case of a non standard type.
+ text = HiiGetString( gHiiHandle, BBSGetNonStandardGroupType(DevPath->DeviceType));
+ break;
+ }
+
+ token = HiiAddString( ctrlData->ControlData.ControlHandle, text);
+ //Update the submenu prompt field.
+ UefiSetPromptField(ctrlData->ControlData.ControlPtr, token);
+
+ MemFreePointer( (VOID **)&text );
+
+ break;
+ }
+ j++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if (GUID_KEY_DRIVER_HEALTH == guidInfo->GuidKey)
+ {
+ CHAR16 *text;
+ ((SUBMENU_DATA*)ctrlData)->SubMenuType = 0; //EIP100099 showing submenu triangle
+ text = FindDriverHealthDriverName (value);
+ if (NULL != text)
+ {
+ token = HiiAddString (ctrlData->ControlData.ControlHandle, text);
+ UefiSetPromptField (ctrlData->ControlData.ControlPtr, token);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (GUID_KEY_DRV_HEALTH_CTRL_COUNT == guidInfo->GuidKey)
+ {
+ CHAR16 *text;
+ text = GetCtrlNameAndHealth (value);
+ if (NULL != text)
+ {
+ token = HiiAddString (ctrlData->ControlData.ControlHandle, text);
+ UefiSetPromptField (ctrlData->ControlData.ControlPtr, token);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (GUID_KEY_DRIVER_HEALTH_ENB == guidInfo->GuidKey)
+ {
+ ((SUBMENU_DATA*)ctrlData)->SubMenuType = 0; //EIP100099 showing submenu triangle
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+//<AMI_PHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Procedure: SpecialUpdatePageControls
+//
+// Description: special fucntion to update the page controls
+//
+// Input: UINT32 CurrentPage
+//
+// Output: None
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_PHDR_END>
+VOID SpecialUpdatePageControls(UINT32 CurrentPage)
+{
+ PAGE_INFO *thisPage;
+ UINT16 i=MAIN_FRAME,j=0, k=0;
+ INT16 Value=0;
+ CONTROL_INFO *control;
+ CONTROL_DATA **ControlData;
+ CONTROL_INFO *ControlInfo;
+ GUID_INFO *guidInfo;
+ FRAME_DATA *fdata;
+ BOOLEAN ExitUpdate=FALSE, SetFocus =TRUE;
+//Fix EIP:18142 - start
+ UINT32 tmpControlCount,tmpCurrentControl,tmpFirstVisibleCtrl;
+//Fix EIP:18142 - end
+
+ i = (UINT16) StyleFrameIndexOf(MAIN_FRAME) ;
+ thisPage = (PAGE_INFO*)((UINTN)gApplicationData + gPages->PageList[CurrentPage]);
+ // find if controls in page need to be exploded
+ // i=0;
+ //while(i< thisPage->FrameCount )
+ //{
+ // for now search main frame only, if needed uncomment code above to do this for all frames in page
+ for(j=0;j < thisPage->PageControls.ControlCount;j++)
+ {
+ control = (CONTROL_INFO*)((UINT8 *)(gControlInfo) + thisPage->PageControls.ControlList[j]);
+
+ switch( _SpecialGetValue( control, &guidInfo ))
+ {
+ case (UINT16)-2:
+ break;
+ default:
+ // special case, need to reinitialize this frame
+ //pdata = (PAGE_DATA*)gApp->PageList[CurrentPage];
+ fdata = ((PAGE_DATA*)gApp->PageList[CurrentPage])->FrameList[i];
+ //clist = ((PAGE_DATA*)gApp->PageList[CurrentPage])->FrameList[i]->ControlList;
+ ControlData = ((PAGE_DATA*)gApp->PageList[CurrentPage])->FrameList[i]->ControlList;
+
+//Fix EIP:18142 - Start
+ tmpControlCount = fdata->ControlCount;
+ tmpCurrentControl = fdata->CurrentControl;
+ tmpFirstVisibleCtrl = fdata->FirstVisibleCtrl;
+//Fix EIP:18142 - End
+ for ( k = 0; k < fdata/*gApp->PageList[CurrentPage]->FrameList[i]*/->ControlCount; k++, ControlData++ )
+ (*ControlData)->Methods->Destroy( *ControlData, TRUE );
+
+ fdata/*gApp->PageList[CurrentPage]->FrameList[i]*/->ControlCount =0;
+ fdata/*gApp->PageList[CurrentPage]->FrameList[i]*/->CurrentControl =0;
+ fdata/*gApp->PageList[CurrentPage]->FrameList[i]*/->NullCount =0;
+ fdata->FirstVisibleCtrl = 0;
+
+ // loop for al acontrols to either add it "as is" or explode it
+ for ( k = 0; k < thisPage->PageControls.ControlCount; k++ )
+ {
+ ControlInfo = (CONTROL_INFO*)((UINT8 *)gControlInfo + (UINT32)thisPage->PageControls.ControlList[k]);
+ switch(Value=_SpecialExplodeControl(fdata,ControlInfo, &SetFocus))
+ {
+ case -1:
+ break;
+ default:
+ if( _SpecialAddControl(fdata,ControlInfo, &SetFocus ) == EFI_SUCCESS) //EIP-34679: Typo error fix
+ _SpecialControlExtras((fdata->ControlList[fdata->ControlCount-1]));
+ break;
+ }
+
+ }
+//Fix EIP:18142 - Start
+// To retains the Control Focues in page with has special control
+// If the control count is different the we will focus to first control as we don't know
+// What is added or missing.
+ if(fdata->ControlCount == tmpControlCount)
+ {
+ fdata->CurrentControl=tmpCurrentControl;
+ fdata->FirstVisibleCtrl=tmpFirstVisibleCtrl;
+ _FrameSetControlFocus( fdata, tmpCurrentControl );
+ }
+//Fix EIP:18142 - End
+
+ ExitUpdate =TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ if(ExitUpdate)
+ break;
+ }
+ //}
+}
+//#endif
+
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//** **//
+//** (C)Copyright 2014, American Megatrends, Inc. **//
+//** **//
+//** All Rights Reserved. **//
+//** **//
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Norcross, Georgia 30093 **//
+//** **//
+//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **//
+//** **//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
diff --git a/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/special.h b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/special.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef54db3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDK/MiniSetup/TseAdvanced/special.h
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//** **//
+//** (C)Copyright 2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **//
+//** **//
+//** All Rights Reserved. **//
+//** **//
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **//
+//** **//
+//** Phone (770)-246-8600 **//
+//** **//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// $Archive: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/special.h $
+//
+// $Author: Arunsb $
+//
+// $Revision: 9 $
+//
+// $Date: 10/18/12 5:53a $
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+// Revision History
+// ----------------
+// $Log: /Alaska/SOURCE/Modules/AMITSE2_0/AMITSE/TseAdvanced/special.h $
+//
+// 9 10/18/12 5:53a Arunsb
+// Updated for 2.16.1235 QA submission
+//
+// 7 10/10/12 12:35p Arunsb
+// Synched the source for v2.16.1232, backup with Aptio
+//
+// 8 1/30/12 1:27a Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP74676
+// [Category] Improvement
+// [Description] Setup.ini and Upfisetup.ini to reserve 3~5 variable and
+// GUID for porting purpose
+// [Files] Amivfr.h, special.h, variable.h, Uefisetup.ini and setup.ini
+//
+// 7 11/13/11 12:39p Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP70421
+// [Category] New Feature
+// [Description] Support for driver order in TSE
+// [Files] AMITSE.SDL, CommonHelper.c, setup.ini, uefisetup.ini,
+// boot.c,
+// minisetup.h, bbs.c, special.c, special.h, tseadvanced.c,
+// addbootoption.c,
+// callback.c, minisetupext.c, minisetupext.h, popupsel.c, popupsel.h,
+// TseLitehelper.c, variable.c, Uefi21Wapper.c, AMIVfr.h, boot.h,
+// TseElink.h, variable.h,
+// setup.h, Boot.vfr and Setup.uni
+//
+// 6 6/30/11 4:13a Arunsb
+// [TAG] EIP57661
+// [Category] New Feature
+// [Description] Boot manager algorithm for interaction with Driver
+// Health protocol.
+// Guid key added.
+// [Files] amitse.cif, amitse.sdl, faketokens.c, amitsestr.uni,
+// commonhelper.c, uefisetup.ini, tsedrvhealth.h,
+// amivfr.h, minisetupbin.mak,
+// hiistring21.c, hiistring20.c, tseadvanced.c, special.c,
+// special.h, boot.h, minisetup.h,
+// uefi20wapper.c, formbrowser2.c, hii.c, parse.c and
+// uefi21wapper.c.
+//
+// 5 2/10/11 12:32p Blaines
+// [TAG] - EIP 53146
+// [Category]- New Feature
+// [Description] -Add the support to Move the Dynamic IFR Pages under
+// subpages. It should be customizable to move around.
+//
+// 4 2/19/10 1:02p Madhans
+// Updated for TSE 2.01. Refer Changelog.log for File change history.
+//
+// 5 2/19/10 8:12a Mallikarjunanv
+// updated year in copyright message
+//
+// 4 9/15/09 9:38a Sudhirv
+// added definition GUID_KEY_OEM_CONTROL
+//
+// 3 6/16/09 2:16p Presannar
+// Added File Headers for Header Files
+//
+// 2 6/12/09 7:43p Presannar
+// Initial implementation of coding standards for AMITSE2.0
+//
+// 1 6/04/09 8:05p Madhans
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 11:16p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 1 4/28/09 10:27p Madhans
+// Tse 2.0 Code complete Checkin.
+//
+// 11 10/24/07 11:23a Arunkumars
+// - Moved IDE security code to binary
+// - Fixed build errors under UGA draw support
+// - Added EFI key password support
+// - Added modifier hot key support
+// - Added popup support in From browser protocol
+//
+// 10 1/25/07 11:06a Arunkumars
+// Fixed StringWrapText function to consider words longer than width.
+// Added code to correct LegacyDevOrder upon entry.
+// BootOrder now has all the options and only enabled ones are booted by
+// boot manager
+//
+// 9 1/09/07 10:15a Arunkumars
+// Enable/Disable of boot/bbs option support
+// Add/Del of boot option support
+//
+// 8 10/03/06 11:26a Natalyak
+// IDE Security support
+//
+// 7 9/27/05 10:02p Franklynd
+// Updates to BBS order capability.
+//
+// 6 8/01/05 4:15p Franklynd
+// 1-Update boot manager and boot options pages at runtime. with latest
+// boot information.
+//
+// 2- PopupSel using less space.
+//
+//
+// 5 7/19/05 3:44p Jerryp
+// Language fixes
+//
+// 4 6/27/05 2:59p Jerryp
+// Support for dynamic expansion
+//
+// 3 6/24/05 7:35p Jerryp
+//
+// 2 6/24/05 10:17a Jerryp
+// Added ErrorManager handling
+//
+// 1 5/27/05 10:24a Jerryp
+// Special handling for OEM packs
+//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//*****************************************************************//
+//<AMI_FHDR_START>
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Name: Special.h
+//
+// Description: Header file for TSE special controls like AMI callback controls
+//
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//<AMI_FHDR_END>
+#ifndef _SPECIAL_H_
+#define _SPECIAL_H_
+
+#define GUID_KEY_BOOT_NOW 0x0001
+#define GUID_KEY_AMI_CALLBACK 0x0002
+#define GUID_KEY_ERROR_MANAGER 0x0003
+#define GUID_KEY_LANG_CODES 0x0005
+#define GUID_KEY_BBS_ORDER 0x0007
+#define GUID_KEY_IDE_SECURITY 0x0008
+#define GUID_KEY_ADD_BOOT_OPTION 0x0009
+#define GUID_KEY_OEM_CONTROL 0x000A
+#define GUID_KEY_MODAL 0x000B
+#define GUID_KEY_REFRESH 0x000C
+#define GUID_KEY_NO_COMMIT 0x000D
+#define GUID_KEY_DYNAMIC_PAGE 0x000E
+#define GUID_KEY_DRIVER_HEALTH_ENB 0x000F
+#define GUID_KEY_DRIVER_HEALTH 0x0010
+#define GUID_KEY_DRV_HEALTH_CTRL_COUNT 0x0011
+#define GUID_KEY_DRIVER_OPTION 0x0012 //EIP70421 & 70422 Support for driver order
+#define GUID_KEY_OEMGUID1 0x0013 //EIP74676 guids for porting purpose
+#define GUID_KEY_OEMGUID2 0x0014
+
+
+UINT16 SpecialGetValue( CONTROL_DATA *control, GUID_INFO **guidInfo );
+VOID SpecialAddMultipleControls( CONTROL_INFO *controlInfo, GUID_INFO *guidInfo );
+VOID SpecialUpdatePageControls(UINT32 CurrentPage);
+
+#endif /* _SPECIAL_H_ */
+
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
+//** **
+//** (C)Copyright 1985-2010, American Megatrends, Inc. **
+//** **
+//** All Rights Reserved. **
+//** **
+//** 5555 Oakbrook Pkwy, Building 200,Norcross, Georgia 30093 **
+//** **
+//** Phone: (770)-246-8600 **
+//** **
+//**********************************************************************
+//**********************************************************************
generated by cgit v1.2.3 (git 2.25.1) at 2024-11-05 03:13:57 +0000